Catalog D11 - SINAMICS G130 Chassis / G150 Cabinet Units - IEC

© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units
SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units
SINAMICS Drives
Catalog
D 11
Edition
2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Related catalogs
SINAMICS GM150/SINAMICS SM150
Medium-Voltage Converters
D 12
E86060-K5512-A101-A3-7600
E86060-K1010-A101-A5-7600
SINAMICS G180
D 18.1
Converters – Compact Units, Cabinet Systems,
Cabinet Units Air-Cooled and Liquid-Cooled
Industrial Communication
SIMATIC NET
E86060-K5518-A111-A2-7600
E86060-K6710-A101-B8-7600
SINAMICS S120
Chassis Format Units
and Cabinet Modules
SINAMICS S150
Converter Cabinet Units
PDF (E86060-K5521-A131-A4-7600)
D 21.3
Products for Automation and Drives
Interactive Catalog, DVD
E86060-K5531-A101-A2-7600
E86060-D4001-A510-D4-7600
D 35
E86060-K5535-A101-A1-7600
IK PI
Low-Voltage Power Distribution and
LV 10
Electrical Installation Technology
SENTRON • SIVACON • ALPHA
Protection, Switching, Measuring and Monitoring
Devices, Switchboards and Distribution Systems
E86060-K8280-A101-A2-7600
Motion Control Drives
D 31
SINAMICS Inverters for Single-Axis Drives
and SIMOTICS Motors
SINAMICS Drives
SINAMICS G120P and
SINAMICS G120P Cabinet
pump, fan, compressor converters
IC 10
Industrial Controls
SIRIUS
CA 01
Industry Mall
Information and Ordering Platform
in the Internet:
www.siemens.com/industrymall
Motion Control
PM 21
SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 & SIMOTICS
Equipment for Production Machines
The Engineering Manual
SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual
E86060-K4921-A101-A3-7600
SIMOTICS Low-Voltage Motors
Type series 1LE1, 1MB1 and 1PC1
Frame sizes 71 to 315
Power range 0.18 to 200 kW
D 81.1
E86060-K5581-A111-A7-7600
SIMOTICS FD
Flexible Duty Motors
This manual offers users comprehensive support with the
configuring of drives and associated system components.
D 81.8
PDF (E86060-K5581-A181-A3-7600)
LOHER Low-Voltage Motors
D 83.1
Type series 1MD5, 1PS0, 1PS1, 1PS4 and 1PS5
Frame sizes 71 to 500
Power range 0.25 to 1400 kW
E86060-K5583-A111-A2-7600
Engineering Manual for
- SINAMICS G130 Converter Chassis Units,
- SINAMICS G150 Converter Cabinet Units,
- SINAMICS S120 Built-in and Cabinet Modules,
- SINAMICS S120 Cabinet Modules,
- SINAMICS S150 Converter Cabinet Units
The first three chapters deal mainly with the fundamental physical
principles of variable-speed drives and with directives and basic
information for EMC and include general system descriptions and
general engineering information.
The other chapters then discuss in detail questions relating to the
dimensioning of drives as well as the selection of suitable motors.
Note:
The manual is not available in hard copy form, but only as
an electronic file in PDF format.
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units
SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units
SINAMICS Drives
System overview
1
Highlights
2
SINAMICS G130 Drive converter chassis units
75 kW to 800 kW
3
SINAMICS G150 Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
4
Tools and configuration
5
Services and documentation
6
Appendix
7
Catalog D 11 · 2015
Supersedes:
Catalog D 11 · 2011
Amendment December 2011 to Catalog D 11 · 2011
Refer to the Industry Mall for current updates of
this catalog:
www.siemens.com/industrymall
The products contained in this catalog can also be found
in the Interactive Catalog CA 01.
Article No.: E86060-D4001-A510-D4-7600
Please contact your local Siemens branch.
© Siemens AG 2015
Printed on paper from
sustainably managed forests and
controlled sources.
www.pefc.org
The products and systems described in
this catalog are manufactured/distributed
under application of a certified quality
management system in accordance with
EN ISO 9001 and EN ISO 14001(Certified
Registration No. 002241 QM UM).
The certificate is recognized by all IQNet
countries.
© Siemens AG 2015
2
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Answers for industry.
Integrated technologies, vertical market expertise and services
for greater productivity, energy efficiency, and flexibility.
Siemens is the world's leading supplier
of innovative and environmentally
friendly products and solutions for
industrial companies. End-to-end
automation technology and industrial
software, solid market expertise, and
technology-based services are the
levers we use to increase our customers’
productivity, efficiency and flexibility.
We consistently rely on integrated technologies and, thanks to our bundled
portfolio, we can respond more quickly
and flexibly to our customers' wishes.
With our globally unmatched range of
automation technology, industrial
control and drive technology as well
as industrial software, we equip companies with exactly what they need over
their entire value chain – from product
design and development to production,
sales and service. Our industrial customers benefit from our comprehensive
portfolio, which is tailored to their
market and their needs.
Market launch times can be reduced
by up to 50% due to the combination
of powerful automation technology
and industrial software. At the same
time, the costs for energy or waste
water for a manufacturing company
can be reduced significantly. In this
way, we increase our customers’
competitive strength and make an
important contribution to environmental protection with our energy-efficient
products and solutions.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
3
© Siemens AG 2015
(53 ²(QWHUSULVH5HVRXUFH3ODQQLQJ
3/0 ²3URGXFW/LIHF\FOH0DQDJHPHQW
0DQDJHPHQW
/HYHO
‡3URGXFW'HVLJQ
‡3URGXFWLRQ3ODQQLQJDQG6LPXODWLRQ
‡'DWD0DQDJHPHQW
0(6²0DQXIDFWXULQJ([HFXWLRQ6\VWHPV
3ODQW(QJLQHHULQJ
6,0$7,&,7
&2026
(WKHUQHW
2SHUDWLRQV
/HYHO
6,0$7,&3&6
2SHUDWRU6\VWHP
0DLQWHQDQFH
$VVHW0DQDJHPHQW
(QHUJ\
0DQDJHPHQW
(QJLQHHULQJ
6WDWLRQ
6,0$7,&:LQ&&
6&$'$6\VWHP
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
7,$3RUWDO
&RQWURO/HYHO
6,0$7,&3&6
$XWRPDWLRQ
6\VWHP
6,180(5,.
&RPSXWHU1XPHULF&RQWURO
6,027,21
0RWLRQ&RQWURO
6,0$7,&1(7
,QGXVWULDO
&RPPXQLFDWLRQ
6,0$7,&&RQWUROOHU
0RGXODU3&%DVHG
6,0$7,&+0,
+XPDQ0DFKLQH,QWHUIDFH
6,0$7,&'LVWULEXWHG,2
6,1$0,&6'ULYH6\VWHPV
6,5,86,QGXVWULDO&RQWUROV
)LHOG/HYHO
352),%863$
3URFHVV,QVWUXPHQWDWLRQ
7RWDOO\
,QWHJUDWHG
$XWRPDWLRQ
6,0$7,&,GHQW
,QGXVWULDO,GHQWLILFDWLRQ
+$57
/RZ9ROWDJH'LVWULEXWLRQ
,2/LQN
6,027,&60RWRUV
Efficient automation starts with
efficient engineering.
Totally Integrated Automation: Efficiency driving productivity.
Efficient engineering is the first step toward better production that is faster,
more flexible, and more intelligent. With all components interacting efficiently,
Totally Integrated Automation (TIA) delivers enormous time savings right from
the engineering phase. The result is lower costs, faster time-to-market, and
greater flexibility.
4
Siemens D 11 · 2015
6,7233RZHU6XSSO\
© Siemens AG 2015
A unique complete approach for all industries
Totally Integrated Automation
Efficient interoperability of all automation components
As one of the world's leading automation suppliers,
Siemens provides an integrated, comprehensive portfolio
for all requirements in process and manufacturing industries.
All components are mutually compatible and system-tested.
This ensures that they reliably perform their tasks in industrial
use and interact efficiently, and that each automation solution can be implemented with little time and effort based
on standard products. The integration of many separate individual engineering tasks into a single engineering environment, for example, provides enormous time and cost savings.
With its comprehensive technology and industry-specific
expertise, Siemens is continuously driving progress in manufacturing industries – and Totally Integrated Automation plays
a key role.
Totally Integrated Automation creates real value added in
all automation tasks, especially for:
352),1(7
,QGXVWULDO(WKHUQHW
352),%86
$6,QWHUIDFH
.1;*$00$LQVWDEXV
7RWDOO\
,QWHJUDWHG
3RZHU
• Integrated engineering
Consistent, comprehensive engineering throughout the
entire product development and production process
• Industrial data management
Access to all important data occurring in productive
operation – along the entire value chain and across
all levels
• Industrial communication
Integrated communication based on international
cross-vendor standards that are mutually compatible
• Industrial security
Systematic minimization of the risk of an internal or
external attack on plants and networks
• Safety Integrated
Reliable protection of personnel, machinery, and the
environment thanks to seamless integration of safety
technologies into the standard automation
Making things right with Totally Integrated Automation
Totally Integrated Automation, industrial automation from
Siemens, stands for the efficient interoperability of all automation components. The open system architecture covers
the entire production process and is based on end-to-end
shared characteristics: consistent data management, global
standards, and uniform hardware and software interfaces.
Totally Integrated Automation lays the foundation for
comprehensive optimization of the production process:
• Time and cost savings due to efficient engineering
• Minimized downtime due to integrated diagnostic
functions
• Simplified implementation of automation solutions due
to global standards
• Better performance due to interoperability of systemtested components
Siemens D 11 · 2015
5
© Siemens AG 2015
Totally Integrated Power
We bring power to the point –
safely and reliably.
Efficient, reliable, safe: These are the demands placed on electrification and especially
power distribution. And our answer – for all application areas of the energy system –
is Totally Integrated Power (TIP). It’s based on our comprehensive range of products,
systems, and solutions for low and medium voltage, rounded out by our support
throughout the entire lifecycle – from planning with our own software tools to installation,
operation, and services.
Comprehensive answers for
power distribution in complex
energy systems – from Siemens
Smart interfaces allow linking to industrial or building automation, making it possible to fully
exploit all the optimization potential of an integrated solution. This is how we provide our
customers around the world with answers to their challenges. With highly efficient, reliable,
and safe power distribution, we lay the foundation for sustainable infrastructure and cities,
buildings, and industrial plants. We bring power to the point – wherever and whenever it is
needed.
More information: www.siemens.com/tip
6
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Totally Integrated Power offers more:
• Consistency:
For simplified plant engineering and commissioning as well as smooth integration into automation solutions
for building or production processes
• One-stop-shop:
A reliable partner with a complete portfolio for the entire process and lifecycle – from the initial idea
to after-sales service
• Safety:
A comprehensive range of protection components for personnel safety and line and fire protection,
safety by means of type testing
• Reliability:
A reliable partner who works with customers to develop long-lasting solutions that meet the highest
quality standards
• Efficiency:
Bringing power to the point means greater plant availability and maximum energy efficiency in
power distribution
• Flexibility:
End-to-end consistency and modular design of Totally Integrated Power for any desired expansions and
adaptation to future requirements
• Advanced technology:
Reliable power distribution especially for applications in which supply is critical, continuous refinement of
the technology
Challenges are our speciality
Automation
Operation
&
Monitoring
Process/
Industrial
automation
Load
management
PROFINET
Load
curves
Forecast
Maintenance
PROFIBUS
Status
reporting/
failure management
...
Protocols
Power
Quality
Cost
center
Building
automation
Industrial Ethernet
Modbus
Electrification
Renewables
Storage
Medium-voltage switchgear
technologies and protection technology
Transformer
Low-voltage switchboard
with protection and measuring
technology
Low-voltage
distribution
≤ 110 kV
Products, systems and solutions
Consulting,
planning
Engineering
Order,
delivery
Installation,
commissioning
Operation
Service,
modernization
Siemens D 11 · 2015
7
© Siemens AG 2015
Integrated Drive Systems
Faster on the market and in the black with Integrated Drive Systems
SINAMICS is an important element of a Siemens Integrated Drive System,
contributing significantly to increased efficiency, productivity, and
availability in industrial production processes.
and lifecycle integration ensure that every drive system component fits
seamlessly into the whole system, into any automation environment, and
even into the entire lifecycle of a plant.
Integrated Drive Systems are Siemens’ trendsetting answer to the high
degree of complexity that characterizes drive and automation technology
today. The world’s only true one-stop solution for entire drive systems is
characterized in particular by its threefold integration: Horizontal, vertical,
The outcome is an optimal workflow – from engineering all the way to
service that entails more productivity, increased efficiency, and better
availability. That’s how Integrated Drive Systems reduce time to market
and time to profit.
Horizontal integration
Integrated drive portfolio: The core elements of a fully integrated drive
portfolio are frequency converters, motors, couplings, and gear units.
At Siemens, they‘re all available from a single source. Perfectly integrated,
perfectly interacting. For all power and performance classes. As standard
solutions or fully customized. No other player in the market can offer a
comparable portfolio. Moreover, all Siemens drive components are
perfectly matched, so they are optimally interacting.
You can boost the availability
of your application or plant
to up to
99%
*
*e.g., conveyor application
Vertical integration
Thanks to vertical integration, the complete drive train is
seamlessly integrated in the entire automation environment –
an important prerequisite for production with maximum
value added. Integrated Drive Systems are part of Totally
Integrated Automation (TIA), which means that they
are perfectly embedded into the system architecture
of the entire industrial production process. This
enables optimal processes through maximum
communication and control.
With TIA Portal you can
cut your engineering time
by up to
30%
Lifecycle integration
Lifecycle integration adds the factor of time: Software and service
are available for the entire lifecycle of an Integrated Drive System.
That way, important optimization potential for maximum
productivity, increased efficiency, and highest availability
can be leveraged throughout the system’s lifecycle –
from planning, design, and engineering to operation,
maintenance, and all the way even to
modernization.
With Integrated Drive Systems, assets
become important success factors. They
ensure shorter time to market, maximum
productivity and efficiency in operation,
and shorter time to profit.
With Integrated Drive
Systems you can reduce
your maintenance costs
by up to
15%
www.siemens.com/ids
8
Siemens D 11 · 2015
1
© Siemens AG 2015
System overview
1/2
1/2
1/2
1/3
1/3
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/6
The SINAMICS drive family
Integration in automation
Applications
Innovative, energy-efficient and reliable
drive systems and applications as well as
services for the entire drive train
Energy efficiency
Variants
Platform concept
Quality management according to
DIN EN ISO 9001
1/6
1/6
Drive selection
SINAMICS selection guide –
typical applications
Overview
More information
1/7
1/7
SIMOTICS motors
Overview
1/8
SINAMICS G130 / SINAMICS G150
The universal drive solution for single-motor
drives with a high power rating
Overview
Benefits
Application
Design
Integration
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/8
1/9
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
System overview
The SINAMICS drive family
■ Overview
Integration in automation
Management level
Office environment: SIMATIC IT / COMOS...
Process control level
Control center / control system:
SIMATIC PCS 7 / WINCC
Automation systems / HMI:
SIMATIC / SIMOTION / SINUMERIK
Control level
Fieldbus
SINAMICS V
SINAMICS G
pumping
ventilating
compressing
SINAMICS V
SINAMICS G
SINAMICS S
moving
SINAMICS V
SINAMICS G
SINAMICS S
processing
SINAMICS S
machining
G_D011_EN_00337b
1
SINAMICS in automation
Totally Integrated Automation and communication
Applications
SINAMICS is an integral component of the Siemens "Totally Integrated Automation" concept. Integrated SINAMICS systems
covering configuration, data storage, and communication at automation level ensure low-maintenance solutions with the
SIMATIC, SIMOTION and SINUMERIK control systems.
SINAMICS is the comprehensive family of drives from Siemens
designed for machine and plant engineering applications.
SINAMICS offers solutions for all drive tasks:
• Simple pump and fan applications in the process industry
• Demanding single drives in centrifuges, presses, extruders,
elevators, as well as conveyor and transport systems
• Drive line-ups in textile, plastic film, and paper machines as
well as in rolling mill plants.
• High-precision servo drives for the manufacture of wind
turbines
• Highly dynamic servo drives for machine tools, as well as
packaging and printing machines
Depending on the application, the appropriate variable frequency drives can be selected and incorporated in the automation concept. With this in mind, the drives are clearly subdivided
into their different applications. A wide range of communication
options (depending on the drive type) are available for establishing a communication link to the automation system:
• PROFINET
• EtherNet/IP
• PROFIBUS
• AS-Interface
• USS
• CANopen
• Modbus RTU
• BACnet MS/TP
1/2
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
System overview
The SINAMICS drive family
■ Overview (continued)
SIMOTION
SINUMERIK
SIMATIC
SINAMICS
DC motors
Synchronous motors
G_D211_EN_00202f
Induction motors
SINAMICS as part of the Siemens modular automation system
Innovative, energy-efficient and reliable drive systems and
applications as well as services for the entire drive train
The solutions for drive technology place great emphasis on the
highest productivity, energy efficiency and reliability for all
torque ranges, performance and voltage classes.
Siemens offers not only the right innovative variable frequency
drive for every drive application, but also a wide range of
energy-efficient low voltage motors, geared motors, explosionprotected motors and high-voltage motors for combination with
SINAMICS.
Furthermore, Siemens supports its customers with global presales and after-sales services, with over 295 service points in
130 countries – and with special services e.g. application consulting or motion control solutions.
Energy efficiency
Energy management process
Efficient energy management consultancy identifies the energy
flows, determines the potential for making savings and implements them with focused activities.
Almost two thirds of the industrial power requirement is from
electric motors. This makes it all the more important to use drive
technology permitting energy consumption to be reduced effectively even in the configuration phase, and consequently to
optimize plant availability and process stability. With SINAMICS,
Siemens offers powerful energy efficient solutions which,
depending on the application, enable a significant reduction in
electricity costs.
Up to 70 % potential for savings using variable speed operation
SINAMICS enables great potential for savings to be realized by
controlling the motor speed. In particular, huge potential savings
can be recovered from pumps, fans and compressors which are
operated with mechanical throttle and valves. Here, changing to
variable-speed drives brings enormous economic advantages:
In contrast to mechanical control systems, the power consumption at partial load operation is always immediately adjusted to
the demand at that time. So energy is no longer wasted, permitting savings of up to 60 % – in exceptional cases even up to
70 %. Variable-speed drives also offer clear advantages over
mechanical control systems when it comes to maintenance and
repair. Current spikes when powering up the motor and strong
torque surges become things of the past – and the same goes
for pressure waves in pipelines, cavitation or vibrations which
cause sustainable damage to the plant. Smooth starting and
ramp-down relieve the load on the mechanical system, ensuring
a significantly longer service life of the entire drive train.
Regenerative feedback of braking energy
In conventional drive systems, the energy produced during
braking is converted to heat using braking resistors. Energy produced during braking is efficiently recovered to the supply system by versions of SINAMICS G and SINAMICS S inverters with
regenerative feedback capability and these devices do not
therefore need a braking resistor. This permits up to 60 % of the
energy requirement to be saved, e.g. in lifting applications.
Energy which can be reused at other locations on a machine.
Furthermore, this reduced power loss simplifies the cooling of
the system, enabling a more compact design.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
1/3
1
© Siemens AG 2015
System overview
The SINAMICS drive family
■ Overview (continued)
Energy efficiency (continued)
Energy transparency in all configuration phases
SINAMICS in combination with energy-saving motors
Early on, in the configuration phase, the SIZER for Siemens
Drives engineering tool provides information on the specific
energy requirement. The energy consumption across the entire
drive train is visualized and compared with different plant concepts.
Engineering integration stretches beyond the SINAMICS drive
family to higher-level automation systems, and to a broad spectrum of energy-efficient motors with a wide range of performance
classes, which, compared to previous motors, are able to demonstrate up to 10 % greater efficiency.
Variants
Depending on the application, the SINAMICS range offers the ideal variant for any drive task.
Performance
SINAMICS V
SINAMICS V converters focus on
the essentials both in terms of hardware
and functionality.
This results in a high degree of ruggedness
combined with lower investment costs.
SINAMICS G
SINAMICS S
SINAMICS G converters function perfectly for
low and medium demands on the dynamic
response of the control system.
SINAMICS S converters are predestined
for demanding single- and multi-axis
applications in machine and plant engineering
as well as for numerous motion control tasks.
Price
G_D011_EN_00449b
1
Platform concept
Quality management according to DIN EN ISO 9001
All SINAMICS variants are based on a platform concept. Joint
hardware and software components, as well as standardized
tools for dimensioning, configuration, and commissioning tasks
ensure high-level integration across all components. SINAMICS
handles a wide variety of drive tasks with no system gaps. The
different SINAMICS variants can be easily combined with each
other.
SINAMICS conforms to the most exacting quality requirements.
Comprehensive quality assurance measures in all development
and production processes ensure a consistently high level of
quality.
1/4
Siemens D 11 · 2015
Of course, our quality management system is certified by an
independent authority in accordance with EN ISO 9001.
© Siemens AG 2015
System overview
The SINAMICS drive family
■ Overview (continued)
Low voltage
Basic performance
V20
V90
0.12 ... 30 kW
0.4 ... 7 kW
General performance
G120C/G120/
G120P/
G120P Cabinet
V90
Brochure
G130/G150
G180
S110
S120
Catalogs
D 31, D 35
Conveyor
technology,
single-axis
positioning
applications
(G120D)
Catalog
D 31
Medium voltage
DC applications
Applications
with high outputs
DCM
GH180/GM150/
SM150/GL150/
SL150
6 kW … 30 MW
0.15 ... 85 MW
S150
0.37 … 400 kW 0.37 ... 7.5 kW 75 ... 2700 kW 2.2 … 6600 kW 0.12 ... 90 kW 0.12 … 5700 kW 75 ... 1200 kW
Pumps, fans,
Handling
Pumps,
compressors,
machines,
fans,
conveyor
packaging
compressors,
belts, mixers,
machines,
conveyor belts,
mills, spinning
automatic
mixers, mills,
machines and
assembly
extruders
textile
machines,
Building
machines
metal forming management
machines,
systems,
printing
process
machines, industry, HVAC,
winding and
single-axis
unwinding
positioning
units
applications in
machine and
plant
engineering
V20
Brochure
G110D/
G120D/
G110M
High Performance
DC voltage
Test bays,
Rolling mill drives,
Pumps,
SectorSingle-axis
Production
cross cutters,
wire-drawing
fans,
specific for
positioning
machines
centrifuges
machines,
compressors,
pumps,
applications in
(packaging,
extruders and
conveyor belts,
fans,
machine and
textiles and
kneaders,
mixers, mills, compressors,
plant
printing
cableways and lifts,
extruders
conveyor belts, engineering machines, paper
test bay drives
machines,
extruders,
plastic
mixers, mills,
processing
kneaders,
machines)
centrifuges,
machine
separators
tools, plants,
process lines
and rolling mills,
ships and test
bays
Catalog
D 11
Catalog
D 18.1
Catalog
D 31
Catalogs
D 21.3
PM 21, NC 62
Catalog
D 21.3
Pumps, fans,
compressors,
mixers,
extruders, mills,
crushers, rolling
mills, conveying
technology,
excavators, test
bays, marine
drives, blast
furnace fans,
retrofit
Catalogs
D 23.1, D 23.2
Catalogs
D 15.1, D 12
Engineering tools (e.g. Drive Technology Configurator, SIZER for Siemens Drives, STARTER and SINAMICS Startdrive)
G_D011_EN_00450c
Siemens D 11 · 2015
1/5
1
© Siemens AG 2015
System overview
1
Drive selection
■ Overview
SINAMICS selection guide – typical applications
Use
Requirements for torque accuracy/speed accuracy/position accuracy/coordination of axes/functionality
Continuous motion
Basic
High
Basic
Medium
High
Centrifugal pumps
Radial / axial fans
Compressors
Eccentric screw
pumps
Hydraulic pumps
Metering pumps
Hydraulic pumps
Metering pumps
Descaling pumps
Hydraulic pumps
V20
G110
G120C
G120P
G120P
G130/G150
G180 1)
S120
G120
S110
S120
Conveyor belts
Roller conveyors
Chain conveyors
Conveyor belts
Roller conveyors
Chain conveyors
Lifting/lowering devices
Elevators
Escalators/moving
walkways
Indoor cranes
Marine drives
Cable railways
Elevators
Container cranes
Mining hoists
Excavators for opencast mining
Test bays
Acceleration
conveyors
Storage and retrieval
machines
Acceleration
conveyors
Storage and retrieval
machines
Cross cutters
Reel changers
Storage and retrieval
machines
RoboticsPick & place
Rotary indexing tables
Cross cutters
Roll feedsEngagers/
disengagers
V20
G110
G110D
G110M
G120C
G120
G120D
G130/G150
G180 1)
S120
S150
DCM
V90
G120
G120D
S110
DCM
S120
DCM
Mills
Mixers
Kneaders
Crushers
Agitators
Centrifuges
Mills
Mixers
Kneaders
Crushers
Agitators
Centrifuges
Extruders
Rotary furnaces
Extruders
Winders/unwinders
Lead/follower drives
Calenders
Main press drives
Printing machines
Tubular bagging
machines
Single-axis motion
controlsuch as
• Position profiles
• Path profiles
Tubular bagging
machines
Single-axis motion
controlsuch as
• Position profiles
• Path profiles
Servo pressesRolling
mill drivesMulti-axis
motion controlsuch as
• Multi-axis positioning
• Cams
• Interpolations
V20
G120C
G120
G130/G150
G180 1)
S120
S150
DCM
V90
G120
S110
S120
DCM
Main drives for
• Turning
• Milling
• Drilling
Main drives for
• Drilling
• Sawing
Main drives for
• Turning
• Milling
• Drilling
• Gear cutting
• Grinding
Axis drives for
• Turning
• Milling
• Drilling
Axis drives for
• Drilling
• Sawing
Axis drives for
• Turning
• Milling
• Drilling
• Lasering•
• Gear cutting
• Grinding
• Nibbling and
punching
S110
S110
S120
S110
S110
S120
Pumping,
Centrifugal pumps
ventilating,
Radial / axial fans
compressing Compressors
Moving
Processing
Machining
Non-continuous motion
Medium
S120
Using the SINAMICS selection guide
The varying range of demands on modern variable frequency
drives requires a large number of different types. Selecting the
optimum drive has become a significantly more complex process. The application matrix shown simplifies this selection process considerably, by suggesting the ideal SINAMICS drive for
examples of typical applications and requirements.
• The relevant type of use can be found on the vertical axis
(supply, movement, processing or machining).
• What type of movement should be realized with what level of
quality (basic, medium, high)? Find this using the relevant
fields on the horizontal axis.
To make orientation easier, an example selection of typical applications is shown.
1)
Industry-specific inverters.
1/6
Siemens D 11 · 2015
S120
■ More information
Further information about SINAMICS is available on the Internet
at
www.siemens.com/sinamics
Practical application examples and descriptions are available
on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/sinamics-applications
© Siemens AG 2015
System overview
SIMOTICS motors
■ Overview
SIMOTICS
Low-voltage motors for line and converter operation
General Purpose
SIMOTICS GP
Severe Duty
SIMOTICS SD
Explosion-proof
SIMOTICS XP
Definite Purpose
SIMOTICS DP
Flexible Duty
SIMOTICS FD
DC motors
High-voltage motors
Direct current SIMOTICS DC
High Voltage SIMOTICS HV
Non standard
SIMOTICS TN
High Torque
SIMOTICS HT
Motors for motion control
Servomotors
SIMOTICS M main motors
SIMOTICS L linear motors
SIMOTICS T torque motors
G_D081_EN_00460b
SIMOTICS S servomotors
Servo geared motors
SIMOTICS overview
Further information can be found in Catalogs D 41, D 81.1,
D 81.8, D 83.1, D 84.1 and PM 21.
SIMOTICS stands for
• 125 years of experience in building electric motors
• The most comprehensive range of motors worldwide
• Optimum solutions in all industries, regions and power/performance classes
• Innovative motor technologies of the highest quality and
reliability
• Highest dynamic performance, precision and efficiency
together with the optimum degree of compactness
• Our motors can be integrated into the drive train as part of the
overall system
• A global network of skill sets and worldwide service around
the clock
A clearly structured portfolio
The entire SIMOTICS product portfolio is transparently organized according to application-specific criteria in order to help
users select the optimum motor for their application.
The product range extends from standard motors for pumps,
fans and compressors to highly dynamic, precise motion control
motors for positioning tasks and motion control in handling applications, as well as production machinery and machine tools,
to DC motors and powerful high-voltage motors. Whatever it is
that you want to move – we can supply the right motor for the
task.
An outstanding performance for any job
A key characteristic of all SIMOTICS motors is their quality. They
are robust, reliable, dynamic and precise to assure the requisite
performance level for any process and deliver exactly the capabilities demanded by the application in hand. Thanks to their
compact design, they can be integrated as space-saving units
into installations. Furthermore, their impressive energy efficiency
makes them effective as a means of reducing operating costs
and protecting the environment.
A dense network of skill sets and servicing expertise around
the world
SIMOTICS offers not only a wealth of sound experience gleaned
from a development history which stretches back over around
150 years, but also the know-how of hundreds of engineers. This
knowledge and our worldwide presence form the basis for a
unique proximity to industries which feeds through in tangible
terms to the specific motor configuration which is tailored to suit
your application.
Our specialists are available to answer all your queries regarding any aspect of motor technology. At any time - wherever you
are in the world. When you choose SIMOTICS, therefore, you
reap the benefits of a global service network which is continuously accessible, thereby helping to optimize response times
and minimize downtimes.
Perfection of the complete drive train
SIMOTICS is perfectly coordinated with other Siemens product
families. In combination with the SINAMICS integrated inverter
family and the SIRIUS complete portfolio of industrial controls,
SIMOTICS fits seamlessly as part of the complete drive train into
automation solutions which are based on the SIMATIC,
SIMOTION and SINUMERIK control systems.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
1/7
1
© Siemens AG 2015
System overview
SINAMICS G130 / SINAMICS G150
1
SINAMICS G130 / SINAMICS G150
■ Overview
■ Application
Variable-speed drives are ideal for all applications that involve
moving, conveying, pumping or compressing solids, liquids or
gases.
Key applications include:
• Pumps and fans
• Compressors
• Extruders and mixers
• Mills
■ Design
SINAMICS G130
The SINAMICS G130 provides machine builders and plant constructors with a modular drive system that can be tailored to specific applications.
SINAMICS G130 converter built-in unit and SINAMICS G150 converter
cabinet unit
SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units and SINAMICS G150
converter cabinet units are designed for variable-speed drives
in mechanical engineering and plant construction.
They have been specially designed to meet the requirements of
drives with square-wave and constant load characteristics, with
medium performance requirements, and without regenerative
feedback capability.
The control accuracy of the sensorless vector control is suitable
for most applications, which means that an additional actual
speed value encoder is not required.
However, SINAMICS G130/SINAMICS G150 converters are optionally available with an encoder evaluation function in order to
handle applications that require an encoder for system-specific
reasons.
SINAMICS G130 and SINAMICS G150 offer an economic drive
solution that can be matched to customers' specific requirements using the wide range of available components and options.
■ Benefits
• Particularly quiet and compact converters due to the use of
state-of-the-art IGBT power semiconductors and an
innovative cooling concept.
• All device modules are easily accessible, making them
extremely service-friendly.
• Can be easily integrated into automation solutions using a
PROFIBUS or PROFINET interface and various analog and
digital interfaces.
• Individual modules and power components can be replaced
quickly and easily, which ensures a higher level of plant availability.
• Simple commissioning and parameterization using interactive
menus on the AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel with graphic
LCD and plain-text display.
1/8
Siemens D 11 · 2015
SINAMICS G130 essentially consists of two modular, standalone components
• Power Module and
• Control Unit
They may be located separately from one another or combined
in a single unit. The Power Module contains a slot for the Control
Unit.
The AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel can be used for commissioning and local operation.
Predefined interfaces, via terminal block or the CU320-2 Control
Unit with either PROFIBUS or PROFINET, make commissioning
and control of the drive much easier. The Control Unit interfaces
can be expanded with add-on modules.
SINAMICS G150
SINAMICS G150 is a ready-to-connect AC/AC converter in a
standard control cabinet.
It can be adapted to individual requirements by selecting from
an extensive range of options.
It is available in widths from 400 mm, which then increase in intervals of 200 mm, and can be ordered with various degrees of
protection up to IP54 in two design versions.
• Version A
offers sufficient space for all the options available.
The different versions allow the line and motor connections to
be arranged at the top or bottom, as required. This results in
excellent flexibility in terms of location in the plant. This version
is also available with power units connected in parallel.
• Version C
is a particularly space-saving version designed for applications where the power supply components are accommodated in a central low-voltage distribution unit and need not be
provided again in the control cabinet.
The AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel is fitted as standard in the
cabinet door for both versions.
© Siemens AG 2015
System overview
SINAMICS G130 / SINAMICS G150
SINAMICS G130 / SINAMICS G150
■ Integration
STARTER
Commissioning
SIMATIC HMI
SIMATIC S7
PROFIBUS
AOP30
SINAMICS
G150
SIMATIC ET 200
Digital/analog
I/O
SINAMICS
G130
RS232C
3ph.
G_D011_EN_00162
3ph.
SINAMICS G130 and SINAMICS G150 configuration example with SIMATIC S7
Siemens D 11 · 2015
1/9
1
© Siemens AG 2015
System overview
1
Notes
1/10
Siemens D 11 · 2015
2
© Siemens AG 2015
Highlights
2/2
2/2
2/3
Safety Integrated
Overview
Function
2/11
Safety Integrated for
SINAMICS G130 and SINAMICS G150
Overview
Benefits
Function
2/11
2/12
2/13
2/14
2/14
Energy efficiency classes
in accordance with EN 50598
Overview
2/17
2/17
2/18
2/19
2/20
2/23
2/24
2/24
Communication
Overview
PROFIBUS
Industrial Ethernet
PROFINET
PROFIdrive
CANopen
EtherNet/IP
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Highlights
Safety Integrated
■ Overview
Safety-related standards
Functional safety is specified in various standards. For example,
EN ISO 12100 specifies standards pertaining to machine safety
(risk assessment and risk reduction). IEC 61508 specifies basic
requirements for electronic and programmable safety-related
systems. EN 62061 (only applicable for electrical and electronic
control systems) and EN ISO 13849-1, which has replaced
EN 954-1, define the functional and safety-related requirements
of safety-oriented control systems.
2
The above-mentioned standards define different safety requirements that the machine has to satisfy in accordance with the risk,
frequency of a dangerous situation, probability of occurrence
and the opportunities for recognizing impending danger.
• EN ISO 13849-1: Performance Level PL a … e
• EN 62061: Safety Integrity Level SIL 1 … 3
Trend toward integrated safety systems
Legal framework
Machine manufacturers and manufacturing plants must ensure
that their machines or plants cannot cause danger due to malfunctions in addition to the general risks of electric shock, heat
or radiation.
In Europe, for example, compliance with the machinery directive
is required by law by the EC occupational health and safety
directive. In order to ensure compliance with this directive, it is
recommended that the corresponding harmonized European
standards are applied. This triggers the "assumption of conformity" and gives manufacturers and operators the legal security
in terms of compliance with both national regulations and
EU directives. The machine manufacturer uses the CE marking
to document the compliance with all relevant directives and
regulations in the free movement of goods.
2/2
Siemens D 11 · 2015
The trend toward greater complexity and higher modularity of
machines has seen a shift in safety functions away from the
classical central safety functions (for example, shutdown of the
complete machine using a main disconnecting means) and into
the machine control system and the drives. This is often accompanied by a significant increase in productivity because the
equipping times are shortened. Depending on the type of
machine, it may even be possible to continue manufacturing
other parts while equipping is in progress.
Integrated safety functions act much faster than those of a conventional design. The safety of a machine is increased further
with Safety Integrated. Furthermore, thanks to the faster method
of operation, safety measures controlled by integrated safety
systems are perceived as less of a hindrance by the machine
operator, therefore significantly reducing the motivation to consciously bypass safety functions.
© Siemens AG 2015
Highlights
Safety Integrated
■ Function
Safety functions integral to the SINAMICS drives
Safe Torque Off (STO)
SINAMICS drives are characterized by a large number of integrated safety functions. In combination with the sensors and
safety control required for the safety functionality, they ensure
that highly-effective protection for persons and machines is
implemented in a practice-oriented manner.
The STO function is the most common and basic drive-integrated safety function. It ensures that no torque-generating energy can continue to affect a motor and prevents unintentional
start-ups.
The Safety Integrated functions of SINAMICS drives are certified
by independent institutions. You can obtain the corresponding
test certificates and manufacturer's declarations from your
Siemens contacts.
The integrated safety functions that are currently available in the
SINAMICS drive system are described below. The functional
safety of all of the functions satisfies the requirements defined in
the international standard IEC 61800-5-2 for variable-speed
drive systems.
The safety functions integrated into the SINAMICS drive system
can be roughly divided into four categories:
• Functions for safely stopping a drive
- Safe Torque Off (STO)
- Safe Stop 1 (SS1)
- Safe Stop 2 (SS2)
- Safe Operating Stop (SOS)
• Functions for safe brake management
- Safe Brake Control (SBC)
- Safe Brake Test (SBT) (this function exceeds the scope of
IEC 61800-5-2)
• Functions for safely monitoring the motion of a drive
- Safely-Limited Speed (SLS)
- Safe Speed Monitor (SSM)
- Safe Direction (SDI)
• Functions for safely monitoring the position of a drive
- Safely Limited Position (SLP)
- Safe Position (SP) (this function exceeds the scope of
IEC 61800-5-2)
Activation
This function is a mechanism that prevents the drive from restarting unexpectedly, in accordance with EN 60204-1, Section 5.4.
Safe Torque Off suppresses the drive pulses (corresponds to
Stop Category 0 of EN 60204-1). The drive is reliably torquefree. This state is monitored internally in the drive.
Application
STO has the immediate effect that the drive cannot supply any
torque-generating energy. STO can be used wherever the drive
will naturally reach a standstill due to load torque or friction in a
sufficiently short time or when "coasting down" of the drive will
not have any relevance for safety.
STO makes it possible for persons to work safely when the protective door is open (restart interlock) and is used on machines/
installations with moving axes, e.g. on handling or conveyor systems.
Customer benefits
The advantage of the integrated STO safety function compared
to standard safety technology using electromechanical switchgear is the elimination of separate components and the effort
that would be required to wire and service them. Because of the
fast electronic switching times, the function provides a shorter
reaction time than the conventional solution comprising electromechanical components.
v
STO
G_D211_XX_00304
They fulfill the following equipment requirements:
• SIL 2 according to IEC 61508
• PL d and Category 3 according to EN ISO 13849-1
The Safety Integrated Function Manual contains detailed information about the safety functions.
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/99668646
t
Further manuals pertaining to Safety Integrated in drive systems
can be found on the Internet at
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/21901735/
133300
Further information about Safety Integrated can be found on the
Internet at
www.siemens.com/safety-drives
Siemens D 11 · 2015
2/3
2
© Siemens AG 2015
Highlights
Safety Integrated
■ Function (continued)
Safe Stop 2 (SS2)
The SS1 function causes a motor to stop rapidly and safely and
switches the motor to torque-free mode after coming to a standstill, i.e. STO is activated.
The SS2 function brings the motor to a standstill quickly and
safely and then activates the SOS function once the motor has
stopped.
Activation
Activation
The SS1 function can safely stop the drive in accordance with
EN 60204-1, Stop Category 1. When the SS1 function is selected, the drive brakes autonomously along a quick-stop ramp
and automatically activates the Safe Torque Off and Safe Brake
Control functions (if configured) when the parameterized safety
delay time expires.
The Safe Stop 2 function can safely stop the drive in accordance
with EN 60204-1, Stop Category 2. When the SS2 function is selected, the drive brakes autonomously along a quick stop ramp.
In contrast to SS1, the drive control remains operational afterwards, i.e. the motor can supply the full torque required to maintain zero speed. Standstill is safely monitored (Safe Operating
Stop function).
Application
Application
The SS1 function is used when, in the event of a safety-relevant
incident, the drive must stop as quickly as possible with a subsequent transition into the STO state (e.g. EMERGENCY STOP).
It is thus used to bring large centrifugal masses to a stop as
quickly as possible for the safety of the operating personnel, or
to brake motors at high speeds as quickly as possible. Examples of typical applications are saws, grinding machine spindles, centrifuges, winders and storage and retrieval machines.
As with SS1, the SS2 function ensures the quickest possible deceleration of the motor. However, the motor power is not
switched off. Instead, a control system prevents it from leaving
the standstill position – even if it is affected by external forces.
Typical applications for SS2 include machine tools, for example.
Customer benefits
Customer benefits
The targeted stopping of a drive by means of SS1 reduces the
risk of danger, increases the productivity of a machine, and allows the safety clearances in a machine to be reduced. The principle is to bring the drive actively to a standstill, compared with
just using the STO function. Complex mechanical brakes that
are susceptible to wear are not normally required to brake the
motor.
The SS2 function ensures a rapid axis stop. Because the control
remains active, after the safety function is deselected, productive operation can continue without referencing. This ensures
short setup and standstill times and high productivity.
STO
v
v
SOS
t
2/4
Siemens D 11 · 2015
G_D211_XX_00306
G_D211_XX_00305
2
Safe Stop 1 (SS1)
t
© Siemens AG 2015
Highlights
Safety Integrated
■ Function (continued)
Safe Operating Stop (SOS)
Safe Brake Control (SBC)
With the SOS function, the stopped motor is held in position and
monitored by drive control.
The SBC function permits the safe control of a holding brake.
SBC is always activated in parallel with STO.
Activation
Activation
The SOS function constitutes safe standstill monitoring. The
drive control remains in operation. The motor can therefore deliver the full torque to hold the current position. The actual position is reliably monitored. In contrast to safety functions SS1 and
SS2, the speed setpoint is not influenced autonomously. After
SOS has been activated, the higher-level control must bring the
drive to a standstill within a parameterized time and then hold
the position setpoint.
A holding brake which is active in a de-energized state is controlled and monitored using safe two-channel technology. Due to
the two-channel control, the brake may still be activated in the
event of an insulation fault in the control cable. Errors of this kind
are detected early by means of test pulses.
Application
Application
SOS is an ideal solution for all those applications for which the
machine or parts of the machine must be at a safe standstill for
certain steps, but the drive must also supply a holding torque. It
is ensured that despite counter torque the drive remains in its
current position. In contrast to SS1 and SS2, the drive does not
brake autonomously in this case. It expects the higher-level controller to ramp down the relevant axes as a coordinated group
within an adjustable delay time. This can be used to prevent any
damage to the machine or product. Typical applications for SOS
include winders, converting and packaging machines and machine tools.
The SBC function is used in conjunction with the functions STO
or SS1 to prevent the movement of an axis in the torque-free
state, e.g. because of gravity.
Customer benefits
Customer benefits
No mechanical components are necessary to keep the axis in
position despite any counterforce that may occur. Due to the
short switching times and the fact that the drive control always
remains active, setup and downtimes are reduced. Recalibration of the axis after exiting the SOS function is not necessary.
The axis can immediately be moved again after deactivation of
the SOS function.
Again, the function saves the use of external hardware and the
associated wiring.
v
G_D211_XX_00207
∆t
An additional Safe Brake Relay is required for power units in
blocksize format. An additional Safe Brake Adapter is necessary
for power units in chassis format.
STO
G_D211_XX_00276
SOS
s
Notes
SBC
t
t
Siemens D 11 · 2015
2/5
2
© Siemens AG 2015
Highlights
Safety Integrated
■ Function (continued)
Safely-Limited Speed (SLS)
The SBT function carries out a brake function test at regular
intervals.
The SLS function ensures that the drive does not exceed a preset speed limit.
Activation
Activation
A good way to check the proper functioning of brakes that have
become worn is to apply a torque to the closed brake. Drive systems that have two brakes, e.g. motor brake and external brake,
can be tested with different torque values.
The SLS function monitors the drive against a parameterized
speed limit. Four different limit values can be selected. As in the
case of SOS, the speed setpoint is not influenced independently.
After SLS has been selected, the higher-level control must bring
the drive down below the selected speed limit within a parameterizable time. If the speed limit is exceeded, a customizable
drive-integrated fault reaction occurs.
The SLS limit stage 1 can be multiplied by a factor that is transferred in 16-bit resolution via PROFIsafe. This allows an almost
unlimited number of limits to be specified.
Application
Application
The SBT function is suitable for implementing a safe brake in
combination with the SBC function.
The SLS function is used if people are in the danger zone of a
machine and their safety can only be guaranteed by reduced
speed. Typical application cases include those in which an operator must enter the danger zone of the machine for the purposes of maintenance or setting up, such as a winder in which
the material is manually threaded by the operator. To prevent injury to the operator, the roller may only spin at a safely reduced
speed. SLS is often also used as part of a two-stage safety concept. While a person is in a less critical zone, the SLS function is
activated, and the drives are only stopped in a smaller area with
higher potential risk. SLS can be used not only for operator protection, but also for machinery protection, e.g. if a maximum
speed must not be exceeded.
Customer benefits
Customer benefits
The function detects faults or wear in the brake mechanics. Automatically testing the effectiveness of brakes reduces maintenance costs and increases the safety and availability of plants/
machines.
The SLS function can contribute to a significant reduction in
downtime, or greatly simplify or even accelerate setup. The overall effect achieved is a higher availability of the plant. Moreover,
external components such as speed monitors can be omitted.
SBT
v
t
Siemens D 11 · 2015
G_D211_XX_00307
M,s
2/6
SLS
G_D211_XX_00311
2
Safe Brake Test (SBT)
t
© Siemens AG 2015
Highlights
Safety Integrated
■ Function (continued)
Safe Speed Monitor (SSM)
Safe Direction (SDI)
The SSM function warns when a drive is working below an adjustable speed limit. As long as it remains below the threshold,
the function issues a safety-related signal.
The SDI function ensures that the drive can only move in the selected direction.
Activation
Activation
If a speed value drops below a parameterized limit, a safety-related signal is generated. This can, for example, be processed
in a safety controller to respond to the event by programming,
depending on the situation.
Deviation from the direction of motion currently being monitored
is detected reliably and the configured drive-integrated fault reaction is initiated. It is possible to select which direction of rotation is to be monitored.
Application
Application
With the SSM function, in the simplest case, a safety door can be
unlocked if the speed drops below a non-critical level. Another
typical example is that of a centrifuge that may be filled only
when it is operating below a configured speed limit.
The SDI function is used when the drive may only move in one
direction. A typical application is to permit the operator access
to a danger zone, as long as the machine is rotating in the safe
direction, i.e. away from the operator. In this state, the operator
can feed material into the work zone / remove material from the
work zone without danger.
Customer benefits
Customer benefits
Unlike SLS, there is no drive-integrated fault reaction when the
speed limit is exceeded. The safe feedback can be evaluated in
a safety control unit, allowing the user to respond appropriately
to the situation.
The function saves the use of external components such as
speed monitors and the associated wiring. The release of a danger zone while the machine is moving away from the operator increases productivity. Without the SDI function, the machine must
be safely stopped during material loading and removal.
G_D211_XX_00308
v
G_D211_XX_00209
v
1
0
t
SDI
t
Siemens D 11 · 2015
2/7
2
© Siemens AG 2015
Highlights
Safety Integrated
■ Function (continued)
Safe Position (SP)
The SLP function monitors the axis to ensure that it remains
within the permissible traversing range.
The SP function transfers the actual position values determined
safely in the drive over safe PROFIsafe communication to a
safety control.
Activation
Activation
When SLP is activated, the traversing range limited by the configured software limit switches is safely monitored. If the permitted traversing range is exited, a customizable fault reaction occurs. It is possible to toggle between two traversing ranges,
even when the machine is in operation.
In contrast to the SLP function that monitors the current actual
position value against a limit and, in the case of an overshoot,
activates a drive-integrated fault reaction, SP transfers the current actual position values to the safety control. Position monitoring is implemented in the safety program of the control. Extended PROFIsafe telegrams are available for transferring the
position values. The position values can be transferred in 16-bit
or 32-bit resolution, as required. A time stamp is also transferred
with the position values.
Application
Application
SLP is used for applications in which machine operators have to
enter a protection area, e.g. for feeding in and removing material. Safe monitoring of the axis position ensures that the axis
cannot move into the protection area released for operators and
so place them in danger, for example, on storage and retrieval
machines, gantry cranes or machining centers.
Tailor-made safety concepts can be created using the SP function. It is ideal for use on machines that require flexible safety
functions. It is extremely versatile and can be used, for example,
to implement safe, axis-specific range detection by means of the
Safe Cams (SCA) function. The SP function can also be used to
implement multi-axis safety concepts, multi-dimensional protection areas and zone concepts.
Customer benefits
Customer benefits
SLP can be used for highly-effective protection area monitoring.
The function does away with the use of external components
such as hardware limit switches and the associated wiring expense. Due to the short reaction time following a limit overshoot,
safety clearances can be reduced.
Position monitoring or speed monitoring is implemented in the
safety program of the control, so the user has the flexibility for implementing tailor-made safety functions. The reaction to a limit
overshoot must also be specified in the safety program. This
means a higher initial programming outlay, but it does offer the
opportunity for initiating different fault reactions.
SP
SLP
t
2/8
Siemens D 11 · 2015
G_D211_XX_00309
s
G_D211_XX_00310
2
Safely Limited Position (SLP)
© Siemens AG 2015
Highlights
Safety Integrated
■ Function (continued)
Basic Functions and Extended Functions
The operating principle of Safety Integrated
The Safety Integrated functions of the SINAMICS drive system
are grouped into Basic Functions and Extended Functions.
• Basic Functions
- Safe Torque Off (STO)
- Safe Brake Control (SBC)
- Safe Stop 1 (SS1)
• Extended Functions
- Safe Stop 1 (SS1) with SBR or SAM
- Safe Stop 2 (SS2) with SAM
- Safe Operating Stop (SOS)
- Safely Limited Speed (SLS)
- Safe Speed Monitor (SSM)
- Safe Direction (SDI)
- Safely Limited Position (SLP)
- Safe Position (SP)
- Safe Brake Test (SBT)
Two independent switch-off signal paths
For the Extended Functions Safe Stop 1 (SS1) and Safe Stop 2
(SS2) with SAM, safe acceleration monitoring (SAM) is performed
during braking to identify any faults already during the braking
phase.
If Safe Stop 1 is used as an encoderless function, a Safe Brake
Ramp (SBR) can be configured as an alternative.
The Basic Functions – activated via on-board terminals on the
device or via PROFIsafe – do not require an encoder.
Activation of the integrated safety functions
The safety functions for SINAMICS drives can be activated via terminals, e.g. for use of a conventional safety circuit.
For standalone safety solutions for small to medium sized applications, it is frequently sufficient that the various sensing components
are directly hardwired to the drive.
For integrated safety solutions, the safety-relevant sequences
are generally processed and coordinated in the fail-safe SIMATIC
controller. Here, the system components communicate via the
PROFINET or PROFIBUS fieldbus. The safety functions are controlled via the safe PROFIsafe communication protocol.
Two independent switch-off signal paths are available. All switch-off
signal paths are low active. This ensures that the system is always
switched to a safe state if a component fails or in the event of cable
breakage. If an error is discovered in the switch-off signal paths, the
Safe Torque Off or Safe Stop 1 function is activated (depending on
the parameterization) and a system restart inhibited.
Two-channel monitoring structure
All the main hardware and software functions for Safety Integrated
are implemented in two independent monitoring channels
(e.g. switch-off signal paths, data management, data comparison).
A cyclic crosswise comparison of the safety-relevant data in the two
monitoring channels is carried out.
The monitoring functions in each monitoring channel work on the
principle that a defined state must prevail before each action is carried out and a specific acknowledgement must be made after each
action. If these expectations of a monitoring channel are not fulfilled, the drive coasts to a standstill (two channel) and an appropriate message is output.
Forced dormant error detection using test stop
The functions and switch-off signal paths must be tested at least
once within a defined time in order to meet requirements as per
EN ISO 13849-1 and IEC 61508 in terms of timely fault detection.
This must be implemented either in cyclic manual mode or the test
stop must be automatically initiated as part of the process. The test
stop cycle is monitored, and after a specific time has been exceeded, an alarm is output. A test stop does not require a POWER
ON. The acknowledgment is set by canceling the test stop request.
Examples of when forced dormant error detection must be
performed:
• When the drives are at a standstill after the system has been
switched on
• Before the protective door is opened
• At defined intervals (e.g. every 8 hours)
• In automatic mode, time and event-driven
SINAMICS drives can be easily integrated into the plant or system
topology.
Safe actual value sensing with or without encoders
PROFIsafe
A drive monitor with encoder is necessary for operation of a series
of safety functions.
SINAMICS drives support the PROFIsafe profile based on
PROFIBUS as well as on PROFINET.
PROFIsafe is an open communications standard that supports
standard and safety-related communication over the same communication path (wired or wireless). A second, separate bus system is
therefore not necessary. The telegrams that are sent are continually
monitored to ensure safety-relevant communication.
Possible errors such as telegrams that have been lost, repeated or
received in the incorrect sequence are avoided. This is done by
consecutively numbering the telegrams in a safety-relevant fashion,
monitoring their reception within a defined time and transferring an
ID for transmitter and receiver of a telegram.
A CRC (cyclic redundancy check) data security mechanism is also
used.
For applications with encoderless mode or with encoders that have
no safety capability, the safety functions can also be implemented
without encoder. It is not possible to use all safety functions in this
case.
The encoderless safety functions can be implemented on request
for chassis format units.
In operation without encoder, the actual speed values are calculated from the measured electrical actual values. Therefore, speed
monitoring is also possible during operation without encoder.
An encoder that is used for the purposes of motor control has no
significance for the safety function here.
Safety Integrated Extended Functions "without encoder" must not
be used if the motor, after it has been switched off, can still be
accelerated by the mechanical elements of the connected machine
component.
In the hoisting gear of a crane, for example, the suspended load
can accelerate the motor as soon as the motor is switched off. In
this case, the safety functions "without encoder" are not permitted.
A horizontal conveyor, on the other hand, is always braked to a
standstill due to friction as soon as the motor is switched off. In this
case, the safety functions "without encoder" can be used without
any restriction.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
2/9
2
© Siemens AG 2015
Highlights
Safety Integrated
■ Function (continued)
The Safety Integrated Function Manual contains additional information about the encoderless safety functions.
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/27103700/133300
The safety functions are listed below with criteria for actual value
sensing
Extended Functions
Functions
Abbreviation
With encoder
Without encoder
Description
Safe Torque Off
STO
Yes
Yes
Safe Torque Off
Safe Stop 1
SS1
Yes
Yes
Safe Stop according to stop category 1
Safe Brake Control
SBC
Yes
Yes
Safe Brake Control
Safe Torque Off
STO
Yes
Yes 1)
Safe Torque Off
Safe Stop 1
SS1
Yes
Yes 1)
Safe Stop according to stop category 1
Safe Brake Control
SBC
Yes
Yes 1)
Safe Brake Control
Safe Operating Stop
SOS
Yes
No
Safe monitoring of the standstill position
Safe Stop 2
SS2
Yes
No
Safe Stop according to stop category 2
Safely-Limited Speed
SLS
Yes
Yes 1)
Safe monitoring of the maximum speed
Safe Speed Monitor
SSM
Yes
Yes 1)
Safe monitoring of the minimum speed
Safe Direction
SDI
Yes
Yes 1)
Safe monitoring of the direction of
motion
Safely-Limited Position
SLP
Yes
No
Safely-limited position
Safe Position
SP
Yes
Yes
Safe transfer of position values
Safe Brake Test
SBT
Yes
No
Safe test of the required holding torque
of a brake
Safe speed/position sensing with encoder
Safe actual value sensing relies on redundant evaluation of the
incremental tracks A/B that supply sin/cos signals of 1 Vpp. Only
encoders of the type whose A/B track signals are created and
processed using purely analog techniques can be used. The encoder signals are input via the SMC20 Sensor Module CabinetMounted.
In a single-encoder system, the motor encoder is used exclusively for safe actual value sensing. An incremental encoder or
absolute encoder with photoelectric sampling must be used in
this case.
DRIVE-CLiQ
For HTL/TTL incremental encoders, safe actual value sensing is
achieved by using two independent encoders. The minimum
possible speed resolution must also be taken into account. The
encoder signals are input via the SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted.
E = encoder
M = motor
Sensor Module
(not applicable for motor
with DRIVE-CLiQ interface)
When motors with a DRIVECLiQ interface are used, the speed/
position actual values are generated directly in the motor as safe
values and transferred to the Control Unit over a safe DRIVECLiQ
communication link.
The following can be used for safe speed/position sensing:
• Single-encoder systems or
• 2-encoder systems
M
E
In the case of the 2-encoder system, the safe actual values for a
drive are provided by two separate encoders. The actual values
are transferred to the Control Unit over DRIVE-CLiQ. When
motors without a DRIVE-CLiQ connection are used, a Sensor
Module (SMC20/30, SME20/25/120/125) must be provided.
Each measuring system requires a separate DRIVE-CLiQ connection.
E = encoder
M = motor
Machine table
M
Example: Dual-encoder system
DRIVE-CLiQ
Sensor Module
E
(not applicable for motor
with DRIVE-CLiQ interface)
E
G_D011_EN_00443
Incremental encoders or absolute encoders with photoelectric
sampling are permitted for safe sensing of the position values on
a drive. HTL/TTL incremental encoders may also be used.
G_D011_EN_00442
2
Basic Functions
For this configuration, either two HTL/TTL encoders, one dualHTL/TTL encoder or one HTL/TTL encoder and one sin/cos encoder can be used.
Backlash
Example: Single-encoder system
1)
2/10
Siemens D 11 · 2015
The use of this safety function without encoder is permitted only on request
and only for induction motors or synchronous motors of the SIEMOSYN
series.
© Siemens AG 2015
Highlights
Safety Integrated for SINAMICS G130 and SINAMICS G150
■ Overview
The safety functions integrated into the drive can greatly reduce
the effort required to implement safety concepts.
The Safety Integrated functions are executed electronically and
therefore offer short response times compared to solutions with
externally executed monitoring functions.
Safe Brake Adapter
The Safe Brake Control (SBC) function requires a Safe Brake
Adapter (option K88 for SINAMICS G150).
The Safe Brake Adapter enables safe control of electro-mechanical motor brakes.
As an alternative to control via terminals and/or PROFIsafe, there
is also the option to parameterize some safety functions without
selection. In this mode, these functions are permanently selected after parameterization and a POWER ON.
The Safe Brake Adapter controls 230 V AC brakes. The SBC
function monitors the control of the brake, but not its mechanical
system.
Example:
The converter controls the connected brake using the motor
holding brake function.
"SLS without selection" can be used, for example, to monitor the
maximum speed to prevent the drive from exceeding a mechanical speed limit. An F-DI does not have to be used when using
the "SLS without selection" function.
External surge suppressors are not required. The cable harnesses for connection to the Power Module are included in the
scope of delivery.
Safety Integrated with and without encoder
The brake is controlled in accordance with IEC 61508 SIL 2 and
EN ISO 13849-1 PL d and Category 3.
Further information is contained in the Safety Integrated Function Manual.
Safe Brake Adapter
AC 230 V
Brake
diagnostics
Motor holding
brake
M
M
Licensing
The Safety Integrated basic functions do not require a license.
G_D213_EN_00090a
The Safety Integrated basic functions STO, SBC and SS1 can
be operated without encoder: two safety-capable incremental
encoders (HTL or TTL) are required when using the Safety
Integrated extended functions SLS, SDI and SSM.
These are each connected to an SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet
(for SINAMICS G150, first SMC30 option K50, second SMC30
option K52). The lowest possible velocity resolution for an
HTL/TTL encoder system must be observed.
Safe Brake Control (SBC)
The Safety Integrated extended functions require a license for
each axis with safety functions. It is irrelevant which safety functions are used and how many.
The license for SINAMICS G130 can be ordered as option F01
with the memory card. Subsequent licensing is possible for the
Control Unit Kit.
A license required for SINAMICS G150 can be ordered at the
same time as option K01.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
2/11
2
© Siemens AG 2015
Highlights
Safety Integrated for SINAMICS G130 and SINAMICS G150
■ Benefits
The Safety Integrated functions are fully integrated in the drive
system. They can be activated as follows:
• Via safety-related inputs on the power unit (basic functions)
• Via safety-related inputs on the TM54F Terminal Module
(extended functions)
• Via PROFIBUS or PROFINET with the PROFIsafe profile
(basic and extended functions)
Safe Torque Off (STO)
Safely Limited Speed (SLS)
Comparison of conventional and integrated safety systems
L+ (24 V DC)
L+ (24 V DC)
K1
ON
ON
K2
Activation
of speed
monitoring
K1
K1
K2
K1
K2
K2
A1 Y1 Y2 13 23 33
Safe speed
monitor
Frequency
converter
Frequency
converter
A1 Y1 Y2 13 23 33
41 42 A2 14 24 34
II
M
K1
M
K2
M
G_D011_EN_00173
41 42 A2 14 24 34
Speed
acquisition
Conventional wiring
K1
Shaft
breakage
detection
K2
M
EMERGENCY
STOP button
SS1
DRIVE-CLiQ
DI
Control
Unit
K82
F-DI
F-DI
G_D011_EN_00179
Conventional wiring
EMERGENCY STOP
button STO
EP
Power
Module
M
3~
G_D011_EN_00461
DRIVE-CLiQ
SMC30
SMC30
DI
Control
Unit
Safety-relevant
Not safety-relevant
F-DI
F-DI
Safety
switch
SLS
TM54F
EP
Integrated safety engineering via fail-safe inputs
Power
Module
M
3~
Machine
encoder
Motorencoder
G_D011_EN_00462
2
Safety-relevant
Not safety-relevant
Integrated safety engineering via fail-safe inputs
The TM54F Terminal Module is omitted for selection via
PROFIsafe.
2/12
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Highlights
Safety Integrated for SINAMICS G130 and SINAMICS G150
■ Function
Function
Activation
Subordinate function
Reaction to limit
overshoot
External setpoint
specification active
Encoder
required 1)
License
required
STO
• EP terminals on the
Power Module
• Terminal Module
(option K82)
• PROFIsafe
SBC
(if activated)
–
No
No 2)
No 3)
SBC
• Via Safe Brake Adapter
–
–
–
No
No
SS1
• EP terminals on the
Power Module
• Terminal Module
(option K82)
• PROFIsafe
STO following expiry of the
parameterized delay time,
SBC (if activated)
STO
Can be parameterized No
No
–
No
Basic Functions
2
Extended Functions
Yes 2)
Yes 3)
STO
• F-DI on TM54F
• PROFIsafe
SBC
(if activated)
SS1 with
SBR/SAM
• F-DI on TM54F
• PROFIsafe
Safe monitoring for accelera- STO
tion (SAM - Safe Acceleration
Monitor) or braking ramp
monitoring (SBR) during the
braking phase. STO and SBC
(if activated) following expiry
of the parameterized delay
time or if the speed falls
below the minimum speed
limit
Can be parameterized No
Yes
SLS encoderless • F-DI on TM54F
• PROFIsafe
• Permanent activation
–
STO, SS1 (can be
parameterized)
Yes
No
Yes
SLS
• F-DI on TM54F
• PROFIsafe
• Permanent activation
–
STO, SS1 (can be
parameterized)
Yes
Yes
Yes
SSM
• Always active,
if configured
–
Signals that the speed Yes
has fallen below a
specified value
No
Yes
SDI
• F-DI on TM54F
• PROFIsafe
• Permanent activation
–
STO, SS1 (can be
parameterized)
Yes
No
Yes
SBT
• F-DI on TM54F
• PROFIsafe
–
Signals test result.
Alarm if test fails
Yes
Yes
Yes
1)
The encoderless safety extended functions can be implemented only on
request.
2)
Activation via terminals on the TM54F requires an encoder.
3)
Activation via terminals on the TM54F requires a license.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
2/13
© Siemens AG 2015
Highlights
Energy efficiency classes in accordance with EN 50598
■ Overview
Step by step to more efficiency
The standard is especially important for variable-speed drives of
the following types:
• for AC/AC converters without energy recovery functionality
• for motors with integrated converters
• for supply voltages of 100 V to 1000 V
• for powers of 0.12 kW to 1000 kW
To cover all applications of driven machines, the new standard
defines operating points in full-load and partial-load operation,
at which the losses of the motor and drive systems have to be
determined. Based on the loss data at the operating points in
partial-load operation, variable-speed drives can be explicitly
considered in more detail. This makes their advantages especially clear.
2/14
Siemens D 11 · 2015
%
Relative
torque
50
25
50
Relative speed
Hoisting gear, extruders,
conveyor belts
%
100
Load torque M = constant
100
%
G_D011_EN_00467
The European standard series EN 50598 defines the ecodesign
requirements for drive systems in the low-voltage range with an
electrically driven machine. It consists of definitions for energy
efficiency (parts 1 and 2) and an ecobalance calculation
(part 3).
To take account of the different use cases, consideration of eight
application-relevant operating points has been introduced as
mandatory for the first time. Determination of loss values at these
eight points and definition of efficiency classes are laid down by
the standard in a uniform way. Data relevant to operation, such
as application-specific load profiles, can now be taken into account more easily in the energy efficiency analysis.
Load torque M ~ n2
100
50
Relative
torque
However, measures aimed solely at the motor are not enough to
achieve the mandatory energy-saving targets. The European
legislation fills this gap with the standard series EN 50598 and
extends the focus from individual drive components to entire
drive systems, even enabling consideration of specific use
cases.
Centrifugal pumps, fans
25
%
50
Relative speed
Winders, coilers
100
Load torque M ~ 1/n
100
%
50
Relative
torque
2
One of the core objectives of the European Union is a sustainable power industry. In industrial plants today, around 70 % of
the power demand is from electrically driven systems. This high
percentage contains huge potential for saving energy in electrical drives. For that reason, the European Union introduced minimum requirements for the energy efficiency of electric motors in
the form of a statutory motor regulation as early as 2011.
25
50
Relative speed
%
100
Duty cycles for different driven machines
Moreover, frequency converters and motor systems are classified in efficiency classes, which permit an initial rough estimate
of the potential saving. Definition of reference systems is a key
aspect of this because they provide standard reference values.
The positioning of these reference systems defines the efficiency
class and the relative distance from the reference system can be
used as an absolute measure of the efficiency at the operating
point in question.
© Siemens AG 2015
Highlights
Energy efficiency classes in accordance with EN 50598
■ Overview (continued)
The more detailed loss analysis of EN 50598, on the other hand,
is aimed at speed-controlled operation and therefore now also
includes motors especially designed for converter operation in
the energy analysis. These were previously not covered by the
applicable standards.
Moreover, a loss analysis over the entire setting and load range
of the motor is possible. This is done in accordance with the
standard EN 50598 with typical values.
For holistic consideration, it is essential to include all the relevant
components of a drive system. The EN 50598 standard defines
this in detail. The standardized expression of power loss data as
a percentage makes comparison considerably easier and more
transparent.
The method also makes it possible to consider a motor that produces a holding torque at speed zero, for example. In this case,
the efficiency is zero, but a power loss from current producing
magnetization and holding torque does occur. In summary, the
key advantage of standard EN 50598 is the ability to perform the
energy analysis of an electrical drive system based on standardized load profiles in all operating ranges due to uniform general
conditions. This provides the user with complete transparency
irrespective of the manufacturer.
Establishing efficiency classes of frequency converters
(Complete Drive Modules CDM)
To avoid overmodulation and to ensure comparability between
makes, which cannot be achieved otherwise, the efficiency
classes of CDMs refer to the 90/100 operating point (90 % motor
stator frequency, 100 % torque current).
Standard EN 50598-2 defines the relative losses of a CDM in efficiency classes IE0 to IE2. With reference to the value of a CDM
of efficiency class IE1 (reference converter), a CDM of efficiency
class IE2 has 25 % lower losses and a CDM of efficiency class
IE0 has 25 % higher losses.
Determination of the
efficiency classes IE0 to IE2
100
p CDM(0, 100)
p CDM(50, 100)
p CDM(90, 100)
p CDM(0, 50)
p CDM(50, 50)
p CDM (90, 50)
p CDM (0, 25)
p CDM (50, 25)
%
50
25
G_D011_EN_00468
For motors, the efficiency consideration was previously only defined for operation without a converter at 50/60 Hz. It provides a
good way of comparing the energy efficiency of motors from different manufacturers for this use case.
Operating points for CDMs
Relative
torque current
Advantages of the detailed loss consideration of EN 50598
over the previous consideration of efficiencies and maximum loss values
0
0
50
%
Relative motor stator frequency
p CDM (90, 100)
p RCDM(90, 100)
IE0
90 100
25% greater losses
than reference value
125%
Reference value
(reference converter)
100%
IE1
Reference value ±25%
IE2
25% lower losses than
reference value
75%
50%
Complete Drive Module (CDM) – determining the efficiency class
Establishing the efficiency classes of drive systems
(Power Drive Systems PDS)
What is possible for the individual systems, of course, also
applies to the entire electrical PDS (frequency converter plus
motor). Detailed comparisons are now possible at this level, too.
The reference values for the reference system provide clear
indications of the energy performance of the PDS.
Because targeted matching of the motor and CDM provides
additional potential for optimization in electrical drive systems,
it is especially important for the user to consider the entire drive
system.
For the efficiency class of a PDS, too, a specific load point is defined. In this case, the reference point used is the 100/100 operating point (100 % motor stator frequency, 100 % torque).
Standard EN 50598-2 defines the relative losses of a PDS in
efficiency classes IES0 to IES2. With reference to the value of
a PDS of efficiency class IES1 (reference drive), a PDS of efficiency class IES2 has 20 % lower losses and a PDS of efficiency
class IES0 has 20 % higher losses.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
2/15
2
© Siemens AG 2015
Highlights
Energy efficiency classes in accordance with EN 50598
■ Overview (continued)
Operating points for PDS
CDM losses
(Complete Drive Modules, frequency converters)
Motor losses
p RM (100, 100)
100
2
100
p CDM (50, 100)
p CDM (90, 100)
p CDM (0, 50)
p CDM (50, 50)
p CDM (90, 50)
p CDM (0, 25)
p CDM (50, 25)
%
Relative
torque current
%
Relative
torque current
p CDM (0, 100)
50
25
50
25
0
0
0
50
0
% 100
Relative speed
50
%
Relative motor stator frequency
PDS losses
(Power Drive System)
100
p PDS (0, 100)
p PDS (50, 100)
p PDS (100, 100)
p PDS (0, 50)
p PDS (50, 50)
p PDS (100, 50)
p PDS (0, 25)
p PDS (50, 25)
G_D011_EN_00469
Determination of the
efficiency classes IES0 to IES2
Relative torque
%
50
25
0
0
50
p PDS (100, 100)
p RPDS (100, 100)
% 90 100
Relative speed
IES0
20% greater losses
than reference value
120%
Reference value
(reference system =
reference converter
+ reference motor)
100%
Power Drive System (PDS) – determining the efficiency class
■ More information
Power loss data of SINAMICS converters for single-axis drives
are available on the Internet at
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/94059311
Further information on current laws and standards, new standards, and mandatory guidelines is available on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/legislation-and-standards
Siemens D 11 · 2015
Reference value ±20%
IES2
20% lower losses than
reference value
80%
50%
2/16
IES1
90 100
© Siemens AG 2015
Highlights
Communication
■ Overview
Communication overview
Digital bus systems are commonly used in industrial automation
today. These handle communication between the control level,
the machine control, the sensors and actuators. The SINAMICS
product family offers integrated communication interfaces in all
product groups – which can be used to connect the most important fieldbus systems in the simplest possible way.
2
Die Control Unit CU320-2 bietet folgende Möglichkeiten:
• PROFINET
- PROFINET RT
- PROFINET IRT (isochronous)
- PROFINET IRT (not isochronous)
- PROFINET Shared Device
- PROFINET media redundancy MRP (surge prone)
- PROFINET media redundancy MRPD (surge free)
- PROFIsafe
- PROFIenergy
- PROFIdrive application class 1
- PROFIdrive application class 3
- PROFIdrive application class 4
• PROFIBUS DP
- PROFIBUS DP equidistance and isochronous mode
- PROFIBUS DP peer-to-peer communication
• USS
• EtherNet/IP
• CANopen
• Websever
Siemens D 11 · 2015
2/17
© Siemens AG 2015
Highlights
Communication > PROFIBUS
DP master class 2
■ Overview
Devices of this type (programming, configuring or operator control devices) are used during commissioning, for configuring the
DP system, for diagnostics or for operating the active plant or
system. A DP master class 2 can, for example, read input, output, diagnostic and configuration data of the slaves.
DP slave
2
G_PM10_XX_00144
PROFIBUS – the most successful open fieldbus
in the automation environment
The requirements of users for an open, non-proprietary communication system have resulted in the specification and standardization of the PROFIBUS protocol.
PROFIBUS defines the technical and functional features of a
serial fieldbus system, with which the distributed field automation devices in the lower area (sensor/actuator level) can be networked up to the mid performance range (cell level).
Standardization according to IEC 61158/EN 50170 secures your
investments for the future.
Using the conformity and interoperability test performed by the
test laboratories authorized by PROFIBUS & PROFINET International (PI) and the certification of the devices by PI, users have
the security of knowing that the quality and functionality is guaranteed, even in multi-vendor installations.
PROFIBUS versions
Three different PROFIBUS versions have been defined in order
to comply with the widely differing requirements at the field level:
PROFIBUS FMS (Fieldbus Message Specification) – the universal solution for communication tasks at the field and cell levels in
the industrial communication hierarchy.
PROFIBUS PA (Process Automation) – the version for applications in process automation. PROFIBUS PA uses the intrinsically
safe transmission technology specified in IEC 61158-2.
PROFIBUS DP (Distributed Periphery) – this version, which is optimized for speed, is specifically tailored to the communication
of automation systems with distributed I/O stations and drives.
PROFIBUS DP sets itself apart as a result of very short response
times and high noise immunity, and replaces cost-intensive,
parallel signal transfer with 24 V and measured value transfer
utilizing 0/4 … 20 mA technology.
■ Design
Bus participants on PROFIBUS DP
PROFIBUS DP makes a distinction between two different master
classes and one slave class:
DP master class 1
For PROFIBUS DP, DP master class 1 is the central component.
In a defined and continually repeating message cycle the central master station exchanges information with distributed stations (DP slaves).
A DP slave is an I/O device which receives output information or
setpoints from the DP master, and as response, returns input information, measured values and actual values to the DP master.
A DP slave never sends data automatically, but only when requested by the DP master.
The quantity of input and output information depends on the device, and for each DP slave in each send direction can be a maximum of 244 bytes.
■ Function
Functional scope in DP masters and DP slaves
The functional scope can differ between DP masters and DP
slaves. The different functional scopes are classified as DP-V0,
DP-V1 and DP-V2.
DP-V0 communication functions
The DP-V0 master functions consist of "Configuration", "Parameter Assignment" and "Reading Diagnostics Data", as well as cyclic reading of input data/actual values and writing output data/
setpoints.
DP-V1 communication functions
The DP-V1 function expansions make it possible to perform acyclic read and write functions as well as processing cyclic data
communication. This type of slave must be supplied with extensive parameterization data during start-up and during normal
operation. These acyclically transferred parameterization data
are only rarely changed in comparison to the cyclic setpoints,
actual values, and measured values, and are transferred at
lower priority in parallel with the cyclic high-speed user data
transfer. Detailed diagnostic information can be transferred in
the same way.
DP-V2 communication functions
The extended DP-V2 master functions mainly comprise functions for isochronous operation and direct data exchange between DP slaves.
• Isochronous mode:
Isochronous mode is implemented by means of an equidistant
signal in the bus system. This cyclic, equidistant clock signal
is sent by the DP master to all bus nodes in the form of a global
control frame. Master and slaves can then synchronize their
applications with this signal. The signal jitter between cycles
is less than 1 μs.
• Slave-to-slave:
The "publisher/subscriber" model is used to implement slaveto-slave communication. Slaves declared as publishers make
their input data/actual values and measured values available
to other slaves, the subscribers, for reading. This is done by
sending the response frame to the master as a broadcast.
Slave-to-slave communication is therefore a cyclic process.
PROFIBUS with SINAMICS
SINAMICS uses the PROFIBUS DP protocol.
The SINAMICS drives can only be used as DP slaves.
2/18
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Highlights
Communication > Industrial Ethernet
■ Overview
■ Design
Industrial Ethernet with SINAMICS S
SINAMICS S provides Control Units and Communication Boards
with PROFINET interface based on 100 Mbit/s Ethernet. This
means that process communication in real-time, as well as engineering and HMI via standard TCP/IP are simultaneously possible.
Ethernet is the basic Internet technology for worldwide networking. The wide variety of options of Intranet and Internet, that have
long been available in the office environment, are now being
made available to factory automation with Industrial Ethernet.
Apart from the use of information technology, the deployment of
distributed automation systems is also on the increase. This
means the breakdown of complex control tasks into smaller,
manageable and drive-based control systems. This in turn is
boosting the demand for communication which necessitates an
extensive and powerful communication system.
Industrial Ethernet provides a powerful area and cell network for
the industrial field, compliant with the IEEE 802.3 (ETHERNET)
standard.
■ Benefits
Ethernet enables a very fast data transfer (10/100 Mbit/s,
1/10 Gbit/s) and at the same time has full-duplex capability. It
therefore provides an ideal basis for communication tasks in the
industrial field. With a share of over 90%, Ethernet is the number
one network worldwide and offers important features which have
essential advantages:
• Fast commissioning thanks to extremely simple connection
method
• High availability since existing networks can be extended
without any adverse effects
• Almost unlimited communication performance because
scalable performance is available through switching
technology and high data rates when required
• Networking of different application areas such as office and
production areas
• Company-wide communication based on wide area network
(WAN) technology or the Internet
• Protection of investment due to continuous and compatible
development
• Wireless communication using industrial wireless LAN
The CU310-2 und CU320-2 Control Units have an additional
Ethernet interface at the front so that service and engineering
tasks can be performed very easily.
Communication with SINAMICS S over Industrial Ethernet
PG/OP/PC communication
PG/OP/PC communication is performed using protocols which
are based on the basic TCP/IP protocol.
• Engineering and diagnostics with STARTER
IT communication
IT communication is performed using protocols which are based
on the basic TCP/IP protocol. The most important IT protocols
are:
• HTTP/HTTPS: Hypertext Transfer Protocol
Using a standard Internet browser, it is possible to retrieve
predefined Web pages containing diagnostic information from
the device. Furthermore, user-defined web pages containing
information defined by the user can be stored in the device.
• SNMP: Simple Network Management Protocol
In order to make Ethernet suitable for industrial applications,
considerable expansions with respect to functionality and design are required:
• Network components for use in harsh industrial environments
• Fast assembly of the RJ45 connectors
• Fail-safety through redundancy
• Expanded diagnostics and message concept
• Use of future-oriented network components (e.g. switches)
SIMATIC NET offers corresponding network components and
products.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
2/19
2
© Siemens AG 2015
Highlights
Communication > PROFINET
■ Overview
PROFINET – the Ethernet standard for automation
PROFINET is the world's leading Industrial Ethernet standard for
automation with more that three million nodes installed worldwide.
PROFINET makes companies more successful, because it
speeds up processes and raises both productivity and plant
availability.
2
G_D211_XX_00050
Your advantages at a glance
Tailor-made plant concepts
Efficiency
Optimal use of resources
Increased productivity
Industrial Wireless LAN
One cable for all purposes
Speed
Safety
Device/network diagnostics
High precision
Flexible topologies
Energy efficiency
Large quantity structures
Open standard
Easy cabling
High transmission rate
Web tools
Fast device replacement
Redundancy
Expandability
Ruggedness/stability
Fast start-up
Flexibility
Short response times and optimized processes are the basic requirements for competitiveness in global markets because the
product lifecycles are increasingly becoming shorter.
PROFINET ensures maximum flexibility in plant structures and
production processes and enables innovative machine and
plant concepts to be implemented. For example, mobile devices
can also be integrated at locations that are difficult to access.
Flexible topologies
In addition to the linear structure characterized by the established fieldbuses, PROFINET also enables the use of star, tree
and ring structures. This is made possible by the switching technology via active network components, such as Industrial Ethernet switches and media converters, or by integrating switch
functionality into the field devices. This creates greater flexibility
for the planning of machines and plants, as well as reducing the
cabling requirements.
The PROFINET network can be installed without any specialist
knowledge at all and meets all requirements that are relevant in
the industrial environment. The PROFINET Guideline "Cabling
and Interconnection Technology" supports manufacturers and
users during network installation. Symmetrical copper cables or
RFI-resistant fiber-optic cables are used, depending on the application. Devices from different manufacturers are easily connected via standardized and rugged plug connectors (up to
IP65/IP67 degree of protection).
2/20
Performance
Siemens D 11 · 2015
G_IK10_XX_10304
Flexibility
By integrating switch functionality into the devices, linear structures can be created that are directly oriented toward an existing
machine or plant structure. This reduces cabling overhead and
cuts down on components such as external switches.
IWLAN
PROFINET also supports wireless communication with Industrial
Wireless LAN, opening up new fields of application. For example, technologies subject to wear, such as trailing cables, can be
replaced and the use of automated guided vehicle systems and
mobile operator terminals becomes possible.
Safety
The PROFIsafe safety profile, which has been tried and tested
with PROFIBUS and which permits the transmission of standard
and safety-related data on a single bus cable, can also be used
with PROFINET. No special network components are necessary
for fail-safe communication, which means that standard
switches and standard network transitions can continue to be
used without any restrictions. In addition, fail-safe communication is equally possible via Industrial Wireless LAN (IWLAN).
Open standard
PROFINET, the open multi-vendor standard (IEC 61158/
IEC 61784), is supported by PROFIBUS and PROFINET International (PI). It stands for maximum transparency, open IT communication, network security and simultaneous real-time communication.
© Siemens AG 2015
Highlights
Communication > PROFINET
■ Overview (continued)
Thanks to its openness, PROFINET provides the basis for a
standardized automation network in the plant, to which all other
machines and devices can be connected. Even the integration
of existing plant components, for example with PROFIBUS,
presents no problems due to the use of network transitions.
Use of Web tools
Thanks to the unrestricted support of TCP/IP, PROFINET permits
the use of standard Web services in the device, such as Web
servers. Irrespective of the tool used, information from the automation level can be accessed from virtually any location using a
commercially available Internet browser. This considerably simplifies commissioning and diagnostics. Users can then decide
for themselves how much openness to the IT world they want to
allow for their machine or plant. This means that PROFINET can
be used simply as an isolated plant network or connected via
appropriate security modules, such as the SCALANCE S modules, to the office network or the Internet. In this way, new remote
maintenance concepts or the high-speed exchange of production data become possible.
Expandability
On the one hand, PROFINET facilitates the integration of existing
systems and networks without any great effort or expense. In this
way, PROFINET safeguards investments in existing plant components that communicate via PROFIBUS and other fieldbuses
such as AS-Interface. On the other hand, additional PROFINET
nodes can be added at any time. By using additional network
components, network infrastructures can be expanded using
cabling or wireless methods – even while the plant is operating.
Efficiency
Greater global competition means that companies must use
their resources economically and efficiently. This applies in particular to production. This is where PROFINET ensures greater
efficiency. Simple engineering guarantees fast commissioning,
while reliable devices ensure a high level of plant availability.
Comprehensive diagnostic and maintenance concepts help to
reduce plant downtimes and keep maintenance costs to a minimum.
One cable for everything
PROFINET permits simultaneous fieldbus communication with
isochronous mode and standard IT communication (TCP/IP) on
one cable. This real-time communication for the transmission of
the user/process data and diagnostic data takes place on a single cable. Specific profile communication (PROFIsafe, PROFIdrive and PROFIenergy) can be integrated without any additional
cabling. This solution offers a wide scope of functions at a low
level of complexity.
Device and network diagnostics
By retaining the tried and tested PROFIBUS device model, the
same diagnostics information is available with PROFINET. In addition, module- and channel-specific data can also be read out
from the devices during device diagnosis, enabling faults to be
located quickly and easily. Apart from the availability of device
information, the reliability of the network operation has top priority in the network management.
In existing networks the Simple Network Management Protocol
(SNMP) has established itself as the de facto standard for the
maintenance and monitoring of the network components and
their functions. PROFINET uses this standard and gives users
the opportunity to maintain their networks with tools that are familiar to them, such as the SINEMA Server network management
software.
For easier maintenance of PROFINET devices, both on-site and
remotely via a secure VPN connection, application-specific
websites can be set up on the integrated Web server of the field
devices using the familiar HTML standard.
Energy efficiency
En route to the green factory: PROFIenergy is a profile that provides functions and mechanisms for PROFINET field devices
that support energy-efficient production.
The profile, which is defined by the PNO and is independent of
any manufacturers or devices, enables the energy demand and
costs to be significantly reduced: Using PROFIenergy, any specific loads that are not currently being used can be switched off.
This achieves a noticeable reduction in energy costs during
breaks in production. PROFIenergy permits the simple, automated activation and deactivation of technologically related
plant components. It is coordinated centrally by means of a
higher-level controller and is networked via PROFINET. This ensures that as much energy as possible is saved during longer
breaks. Temporarily switching off plant components contributes
to the even distribution and most efficient use of energy.
The use of PROFIenergy is made easy for the machine builder
by its integration into familiar series of products. In addition,
PROFIenergy is defined in such a way that the necessary function blocks can easily be integrated into existing automation systems at a later stage.
Simple wiring
Particularly stringent demands are made on the installation of
cabling in the industrial environment. In addition, there is a requirement to set up industry-standard networks in the shortest
possible time without any special knowledge.
With FastConnect, Siemens is offering a high-speed installation
system that meets all of these requirements. FastConnect is the
standard-compliant, industrial cabling system consisting of cables, connectors and assembly tools for PROFINET networks.
The time required for connecting terminals is minimized by the
simple installation method using just a single tool, while installation errors are prevented by the practical color-coding. Both
copper cables and glass fiber optic cables can be easily assembled on site.
Fast device replacement
PROFINET devices are identified by means of a name assigned
during configuration. On replacing a defective device, a new device can be recognized from its topology information by the IO
controller and a new name can be assigned to it automatically.
This means that no engineering tool is necessary for the replacement of equipment.
This mechanism can even be used for the initial commissioning
of a complete system. This speeds up commissioning, particularly in the case of series machines.
Ruggedness
An automation network must be robustly protected against external sources of interference. The use of Switched Ethernet prevents faults in one part of the network from affecting the entire
plant network. For areas that are particularly prone to radio frequency interference (RFI), PROFINET allows the use of fiber optic cables.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
2/21
2
© Siemens AG 2015
Highlights
Communication > PROFINET
Performance
2
Productivity and product quality determine the level of success
in the market. Precise motion control, dynamic drives, highspeed controllers and the deterministic synchronization of devices are therefore key factors in achieving superior production.
They facilitate high production rates and optimum product quality at the same time.
Speed and precision
Fast motion control applications demand precise and deterministic exchange of data. This is implemented by means of drive
controllers using isochronous real time (IRT).
With IRT and isochronous mode, PROFINET permits fast and deterministic communication. This synchronizes the various cycles
of a system (input, network, CPU processing and output), even
in the case of parallel TCP/IP traffic. The short cycle times of
PROFINET make it possible to raise the productivity of machines
and plants and to guarantee the product quality and high level
of precision.
Media redundancy
A higher plant availability can be achieved with a redundant installation (ring topology). The media redundancy can be implemented not only with the aid of external switches, but also by
means of integrated PROFINET interfaces. Using the media redundancy protocol (MRP), reconfiguration times of 200 ms can
be achieved. If the communication is interrupted in just one part
of the ring installation this means that a plant standstill is prevented and any necessary maintenance or repair work can be
performed without any time pressure.
For motion control applications, PROFINET IRT in ring topologies offers the extended media redundancy for planned duplication (MRPD) which operates in a bumpless mode without any reconfiguration time. If communication is interrupted (e.g. a cable
break) the process can continue operating without interruption.
Until now, the functionality has only been supported by
SIMOTION, SINAMICS and SCALANCE X200IRT.
SIMOTION
D4x5-2
The standardized PROFIdrive profile permits vendor-independent communication between CPUs and drives.
SIMOTION
C240 PN
Large quantity structures
The use of PROFINET makes it possible to overcome the existing
restrictions regarding the scope of machines and systems that
can be implemented. In one network, several different controllers can interact with their assigned field devices. The number of
field devices per PROFINET network is virtually unlimited – the
entire range of IP addresses is available.
SINAMICS
S120
SIMOTION
D4x5-2
PROFINET
High data rate
By using 100 Mbit/s in full duplex mode, PROFINET achieves a
significantly higher data rate than previous fieldbuses. This
means that other plant data can be transmitted over TCP/IP without any problems, in addition to the process data. PROFINET
therefore meets the combined industrial demands for simultaneously transmitting high-speed IO data and large volumes of data
for additional sections of the application. Even the transmission
of large volumes of data, such as that from cameras, has no adverse effect on the speed and precision of the IO data transmission, thanks to PROFINET mechanisms.
Switch
SCALANCE
X200IRT
SINAMICS
S120
G_D211_XX_00294
■ Overview (continued)
Bumpless media redundancy illustrated by example of SINAMICS S120
with SIMOTION and SCALANCE X200IRT
■ Benefits
• PROFINET is the open Industrial Ethernet standard for
automation
• PROFINET is based on Industrial Ethernet
• PROFINET uses TCP/IP and IT standards
• PROFINET is real-time Ethernet
• PROFINET enables seamless integration of fieldbus systems
• PROFINET supports fail-safe communication via PROFIsafe
and also via IWLAN
■ More information
Further information is available at
www.siemens.com/profinet
2/22
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Highlights
Communication > PROFIdrive
■ Overview
PROFIdrive – the standardized drive interface for
PROFINET and PROFIBUS
PROFIdrive defines the device behavior and technique to
access internal device data for electric drives connected to
PROFINET and PROFIBUS – from basic frequency inverters
up to high-performance servo controllers.
It describes in detail the practical use of communication functions – slave-to-slave data transfer, equidistance and clock cycle
synchronization (isochronous mode) in drive applications.
In addition, it specifies all device characteristics which influence
interfaces connected to a controller over PROFINET or
PROFIBUS. This also includes the state machine (sequence
control), the encoder interface, scaling of values, definition of
standard telegrams, access to drive parameters etc.
The PROFIdrive profile supports both central as well as distributed motion control concepts.
What are profiles?
For devices and systems used in automation technology, profiles
define properties and modes of behavior. This allows manufacturers and users to define common standards. Devices and systems that comply with such a cross-manufacturer profile, are interoperable on a fieldbus and, to a certain degree, can be
interchanged.
Are there different types of profiles?
A distinction is made between what are known as application
profiles (general or specific) and system profiles:
• Application profiles (also device profiles) predominantly refer
to devices (e.g. drives) and include and agreed selection
regarding bus communication as well as also specific device
applications.
• System profiles describe classes of systems, including master
functionality, program interfaces and integration resources.
Is PROFIdrive fit for the future?
PROFIdrive has been specified by the PROFIBUS and
PROFINET International (PI) user organization, and is specified
as a standard that is fit for the future through standard
IEC 61800-7.
One drive profile – different application classes
The integration of drives into automation solutions depends very
strongly on the particular drive application. In order to be able to
address the complete, huge bandwidth of drive applications –
from basic frequency inverters up to synchronized multi-axis
systems with a high dynamic performance – using just one profile, PROFIdrive defines six application classes, to which most
drive applications can be assigned:
• Class 1 – standard drives (for example pumps, fans, agitators
etc..)
• Class 2 – standard drives with technological functions
• Class 3 – positioning drives
• Class 4 – motion control drives with central, higher-level
motion control intelligence and patented position control
concept "dynamic servo control"
• Class 5 – motion control drives with central, higher-level
motion control intelligence and position setpoint interface
• Class 6 – motion control drives with distributed motion control
intelligence integrated in the drives themselves
■ Design
The device model of PROFIdrive
PROFIdrive defines a device model based on function modules
which cooperate in the device and generate the intelligence of
the drive system. These modules have objects assigned to them
which are described in the profile and are defined with respect
to their functions. The overall functionality of a drive is therefore
described through the sum of its parameters.
In contrast to other drive profiles, PROFIdrive defines only the
access mechanisms to the parameters as well as a subset of
profile parameters (approx. 30) such as the fault buffer, drive
control and device identification.
All other parameters are vendor-specific which gives drive manufacturers great flexibility with respect to implementing function
modules. The elements of a parameter are accessed acyclically
via data records.
As a communication protocol, PROFIdrive uses DP-V0, DP-V1,
and the DP-V2 expansions for PROFIBUS including the functions
"Slave-to-Slave Communication" and "Isochronous Operation",
or PROFINET IO with real-time classes RT and IRT.
The basic philosophy: Keep it simple
Application Class 4
The PROFIdrive profile tries to keep the drive interface as simple
as possible and free from technology functions. As a result of
this philosophy, referencing models as well as the functionality
and performance of the PROFINET/PROFIBUS master have either no influence or only a low influence on the drive interface.
Automation
Technology
Interpolation
Pos. Control
Clock
G_PM10_EN_00133
Control Word + Speed Setpoint + ...
Status Word + Actual Position ...
Clock synchronism
Drive
Drive
Drive
Closed Loop Speed Ctrl.
Closed Loop Speed Ctrl.
Closed Loop Speed Ctrl.
M
M
M
Encoder
Encoder
Encoder
■ More information
Further information on PROFINET and PROFIBUS is available at
www.profibus.com
See under Download / Technical description & books /
PROFIdrive – Technology and Application - System Description
Siemens D 11 · 2015
2/23
2
© Siemens AG 2015
Highlights
Communication > CANopen
■ Overview
2
CANopen is a communication protocol based on CAN physical
characteristics, which is predominantly used in the automation
industry and for networking within complex devices. Originally
conceived as a fieldbus for networking devices in motion control
applications such as handling systems, CANopen has since established itself in the field of medical engineering, vehicle automation, rail and ship networking as well as building automation.
Interoperability of CANopen is ensured through the use of application and device profiles, whereby the wide range of options offered by the bus specification enables an appropriate, precise
selection to be made for the application or device in question.
Furthermore, inverters with CANopen support the "CiA 402
Electrical Drives" device profile.
Communication > EtherNet/IP
■ Overview
Ethernet Industrial Protocol (EtherNet/IP) is an open standard for
industrial networks. EtherNet/IP is used to transmit cyclic I/O
data and acyclic parameter data. EtherNet/IP was developed by
Rockwell Automation and the ODVA (Open DeviceNet Vendor
2/24
Siemens D 11 · 2015
Association), and belongs to the standardized international
standard series IEC 61158. EtherNet/IP is a popular communication standard, particularly in the American market and in the
Rockwell controllers environment.
3
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
3/2
Overview
3/3
Benefits
3/3
Application
3/3
Design
3/6
Function
3/8
3/8
Technical specifications
General technical specifications
3/10
3/10
Characteristic curves
Derating data
3/12
Overload capability
3/13
Power Modules
3/21
3/21
3/24
3/26
3/30
Line-side power components
Line filters
Line Harmonics Filters
Line reactors
Recommended line-side system
components
3/32
3/32
3/35
DC link components
Braking Modules
Braking resistors
3/37
3/37
3/41
3/46
3/50
Load-side power component
Motor reactors
du/dt filters plus VPL
du/dt filters compact plus VPL
Sine-wave filters
3/52
CU320-2 Control Unit and
Control Unit Kit
3/55
CompactFlash card for CU320-2
3/56
3/56
3/57
3/59
3/60
3/61
3/63
3/66
3/69
3/71
3/73
3/75
3/76
Supplementary system components
BOP20 Basic Operator Panel
AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel
CBC10 Communication Board
CBE20 Communication Board
TB30 Terminal Board
TM31 Terminal Module
TM54F Terminal Module
TM150 Terminal Module
VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module
Safe Brake Adapter SBA
SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted
Signal cables
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
75 kW to 800 kW
■ Overview
The SINAMICS G130 is a converter that can be combined very
flexibly with the associated system components and installed
into customer-specific control cabinets or directly into machines.
SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units are available for the
following voltages and power ratings:
Line voltage
Power
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
110 ... 560 kW
500 ... 600 V 3 AC
110 ... 560 kW
660 ... 690 V 3 AC
75 ... 800 kW
A wide range of add-on electrical components allow the drive
system to be optimized for specific requirements. Configuration
and commissioning are greatly simplified by predefined interfaces.
3
The control accuracy of the sensorless vector control is suitable
for most applications, which means that an additional actual
speed value encoder is not required.
However, encoder evaluation units are available for the
SINAMICS G130 converters so that they can address applications that require an encoder for plant-specific reasons.
Communication between the Control Unit, the Power Module
and other active SINAMICS components is performed via
DRIVE-CLiQ, the drive's internal interface. The DRIVE-CLiQ connections, which are available as pre-assembled cables of different lengths, allow a complete converter system to be put
together quickly.
SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units, frame sizes FX and HX
3/2
Siemens D 11 · 2015
For communication with the process control system, with the
CU320-2 Control Unit either a PROFIBUS or a PROFINET interface is available as standard. The interface can also be expanded with digital and analog inputs and outputs. The TM31
Terminal Module and TB30 Terminal Board are provided for this
purpose. Additional expansion cards can also be installed to
allow communication via CANopen or EtherNet/IP.
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
75 kW to 800 kW
■ Benefits
• Particularly quiet and compact converters due to the use of
state-of-the-art IGBT power semiconductors and an
innovative cooling concept.
• Individual modules and power components can be replaced
quickly and easily, which ensures a higher level of plant availability. Replaceable components have been designed so that
they can be quickly and easily replaced. In addition, the
"Spares On Web" Internet tool makes it easy to view the spare
parts that are available for the particular order
(www.siemens.com/sow).
• Easily integration in automation solutions by means of a
standard communications interface as well as a range of
analog and digital interfaces.
• Simple commissioning and parameterization using interactive
menus on the AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel with graphic
LCD and plain-text display, or PC-supported using the
STARTER commissioning tool (www.siemens.com/starter).
• Preset software functions make it easier to adapt the converter
to the individual plant.
• All components, from individual parts to the ready-to-connect
cabinet, undergo rigorous testing throughout the entire
production process. This guarantees a high level of functional
reliability during installation and commissioning, as well as in
operation.
■ Application
Variable-speed drives are ideal for all applications that involve
moving, conveying, pumping or compressing solids, liquids or
gases.
This means the following applications in particular:
• Pumps and fans
• Compressors
■ Design
The SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units provide machine
builders and plant constructors with a modular drive system that
can be tailored to specific applications.
SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units mainly consist of the
following modular, stand-alone components:
• Power Module
• Control Unit
They may be located separately from one another or combined
in a single unit. The Power Module contains a slot for the Control
Unit.
The Power Modules are supplied with a DRIVE-CLiQ cable for
communication and a cable for the 24 V supply to the Control
Unit. These cables are pre-assembled for installing the Control
Unit in the Power Module. If the two units are installed in separate
locations, the cables must be ordered in the appropriate lengths.
The AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel and the numeric BOP20
Basic Operator Panel can be used for commissioning and local
operation.
Predefined interfaces, via terminal block or the CU320-2 Control
Unit with either PROFIBUS or PROFINET, make commissioning
and control of the drive much easier. The interfaces of the
CU320-2 Control Unit can be supplemented with add-on modules, such as the plug-in TB30 Terminal Board or the TM31 Terminal Module.
If further customer interfaces are required for the communication
with the drive, an external 24 V supply must be provided.
The following two figures provide assistance when assembling
the required converter components. The first figure shows the
design and individual components of a SINAMICS G130 drive.
The second figure is a flowchart containing the decision and selection criteria required for the individual components.
• Extruders and mixers
• Mills
Siemens D 11 · 2015
3/3
3
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
75 kW to 800 kW
■ Design (continued)
3 AC supply
Connection system
Line-side power components
e.g.
Signal cables
• •• • • •• •
Switch disconnectors
Line contactors
Line filters
Line reactors
Line Harmonics
Filters
SINAMICS G130 components
3
Control Unit Kit
Power Modules
CU320-2 Control Unit
with CompactFlash card
Supplementary system components
e.g.
Terminal Board
Terminal Module
Sensor Module
Advanced
Operator Panel
PROFINET board
CANopen board
DC link components
Braking Modules
with braking resistors
Motor-side power components
Motor reactors
Sine-wave filters
dv/dt-filter plus VPL
dv/dt-filter compact plus VPL
G_D011_EN_00163b
Motors
3/4
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
75 kW to 800 kW
■ Design (continued)
1
Page
Configuration start
No
Power Module 6SL3310-1G...-.AA3
Large reduction of lowfrequency line harmonic distortions
Yes
No
Slight reduction of lowfrequency line harmonic distortions
Yes
No
Line Harmonics
Filter
3/24
Line reactor
3/26
No
Current > 800 A
No
Switching/disconnecting
element
Yes
No
Fuse-switch disconnector
Page 3/30
Fuses
Page 3/31
Contactor
Page 3/30
Installation acc. to EN 61800-3
1st environment
Switching/disconnecting
element
Power
switch
Yes
Line filter
No
Interface expansion
with DI/DO and AI/AO
No
No
No
CAN bus connection
PROFINET IO connection
SINAMICS Link, EtherNet/IP
Operator panel for Control Unit
Operator panel for cabinet mounting
No
No
Interface expansion
with DI/DO and AI/AO
Interface expansion
with DI/DO and AI/AO
G_D011_EN_00129d
Yes
Yes
3/21
Control of the Safety
Integrated extended functions
via F-DI/F-DO
No
No
No
3/59
CBE20 *
3/60
BOP20
Safe
Brake Control (SBC)
3/76
Yes
SMC30 *
3/75
DRIVE-CLiQ cable
pre-assembled x meters
3/76
Large reduction of the voltage
load on the motor winding
AOP30
3/57
No
Large reduction of the voltage
load on the motor winding
Serial plug-in cable
pre-assembled x meters
3/76
No
Infeed of almost
sinusoidal voltage at the motor
3/63
DRIVE-CLiQ cable
pre-assembled x meters
3/76
No
Additional TM31 *
3/63
DRIVE-CLiQ cable
pre-assembled x meters
3/76
VSM10 *
3/71
DRIVE-CLiQ cable
pre-assembled x meters
3/76
Yes
TM54F *
3/66
DRIVE-CLiQ cable
pre-assembled x meters
3/76
3/75
3/76
Yes
3/73
No
TM31 *
Yes
Connecting cable between SBA
and Control Interface Module
3/56
Yes
DRIVE-CLiQ cable
pre-assembled x meters
3/73
Slight reduction
of the voltage load on the
motor winding
Yes
3/69
SBA Safe Brake Adapter, 230 V AC
No
Yes
TM150 *
Safe actual value acquisition via
Yes
HTL/TTL encoder for Safety Integrated
2nd SMC30 *
Extended functions
DRIVE-CLiQ cable
pre-assembled x meters
3/61
CBC10 *
Yes
Yes
3/30
3/55
TB30 Terminal Board
Measurement of the line or
motor voltage, flying restart
Yes
3/52
Control Unit and Control Unit Kit CU320-2
CompactFlash card
No
Speed measurement
Yes
Yes
No
No
Temperature sensor
evaluation
3/13
No
Page
Braking operation required
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Motor reactor
3/37
dv/dt filter plus VPL
3/41
dv/dt filter
compact plus VPL
3/46
Sine-wave filter
3/50
Braking Module
3/32
Braking resistor
3/35
Configuration end
1
Note:
The use of an external 24 V supply must be checked for the components marked with *.
For further information, please refer to the SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
3/5
3
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
75 kW to 800 kW
■ Design (continued)
Coated modules
The following converter components are equipped as standard
with coated modules:
• Power Modules
• Control Units
• Sensor Modules
• Terminal Modules
• Advanced Operator Panel (AOP30)
The coating on the modules protects the sensitive SMD components against corrosive gases, chemically active dust and moisture.
Nickel-plated busbars
3
All copper busbars of the Power Modules are nickel-plated in
order to achieve the best possible immunity to environmental
effects. The bare copper connections also do not have to be
cleaned for customer connections.
3/6
Siemens D 11 · 2015
■ Function
Communication with higher-level controller and customer
terminal block
A PROFIBUS or PROFINET communication interface is provided
as standard on the CU320-2 Control Unit for use as a customer
interface to the controller; there are also expansions such as the
TM31 Terminal Module, the TB30 Terminal Board and modules
to support CANopen or EtherNet/IP communication.
These interfaces can be used to connect the system to the
higher-level controller using analog and digital signals, or to
connect additional devices.
To simplify configuration and commissioning of the drive, the
TM31 Terminal Module can be preset with a variety of factory
settings.
For further information, please refer to the SINAMICS Low
Voltage Engineering Manual.
Open-loop and closed-loop control functions
The converter control contains a high-quality vector control with
speed and current control as well as motor and converter protection.
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
75 kW to 800 kW
■ Function (continued)
Software and protective functions
The software functions available as standard are described below:
Software and protective functions
Description
Setpoint specification
The setpoint can be specified both internally and externally; internally as a fixed setpoint, motorized potentiometer
setpoint or jog setpoint, externally via the communications interface or an analog input on the customer terminal
block. The internal fixed setpoint and the motorized potentiometer setpoint can be switched or adjusted via control
commands from any interface.
Motor identification
The automatic motor identification function makes commissioning faster and easier and optimizes closed-loop control
of the drive.
Ramp-function generator
A user-friendly ramp-function generator with separately adjustable ramp-up and ramp-down times, together with
adjustable rounding times in the lower and upper speed ranges, allows the drive to be smoothly accelerated and
braked. As a consequence, this avoids the drive train from being overloaded and reduces the stress on mechanical
components. The down ramps can be parameterized separately for quick stop.
Vdc max controller
The Vdc max controller automatically prevents overvoltages in the DC link, if the set down ramp is too short, for example. This may also extend the set ramp-down time.
Vdc_min control
For brief line supply failures, the kinetic energy of the rotating drive is used to buffer the DC link and therefore prevents
fault trips. The converter remains operational as long as the drive can provide regenerative energy as a result of its
motion and the DC-link voltage does not drop below the shutdown threshold. When the line supply recovers within this
time, the drive is again accelerated up to its speed setpoint.
Automatic restart 1)
The automatic restart switches the drive on again when the power is restored after a power failure, and ramps up to
the current speed setpoint.
Flying restart 1)
The flying restart function allows the converter to be switched to a motor that is still turning. With the voltage sensing
capability provided by the optional VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module, the flying restart time for large induction motors
can be significantly reduced because the motor does not need to be de-magnetized.
Technology controller
The technology controller function module allows simple control functions to be implemented, e.g. level control or
volumetric flow control. The technology controller is designed as a PID controller. The differentiator can be switched to
the control deviation channel or to the actual value channel (factory setting). The P, I, and D components can be set
separately.
Free function blocks
Using the freely programmable function blocks, it is easy to implement logic and arithmetic functions for controlling
the SINAMICS G130. The blocks can be programmed by means of an operator panel or the STARTER commissioning
tool.
Drive Control Chart (DCC)
Drive Control Chart (DCC) is an additional tool for the easy configuration of technology functions for the SINAMICS
G130. The block library contains a large selection of control, arithmetic and logic blocks as well as extensive openloop and closed-loop control functions. The user-friendly DCC editor enables easy graphics-based configuration,
allows control loop structures to be clearly represented and provides a high degree of reusability of charts that have
already been created. DCC is an add-on to the STARTER commissioning tool.
I²t detection for motor protection
A motor model stored in the converter software calculates the motor temperature based on the current speed and
load. More exact measurement of the temperature, which also takes into account the influence of the ambient temperature, is possible by means of direct temperature measurement using KTY84 sensors in the motor winding.
Motor temperature evaluation
Motor protection by evaluating a KTY84, PTC or Pt100 temperature sensor. When a KTY84 sensor is connected, the
limit values can be set for alarm or trip. When a PTC thermistor is connected, the system reaction to triggering of the
thermistor (alarm or trip) can be defined.
Motor blocking protection
A blocked motor is detected and protected against thermal overloading by a fault trip.
Essential service mode
Special converter operating mode that increases the availability of the drive system, e.g. in the event of a fire.
Bypass
This circuit allows the motor to be operated via the converter or directly on the line supply.
Brake control
"Simple brake control" for control of holding brakes:
The holding brake is used to secure drives against unwanted motion when deactivated.
"Extended brake control" function module for complex brake control, e.g. for motor holding brakes and operational
brakes:
When braking with a feedback signal, the brake control reacts to the feedback signal contacts of the brake.
Write protection
Write protection to prevent unintentional changing of the setting parameters (without password function).
Know-how protection
Know-how protection for encrypting stored data, e.g. to protect configuration know-how, and to protect against
changes and duplication (with password function).
Web server
The integrated web server provides information about the drive unit via its web pages. The web server is accessed
using an Internet browser via unsecured (http) or secured transmission (https).
Power unit protection
Description
Ground fault monitoring at the output A ground fault at the output is detected by a total current monitor and results in shutdown in grounded systems.
Electronic short-circuit protection
at the output
A short-circuit at the output (e.g. at the converter output terminals, in the motor cable or in the motor terminal box) is
detected and the converter shuts down with a "fault".
Thermal overload protection
An alarm is issued first when the overtemperature threshold responds. If the temperature rises further, the device
either shuts down or independently adjusts the pulse frequency or output current so that a reduction in the thermal
load is achieved. Once the cause of the fault has been eliminated (e.g. cooling has been improved), the original operating values are automatically resumed.
1)
Factory setting: Not activated (can be parameterized).
Siemens D 11 · 2015
3/7
3
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
75 kW to 800 kW
■ Technical specifications
The most important directives and standards are listed below.
These are used as basis for the SINAMICS G130 converter
built-in units and they must be carefully observed to achieve an
EMC-compliant configuration that is safe both functionally and in
operation.
European directives
Low-voltage directive:
2006/95/EC
Directive of the European Parliament and Council of December 12, 2006, on the approximation of the laws of the
member states relating to electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits
Machinery directive:
2006/42/EC
Directive of the European Parliament and Council of May 17, 2006 on machinery and for changing Directive 95/16/EC
(amendment)
2004/108/EC
3
EMC directive:
Directive of the European Parliament and Council of December 15, 2004, which repeals directive 89/336/EEC,
on the approximation of laws of the member states relating to electromagnetic compatibility
European standards
EN ISO 3744
Acoustics – Determination of the sound power level and sound energy level for noise sources that result from sound
pressure measurements – envelope surface procedure of the accuracy class 2 for a largely free sound field over a
reflecting plane
EN ISO 13849-1
Safety of machinery – Safety-related parts of control systems
Part 1: General design principles (ISO 13849-1:2006) (replaced EN 954-1)
EN 60146-1-1
Semiconductor converters – General requirements and line-commutated converters
Part 1-1: Specification of basic requirements
EN 60204-1
Electrical equipment of machines
Part 1: General definitions
EN 60529
Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP code)
EN 61508-1
Functional safety of electrical/electronic/programmable electronic safety-related systems
Part 1: General requirements
EN 61800-2
Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems
Part 2: General requirements – Rating specifications for the measurement of low-voltage adjustable frequency
AC power drive systems
Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems
EN 61800-3
Part 3: EMC product standard including special test procedure
EN 61800-5-1
Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems
Part 5: Safety requirements
Main section 1: Electrical and thermal requirements
EN 61800-5-2
Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems
Part 5-2: Safety requirements – Functional safety (IEC 61800-5-2:2007)
North American standards
UL508A
Industrial Control Panels
UL508C
Power Conversion Equipment
CSA C22.2 No. 14
Industrial Control Equipment
Approvals
cULus, cURus
Testing by UL (Underwriters Laboratories, www.ul.com) according to UL and CSA standards
Certification marks: (see Approvals)
General technical specifications
Electrical specifications
Line voltages and power ranges
• 380 ... 480 V 3 AC ±10% (-15% <1 min) 110 ... 560 kW
• 500 ... 600 V 3 AC ±10% (-15% <1 min) 110 ... 560 kW
• 660 ... 690 V 3 AC ±10% (-15% <1 min) 75 ... 800 kW
Line system configurations
Grounded TN/TT systems or ungrounded IT systems
(a grounded line conductor is not permissible in 690 V line supplies)
Line frequency
47 ... 63 Hz
Output frequency
0 ... 550 Hz1)
Line power factor
• Fundamental
• Total
> 0.96
0.75 ... 0.93
Efficiency
> 98%
Overvoltage category
III according to EN 61800-5-1
3/8
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
75 kW to 800 kW
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Electrical specifications (continued)
Rated short-circuit current
according to IEC, in conjunction with
the specified fuses
• 1.1 … 447 kW
• 448 ... 671 kW
• 672 ... 1193 kW
• > 1194 kW
65 kA
84 kA
170 kA
200 kA
Rated short-circuit current SCCR
(Short Circuit Current Rating) according
to UL508C (up to 600 V), in conjunction
with the specified fuses or circuit
breakers
• 1.1 … 447 kW
• 448 ... 671 kW
• 672 ... 1193 kW
• > 1194 kW
65 kA
84 kA
170 kA
200 kA
Control method
Vector control with and without encoder or V/f control
Fixed speeds
15 fixed speeds plus 1 minimum speed, parameterizable
(in the default setting, 3 fixed setpoints plus 1 minimum speed are selectable using terminal block / PROFIBUS)
Speed ranges that can be skipped
4, parameterizable
Setpoint resolution
0.001 rpm digital
3
12-bit analog
Braking operation
By means of additional Braking Modules and braking resistors
Mechanical specifications
Degree of protection
IP00 or IP20 depending on type
Protection class
I according to EN 61800-5-1
Touch protection
EN 50274 / BGV A3 when used for the intended purpose
Cooling method
Forced air cooling AF according to EN 60146
Ambient conditions
Storage
Transport
Ambient temperature
-25 ... +55° C
-25 ... +70° C
0 ... +40° C
as of -40° C for 24 hours
up to +55° C see derating data
5 ... 95%
at 40° C
5 ... 95%
Relative humidity
(condensation not permissible)
5 ... 95%
Operation
Class 1K4 according to EN 60721-3-1 Class 2K3 according to EN 60721-3-2 Class 3K3 according to EN 60721-3-3
Environmental class /
harmful chemical substances
Class 1C2 according to EN 60721-3-1 Class 2C2 according to EN 60721-3-2 Class 3C2 according to EN 60721-3-3
Organic/biological influences
Class 1B1 according to EN 60721-3-1 Class 2B1 according to EN 60721-3-2 Class 3B1 according to EN 60721-3-3
Degree of pollution
2 according to EN 61800-5-1
Installation altitude
Up to 2000 m above sea level without derating; > 2000 m see derating data
Mechanical stability
Storage
Transport
Operation
Vibratory load
• Deflection
• Acceleration
1.5 mm at 5 ... 9 Hz
5 m/s2 at > 9 ... 200 Hz
3.1 mm at 5 ... 9 Hz
10 m/s2 at > 9 ... 200 Hz
0.075 mm at 10 ... 58 Hz
10 m/s2 at > 58 … 200 Hz
Class 1M2 according to EN 60721-3-1 Class 2M2 according to EN 60721-3-2 –
Shock load
• Acceleration
40 m/s2 for 22 ms
100 m/s2 for 11 ms
100 m/s2 for 11 ms
Class 1M2 according to EN 60721-3-1 Class 2M2 according to EN 60721-3-2 Class 3M4 according to EN 60721-3-3
Compliance with standards
CE marking
According to EMC Directive No. 2004/108/EC and Low Voltage Directive No. 2006/95/EC and Machinery Directive
No. 2006/42/EC for functional safety.
Radio interference suppression
The SINAMICS G130 converter systems are not designed for connection to the public power network
("first environment"). Radio interference suppression is compliant with the EMC product standard for variable-speed
drives EN 61800-3, "Second environment" (industrial networks). EMC disturbances can occur when connected to the
public power networks. However, if additional measures are taken (e.g. line filter), it can also be operated in the
"first environment". 2)
Approvals
cULus (only for 380 ... 480 V 3 AC and 500 ... 600 V 3 AC)
Deviations from the specified classes are underlined.
1)
The output frequency is also affected by the selected control method and
the pulse frequency. For further information, please refer to the SINAMICS
Low Voltage Engineering Manual.
2)
Applies to motor cable lengths < 100 m.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
3/9
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
75 kW to 800 kW
■ Characteristic curves
Derating data
SINAMICS G130 built-in units and the associated system components are rated for an ambient temperature of 40° C and installation altitudes up to 2000 m above sea level.
At ambient temperatures > 40° C, the output current must be reduced. Ambient temperatures above 55° C are not permissible.
At installation altitudes > 2000 m above sea level, it must be
taken into account that the air pressure, and therefore air density,
decreases as the height increases. As a consequence, the cooling efficiency and the insulation capacity of the air also decrease.
3
Due to the reduced cooling efficiency, it is necessary, on the one
hand, to reduce the ambient temperature and on the other hand,
to reduce the heat loss in the built-in unit by reducing the output
current, whereby ambient temperatures lower than 40° C may be
offset to compensate.
The following table lists the permissible output currents depending on the installation altitude and ambient temperature.
The specified values already include a permitted compensation
in respect of installation altitude and ambient temperatures
< 40° C (temperature at the air intake of the built-in unit).
The values apply under the precondition that a cooling air flow
through the devices is guaranteed as specified in the technical
specifications.
As additional measure for installation altitudes from 2000 m up
to 5000 m, an isolating transformer is required in order to reduce
transient overvoltages according to EN 60664-1.
For further information, please refer to the SINAMICS Low
Voltage Engineering Manual.
Current derating factors for built-in units depending on the ambient / air intake temperature and the installation altitude
Installation altitude
above sea level
Current derating factor (as a percentage of the rated current)
for an ambient / air intake temperature of
m
20 °C
25 °C
30 °C
35 °C
40 °C
0 ... 2000
2001 ... 2500
96.3 %
2501 ... 3000
100 %
98.7 %
3001 ... 3500
3501 ... 4000
96.3 %
4001 ... 4500
4501 ... 5000
3/10
97.5 %
98.2 %
Siemens D 11 · 2015
45 °C
50 °C
55 °C
93.3 %
86.7 %
80 %
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
75 kW to 800 kW
■ Characteristic curves (continued)
Current derating depending on the pulse frequency
To reduce motor noise or to increase output frequency, the
pulse frequency can be increased relative to the factory setting
(1.25 kHz or 2 kHz). When the pulse frequency is increased, the
derating factor of the output current must be taken into account.
This derating factor must be applied to the currents specified in
the technical specifications.
For further information, please refer to the SINAMICS Low
Voltage Engineering Manual.
Derating factor of the output current depending on the pulse frequency for devices with a rated pulse frequency of 2 kHz
Article No.
Output current
Derating factor
at 2 kHz
for pulse frequency
kW
A
2.5 kHz
4 kHz
5 kHz
7,5 kHz
8 kHz
1GE32-1AA3
110
210
95 %
82 %
74 %
54 %
50 %
1GE32-6AA3
132
260
95 %
83 %
74 %
54 %
50 %
1GE33-1AA3
160
310
97 %
88 %
78 %
54 %
50 %
1GE33-8AA3
200
380
96 %
87 %
77 %
54 %
50 %
1GE35-0AA3
250
490
94 %
78 %
71 %
53 %
50 %
6SL3310-...
Type rating
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
3
Derating factor of the output current depending on the pulse frequency for devices with a rated pulse frequency of 1.25 kHz
Article No.
Output current
Derating factor
at 1.25 kHz
for pulse frequency
kW
A
2 kHz
2.5 kHz
4 kHz
5 kHz
7.5 kHz
1GE36-1AA3
315
605
83 %
72 %
64 %
60 %
40 %
1GE37-5AA3
400
745
83 %
72 %
64 %
60 %
40 %
1GE38-4AA3
450
840
87 %
79 %
64 %
55 %
40 %
1GE41-0AA3
560
985
92 %
87 %
70 %
60 %
50 %
1GF31-8AA3
110
175
92 %
87 %
70 %
60 %
40 %
1GF32-2AA3
132
215
92 %
87 %
70 %
60 %
40 %
1GF32-6AA3
160
260
92 %
88 %
71 %
60 %
40 %
1GF33-3AA3
200
330
89 %
82 %
65 %
55 %
40 %
1GF34-1AA3
250
410
89 %
82 %
65 %
55 %
35 %
1GF34-7AA3
315
465
92 %
87 %
67 %
55 %
35 %
1GF35-8AA3
400
575
91 %
85 %
64 %
50 %
30 %
1GF37-4AA3
500
735
87 %
79 %
64 %
55 %
35 %
1GF38-1AA3
560
810
83 %
72 %
61 %
55 %
35 %
1GH28-5AA3
75
85
93 %
89 %
71 %
60 %
40 %
1GH31-0AA3
90
100
92 %
88 %
71 %
60 %
40 %
1GH31-2AA3
110
120
92 %
88 %
71 %
60 %
40 %
1GH31-5AA3
132
150
90 %
84 %
66 %
55 %
35 %
1GH31-8AA3
160
175
92 %
87 %
70 %
60 %
40 %
1GH32-2AA3
200
215
92 %
87 %
70 %
60 %
40 %
1GH32-6AA3
250
260
92 %
88 %
71 %
60 %
40 %
1GH33-3AA3
315
330
89 %
82 %
65 %
55 %
40 %
1GH34-1AA3
400
410
89 %
82 %
65 %
55 %
35 %
1GH34-7AA3
450
465
92 %
87 %
67 %
55 %
35 %
1GH35-8AA3
560
575
91 %
85 %
64 %
50 %
35 %
1GH37-4AA3
710
735
87 %
79 %
64 %
55 %
35 %
1GH38-1AA3
800
810
83 %
72 %
61 %
55 %
35 %
6SL3310-...
Type rating
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
500 ... 600 V 3 AC
660 ... 690 V 3 AC
Note:
The derating factors for pulse frequencies in the range between the specified fixed values can be determined by linear interpolation.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
3/11
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
75 kW to 800 kW
■ Characteristic curves (continued)
■ More information
Overload capability
Documentation
The SINAMICS G130 converters have an overload reserve in order to overcome breakaway torques, for example. If larger surge
loads occur, this must be taken into account in the configuration.
For drives with overload requirements, the appropriate base
load current must, therefore, be used as a basis for the required
load.
The device documentation consists of the following parts:
• Operating instructions
• Spare parts list
• Device-specific dimension drawings, layout diagrams, circuit
and terminal diagrams
The criterion for overload is that the drive is operated with its
base load current before and after the overload occurs on the
basis of a duty cycle duration of 300 s.
The documentation is available in English, French, German,
Italian and Spanish.
The base load current for a low overload IL is based on a duty
cycle of 110% for 60 s or 150% for 10 s.
Converter current
10 s
1.5 x IL
Short-time current 150 %
Short-time current 110 %
Rated current (continuous)
Base-load current IL
for low overload
1.1 x IL
G_D213_EN_00035
Irated
IL
60 s
300 s
t
Low overload
Converter current
10 s
1.6 x IH
Short-time current 160 %
1.5 x IH
Short-time current 150 %
Rated current (continuous)
Base-load current IH for high overload
Irated
IH
G_D213_EN_00036
3
The base load current for a high overload IH is based on a duty
cycle of 150% for 60 s or 160% for 10 s.
60 s
300 s
t
High overload
3/12
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Power Modules
■ Overview
The scope of supply of the Power Modules includes:
• 1 DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connection to the Control Unit
• 1 set of warning labels in 30 languages (BG, CN, CZ, DE, DK,
EE, ES, FI, FR, GB, GR, HU, IE, IS, IT, JP, KR, LT, LV, MT, NL,
NO, PL, PT, RO, RU, SE, SI, SK, TR)
■ Selection and ordering data
Type rating
at 50 Hz
400 V, 500 V
or 690 V
at 60 Hz
460 V or
575 V
kW
hp
Rated output
current
Power Module
A
Article No.
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
110
150
210
6SL3310-1GE32-1AA3
132
200
260
6SL3310-1GE32-6AA3
160
250
310
6SL3310-1GE33-1AA3
200
300
380
6SL3310-1GE33-8AA3
250
400
490
6SL3310-1GE35-0AA3
315
500
605
6SL3310-1GE36-1AA3
400
600
745
6SL3310-1GE37-5AA3
450
700
840
6SL3310-1GE38-4AA3
560
800
985
6SL3310-1GE41-0AA3
500 ... 600 V 3 AC
The Power Module contains:
• The line-side 6-pulse rectifier
• The DC-link capacitors
• The inverter in IGBT technology
• The associated control and monitoring electronics
• The precharging circuit for the DC link
• The control and power supply for the fans in the Power Module
■ Design
As standard, the Power Module has the following interfaces:
• 1 line supply connection
• 1 motor connection
• 1 connection for Braking Module
• 1 connection for dv/dt filter or dv/dt filter compact plus VPL
• 1 connection for external 24 V DC supply
• 24 V power supply (max. 2.5 A) for
- CU320-2 Control Unit
- AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel
- Further DRIVE-CLiQ components
• 3 DRIVE-CLiQ sockets
• 1 temperature sensor input (KTY84-130, PTC or Pt100)
• 1 connection for Safe Brake Adapter
• 1 connection for Safety Integrated
• 2 PE connections
110
150
175
6SL3310-1GF31-8AA3
132
200
215
6SL3310-1GF32-2AA3
160
250
260
6SL3310-1GF32-6AA3
200
300
330
6SL3310-1GF33-3AA3
250
400
410
6SL3310-1GF34-1AA3
315
450
465
6SL3310-1GF34-7AA3
400
600
575
6SL3310-1GF35-8AA3
500
700
735
6SL3310-1GF37-4AA3
560
800
810
6SL3310-1GF38-1AA3
75
85
6SL3310-1GH28-5AA3
90
100
6SL3310-1GH31-0AA3
110
120
6SL3310-1GH31-2AA3
132
150
6SL3310-1GH31-5AA3
160
175
6SL3310-1GH31-8AA3
200
215
6SL3310-1GH32-2AA3
250
260
6SL3310-1GH32-6AA3
315
330
6SL3310-1GH33-3AA3
400
410
6SL3310-1GH34-1AA3
450
465
6SL3310-1GH34-7AA3
560
575
6SL3310-1GH35-8AA3
710
735
6SL3310-1GH37-4AA3
800
810
6SL3310-1GH38-1AA3
660 ... 690 V 3 AC
Note: The power data in hp units is based on the NEC/CEC standards for the North American market.
DRIVE-CLiQ cables for connections to further DRIVE-CLiQ
devices can be ordered pre-assembled and cut to length as
required (see Section Supplementary system components
→ Signal cables).
Siemens D 11 · 2015
3/13
3
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Power Modules
■ Integration
The Power Module communicates with the CU320-2 Control Unit
via DRIVE-CLiQ and receives its control information via this
route.
1
Connection for an external
24 V supply
2
Reserved
PE2
3
Connection for the control
of a main contactor
U1
U2
4
V1
V2
Connection for a temperature
sensor, KTY84-130, PTC or Pt100
for motor monitoring
W1
W2
5
Connection for the safety functions
6
24 V outputs for the voltage
supply of the CU320-2 Control Unit
as well as any existing
AOP30, Terminal Modules and
Sensor Modules
7
Connection for Safe Brake Adapter
Power Module
DCPS
PE1
DCPA
DCNA
-X400 -X100
DRIVE-CLiQ socket 0
-X401 -X500
DRIVE-CLiQ socket 1
DRIVE-CLiQ socket
Control Unit
CU320-2
Serial interface
RS232
CIM Control Interface Module
DRIVE-CLiQ sockets
1st Terminal Module
TM31
-X140 -X540
-X501 -X500
Operator Panel
AOP30
Serial interface
RS232
DRIVE-CLiQ socket
2nd Terminal Module
TM31
G_D011_EN_00464
-X402 -X500 DRIVE-CLiQ socket
DRIVE-CLiQ socket 2
1
3
4
2
5
6
3
Siemens D 11 · 2015
1
2
3
5
4
1
2
3
6
7
FB input -
FB input +
BR output -
BR output +
M
L P24
M
L P24
EP M1
- Temp
4
Connection example of a Power Module
3/14
1
-X46
2
2
-X42
1
3
-X41
4
EP + 24 V
+ Temp
HS2
HS1
Res.
Res.
P24_1
M_1
Sensor Module
SMC30
-X9
3
DCNS
4
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Power Modules
6SL33101GE32-1AA3
6SL33101GE32-6AA3
6SL33101GE33-1AA3
6SL33101GE33-8AA3
6SL33101GE35-0AA3
Type rating
• For IL at 50 Hz 400 V 1)
• For IH at 50 Hz 400 V 1)
• For IL at 60 Hz 460 V 2)
• For IH at 60 Hz 460 V 2)
kW
kW
hp
hp
110
90
150
150
132
110
200
200
160
132
250
200
200
160
300
250
250
200
400
350
Output current
• Rated current In
• Base-load current IL3)
• Base-load current IH4)
A
A
A
210
205
178
260
250
233
310
302
277
380
370
340
490
477
438
Input current
• Rated input current
A
A
• Input current, max.
• Current requirement, 24 V DC auxiliary A
power supply 5)
229
335
0.8
284
410
0.8
338
495
0.9
395
606
0.9
509
781
0.9
Minimum short-circuit current 6)
A
3000
3600
4400
4400
8000
Power loss, max. 7)
• At 50 Hz 400 V
• At 60 Hz 460 V
kW
kW
2.4
2.6
3.2
3.3
3.9
4.4
4.3
4.9
5.6
6.1
Cooling air requirement
m3/s
0.17
0.23
0.36
0.36
0.36
Cable length, max.
between Power Module and motor 8)
• Shielded
• Unshielded
m
m
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
64/67
64/67
69/73
69/73
69/73
M10 screw
M10 screw
M10 screw
M10 screw
M10 screw
2 × 185
2 × 185
2 × 240
2 × 240
2 × 240
M10 screw
M10 screw
M10 screw
M10 screw
M10 screw
mm2
2 × 185
2 × 185
2 × 240
2 × 240
2 × 240
PE1/GND connection
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
mm2
M10 screw
2 × 185
M10 screw
2 × 185
M10 screw
2 × 240
M10 screw
2 × 240
M10 screw
2 × 240
PE2/GND connection
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
mm2
M10 screw
2 × 185
M10 screw
2 × 185
M10 screw
2 × 240
M10 screw
2 × 240
M10 screw
2 × 240
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
326
1400
356
326
1400
356
326
1533
545
326
1533
545
326
1533
545
Weight, approx.
kg
104
104
176
176
176
FX
FX
GX
GX
GX
Degree of protection
Sound pressure level LpA
dB
3
(1 m) at 50/60 Hz
Line connection
U1, V1, W1
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
Motor connection
U2/T1, V2/T2, W2/T3
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
Frame size
mm2
Note: The power data in hp units is based on the NEC/CEC standards for the North American market.
1)
Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based on IL or IH
for 3 AC 50 Hz 400 V.
2)
Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based on IL or IH
for 3 AC 60 Hz 460 V.
3)
4)
The base-load current IL is based on a load cycle of 110% for 60 s or 150%
for 10 s with a load cycle duration of 300 s
(see Technical specifications → Overload capability)
5)
If the auxiliary supply is to be fed in separately from the load supply, e.g. if
the control should be able to continue communication when the line voltage
fails
6)
The minimum current required to reliably trigger 3NE1 protective devices.
7)
The specified power losses are the maximum values for a utilization of
100%. The values are lower under normal operating condition.
8)
Longer cable lengths for specific configurations are available on request.
The base-load current IH is based on a load cycle of 150% for 60 s or 160%
for 10 s with a load cycle duration of 300 s
(see Technical specifications → Overload capability).
Siemens D 11 · 2015
3/15
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Line voltage
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
3
Power Modules
6SL3310-1GE36-1AA3
6SL3310-1GE37-5AA3
6SL3310-1GE38-4AA3
6SL3310-1GE41-0AA3
kW
kW
hp
hp
315
250
500
350
400
315
600
450
450
400
700
600
560
450
800
700
A
A
A
605
590
460
745
725
570
840
820
700
985
960
860
Input current
• Rated input current
A
• Input current, max.
A
• Current requirement, 24 V DC auxiliary A
5)
power supply
629
967
1
775
1188
1
873
1344
1
1024
1573
1.25
Minimum short-circuit current 6)
A
10000
10500
16000
18400
Power loss, max. 7)
• At 50 Hz 400 V
• At 60 Hz 460 V
kW
kW
7.2
8.1
8.5
9.4
9.1
10.2
12.7
14.5
Cooling air requirement
m3/s
0.78
0.78
0.78
1.48
Cable length, max.
between Power Module and motor 8)
• Shielded
• Unshielded
m
m
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
70/73
70/73
70/73
72/75
2 × M12 screws
2 × M12 screws
2 × M12 screws
3 × M12 screws
4 × 240
4 × 240
4 × 240
6 × 240
2 × M12 screws
2 × M12 screws
2 × M12 screws
3 × M12 screws
4 × 240
4 × 240
4 × 240
6 × 240
M12 screw
2 × 240
M12 screw
2 × 240
2 × M12 screws
4 × 240
Type rating
• For IL at 50 Hz 400 V 1)
• For IH at 50 Hz 400 V 1)
• For IL at 60 Hz 460 V 2)
• For IH at 60 Hz 460 V 2)
Output current
• Rated current In
• Base-load current IL3)
• Base-load current IH4)
Degree of protection
Sound pressure level LpA
dB
(1 m) at 50/60 Hz
Line connection
U1, V1, W1
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
Motor connection
U2/T1, V2/T2, W2/T3
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
mm
mm
2
2
PE1/GND connection
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
mm2
M12 screw
2 × 240
PE2/GND connection
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
mm2
2 × M12 screws
4 × 240
2 × M12 screws
4 × 240
2 × M12 screws
4 × 240
3 × M12 screws
6 × 240
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
503
1506
540
503
1506
540
503
1506
540
909
1510
540
Weight, approx.
kg
294
294
294
530
HX
HX
HX
JX
Frame size
Note: The power data in hp units is based on the NEC/CEC standards for the North American market.
1)
Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based on
IL or IH for 3 AC 50 Hz 400 V.
2)
Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based
on IL or IH for 3 AC 60 Hz 460 V.
3)
The base-load current IL is based on a load cycle of 110% for 60 s or 150%
for 10 s with a load cycle duration of 300 s
(see Technical specifications → Overload capability).
4)
The base-load current IL is based on a load cycle of 150% for 60 s or 160%
for 10 s with a load cycle duration of 300 s
(see Technical specifications → Overload capability).
3/16
Siemens D 11 · 2015
5)
If the auxiliary supply is to be fed in separately from the load supply, e.g. if
the control should be able to continue communication when the line
voltage fails.
6)
The minimum current required to reliably trigger 3NE1 protective devices.
7)
The specified power losses are the maximum values for a utilization of
100%. The values are lower under normal operating conditions.
8)
Longer cable lengths for specific configurations are available on request.
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Line voltage
500 ... 600 V 3 AC
Power Modules
6SL33101GF31-8AA3
6SL33101GF32-2AA3
6SL33101GF32-6AA3
6SL33101GF33-3AA3
6SL33101GF34-1AA3
Type rating
• For IL at 50 Hz 500 V 1)
• For IH at 50 Hz 500 V 1)
• For IL at 60 Hz 575 V 2)
• For IH at 60 Hz 575 V 2)
kW
kW
hp
hp
110
90
150
150
132
110
200
200
160
132
250
200
200
160
300
250
250
200
400
350
Output current
• Rated current In
• Base-load current IL3)
• Base-load current IH4)
A
A
A
175
171
157
215
208
192
260
250
233
330
320
280
410
400
367
Input current
• Rated input current
A
• Input current, max.
A
• Current requirement, 24 V DC auxiliary A
5)
power supply
191
279
0.9
224
341
0.9
270
410
0.9
343
525
0.9
426
655
1
Minimum short-circuit current 6)
A
2400
3000
3600
5200
5200
Power loss, max. 7)
• At 50 Hz 500 V
• At 60 Hz 575 V
kW
kW
2.8
3.2
3.2
3.6
3.7
4.1
4.6
5.1
6.1
7.1
Cooling air requirement
m3/s
0.36
0.36
0.36
0.36
0.78
Cable length, max.
between Power Module and motor 8)
• Shielded
• Unshielded
m
m
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP00
69/73
69/73
69/73
69/73
70/73
M10 screw
M10 screw
M10 screw
M10 screw
2 × M12 screws
2 × 240
2 × 240
2 × 240
2 × 240
4 × 240
M10 screw
M10 screw
M10 screw
M10 screw
2 × M12 screws
2 × 240
2 × 240
2 × 240
2 × 240
4 × 240
M10 screw
2 × 240
M10 screw
2 × 240
M10 screw
2 × 240
M12 screw
2 × 240
Degree of protection
Sound pressure level LpA
dB
3
(1 m) at 50/60 Hz
Line connection
U1, V1, W1
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
Motor connection
U2/T1, V2/T2, W2/T3
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
mm
mm
2
2
PE1/GND connection
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
mm2
M10 screw
2 × 240
PE2/GND connection
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
mm2
M10 screw
2 × 240
M10 screw
2 × 240
M10 screw
2 × 240
M10 screw
2 × 240
2 x M12 screws
4 × 240
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
326
1533
545
326
1533
545
326
1533
545
326
1533
545
503
1506
540
Weight, approx.
kg
176
176
176
176
294
GX
GX
GX
GX
HX
Frame size
Note: The power data in hp units is based on the NEC/CEC standards for the North American market.
1)
Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based on
IL or IH for 3 AC 50 Hz 500 V.
2)
Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based
on IL or IH for 3 AC 60 Hz 575 V.
3)
The base-load current IL is based on a load cycle of 110% for 60 s or 150%
for 10 s with a load cycle duration of 300 s
(see Technical specifications → Overload capability).
4)
The base-load current IL is based on a load cycle of 150% for 60 s or 160%
for 10 s with a load cycle duration of 300 s
(see Technical specifications → Overload capability).
5)
If the auxiliary supply is to be fed in separately from the load supply, e.g. if
the control should be able to continue communication when the line
voltage fails.
6)
The minimum current required to reliably trigger 3NE1 protective devices.
7)
The specified power losses are the maximum values for a utilization of
100%. The values are lower under normal operating conditions.
8)
Longer cable lengths for specific configurations are available on request.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
3/17
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Line voltage
500 ... 600 V 3 AC
3
Power Modules
6SL3310-1GF34-7AA3
6SL3310-1GF35-8AA3
6SL3310-1GF37-4AA3
6SL3310-1GF38-1AA3
kW
kW
hp
hp
315
250
450
450
400
315
600
500
500
450
700
700
560
500
800
700
A
A
A
465
452
416
575
560
514
735
710
657
810
790
724
Input current
• Rated input current
A
• Input current, max.
A
• Current requirement, 24 V DC auxiliary A
5)
power supply
483
740
1
598
918
1
764
1164
1.25
842
1295
1.25
Minimum short-circuit current 6)
A
6200
8400
10500
10400
Power loss, max. 7)
• At 50 Hz 500 V
• At 60 Hz 575 V
kW
kW
6.7
7.7
7.9
8.9
11
12.9
12.1
14
Cooling air requirement
m3/s
0.78
0.78
1.48
1.48
Cable length, max.
between Power Module and motor 8)
• Shielded
• Unshielded
m
m
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
70/73
70/73
73/75
73/75
2 × M12 screws
2 × M12 screws
3 × M12 screws
3 × M12 screws
4 × 240
4 × 240
6 × 240
6 × 240
2 × M12 screws
2 × M12 screws
3 × M12 screws
3 × M12 screws
4 × 240
4 × 240
6 × 240
6 × 240
M12 screw
2 × 240
2 × M12 screws
4 × 240
2 × M12 screws
4 × 240
Type rating
• For IL at 50 Hz 500 V 1)
• For IH at 50 Hz 500 V 1)
• For IL at 60 Hz 575 V 2)
• For IH at 60 Hz 575 V 2)
Output current
• Rated current In
• Base-load current IL3)
• Base-load current IH4)
Degree of protection
Sound pressure level LpA
dB
(1 m) at 50/60 Hz
Line connection
U1, V1, W1
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
Motor connection
U2/T1, V2/T2, W2/T3
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
mm
mm
2
2
PE1/GND connection
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
mm2
M12 screw
2 × 240
PE2/GND connection
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
mm2
2 × M12 screws
4 × 240
2 × M12 screws
4 × 240
3 × M12 screws
6 × 240
3 × M12 screws
6 × 240
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
503
1506
540
503
1506
540
909
1510
540
909
1510
540
Weight, approx.
kg
294
294
530
530
HX
HX
JX
JX
Frame size
Note: The power data in hp units is based on the NEC/CEC standards for the North American market.
1)
Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based on
IL or IH for 3 AC 50 Hz 500 V.
2)
Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based
on IL or IH for 3 AC 60 Hz 575 V.
3)
The base-load current IL is based on a load cycle of 110% for 60 s or 150%
for 10 s with a load cycle duration of 300 s
(see Technical specifications → Overload capability).
4)
The base-load current IL is based on a load cycle of 150% for 60 s or 160%
for 10 s with a load cycle duration of 300 s
(see Technical specifications → Overload capability).
3/18
Siemens D 11 · 2015
5)
If the auxiliary supply is to be fed in separately from the load supply, e.g. if
the control should be able to continue communication when the line
voltage fails.
6)
The minimum current required to reliably trigger 3NE1 protective devices.
7)
The specified power losses are the maximum values for a utilization of
100%. The values are lower under normal operating conditions.
8)
Longer cable lengths for specific configurations are available on request.
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Line voltage
660 ... 690 V 3 AC
Power Modules
6SL33101GH28-5AA3
6SL33101GH31-0AA3
6SL33101GH31-2AA3
6SL33101GH31-5AA3
6SL33101GH31-8AA3
6SL33101GH32-2AA3
Type rating
• For IL at 50 Hz 690 V 1)
• For IH at 50 Hz 690 V 1)
kW
kW
75
55
90
75
110
90
132
110
160
132
200
160
Output current
• Rated current In
• Base-load current IL 2)
• Base-load current IH 3)
A
A
A
85
80
76
100
95
89
120
115
107
150
142
134
175
171
157
215
208
192
Input current
• Rated input current
A
• Input current, max.
A
• Current requirement, 24 V DC auxiliary A
power supply 4)
93
131
0.8
109
155
0.8
131
188
0.8
164
232
0.8
191
279
0.9
224
341
0.9
Minimum short-circuit current 5)
A
1050
1050
1200
1600
2400
3000
Heat loss, max. 6)
at 50 Hz 690 V
kW
1.3
1.6
1.8
2.3
3
3.5
Cooling air requirement
m3/s
0.17
0.17
0.17
0.17
0.36
0.36
Cable length, max.
between Power Module and motor 7)
• Shielded
• Unshielded
m
m
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
IP20
64/67
64/67
64/67
64/67
69/73
69/73
M10 screw
M10 screw
M10 screw
M10 screw
M10 screw
M10 screw
2 × 185
2 × 185
2 × 185
2 × 185
2 × 240
2 × 240
M10 screw
M10 screw
M10 screw
M10 screw
M10 screw
M10 screw
2 × 185
2 × 185
2 × 185
2 × 185
2 × 240
2 × 240
M10 screw
2 × 185
M10 screw
2 × 185
M10 screw
2 × 185
M10 screw
2 × 240
M10 screw
2 × 240
Degree of protection
Sound pressure level LpA
dB
3
(1 m) at 50/60 Hz
Line connection
U1, V1, W1
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
Motor connection
U2/T1, V2/T2, W2/T3
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
mm2
mm
2
PE1/GND connection
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
mm2
M10 screw
2 × 185
PE2/GND connection
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
mm2
M10 screw
2 × 185
M10 screw
2 × 185
M10 screw
2 × 185
M10 screw
2 × 185
M10 screw
2 × 240
M10 screw
2 × 240
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
326
1400
356
326
1400
356
326
1400
356
326
1400
356
326
1533
545
326
1533
545
Weight, approx.
kg
104
104
104
104
176
176
FX
FX
FX
FX
GX
GX
Frame size
Note: The power data in hp units is based on the NEC/CEC standards for the North American market.
1)
Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based on
IL or IH for 3 AC 50 Hz 640 V.
2)
The base-load current IL is based on a load cycle of 110% for 60 s or 150%
for 10 s with a load cycle duration of 300 s
3)
The base-load current IL is based on a load cycle of 150% for 60 s or 160%
for 10 s with a load cycle duration of 300 s
(see Technical specifications → Overload capability).
4) N:\_Laufende_Aufträge\EM_LP_MK&CS_2_3\01_Kataloge\PI_3VA_FR_201
5\06_Korrekturläufe\04_Freigabe_Kunde\an_Kunde\3VA_gesamt_DRAFT
_2015-08-17.pdfIf the auxiliary supply is to be fed in separately from the
load supply, e.g. if the control should be able to continue communication
when the line voltage fails.
5)
The minimum current required to reliably trigger 3NE1 protective devices.
6)
The specified power losses are the maximum values for a utilization of
100%. The values are lower under normal operating conditions.
7)
Longer cable lengths for specific configurations are available on request.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
3/19
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Power Modules
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Line voltage
660 ... 690 V 3 AC
3
Power Modules
6SL33101GH32-6AA3
6SL33101GH33-3AA3
6SL33101GH34-1AA3
6SL33101GH34-7AA3
6SL33101GH35-8AA3
6SL33101GH37-4AA3
6SL33101GH38-1AA3
Type rating
• For IL at 50 Hz 690 V 1)
• For IH at 50 Hz 690 V 1)
kW
kW
250
200
315
250
400
315
450
400
560
500
710
560
800
710
Output current
• Rated current In
• Base-load current IL 2)
• Base-load current IH 3)
A
A
A
260
250
233
330
320
280
410
400
367
465
452
416
575
560
514
735
710
657
810
790
724
Input current
• Rated input current
A
• Input current, max.
A
• Current requirement, 24 V DC auxiliary A
power supply 4)
270
410
0.9
343
525
0.9
426
655
1
483
740
1
598
918
1
764
1164
1.25
842
1295
1.25
Minimum short-circuit current 5)
A
3600
5200
5200
6200
8400
10500
10400
Heat loss, max. 6)
at 50 Hz 690 V
kW
4
5
6.7
7.3
8.6
12.1
13.4
Cooling air requirement
m3/s
0.36
0.36
0.78
0.78
0.78
1.48
1.48
Cable length, max.
between Power Module and motor 7)
• Shielded
• Unshielded
m
m
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
IP20
IP20
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
69/73
69/73
70/73
70/73
70/73
73/75
73/75
M10 screw
M10 screw
2 × 240
2 × 240
2 × M12
screws
4 × 240
2 × M12
screws
4 × 240
2 × M12
screws
4 × 240
3 × M12
screws
6 × 240
3 × M12
screws
6 × 240
M10 screw
M10 screw
2 × 240
2 × 240
2 × M12
screws
4 × 240
2 × M12
screws
4 × 240
2 × M12
screws
4 × 240
3 × M12
screws
6 × 240
3 × M12
screws
6 × 240
M10 screw
M10 screw
M12 screw
M12 screw
M12 screw
2 × 240
2 × 240
2 × 240
2 × 240
2 × 240
2 × M12
screws
4 × 240
2 × M12
screws
4 × 240
M10 screw
M10 screw
2 × 240
2 × 240
2 × M12
screws
4 × 240
2 × M12
screws
4 × 240
2 × M12
screws
4 × 240
3 × M12
screws
6 × 240
3 × M12
screws
6 × 240
Degree of protection
Sound pressure level LpA
dB
(1 m) at 50/60 Hz
Line connection
U1, V1, W1
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
Motor connection
U2/T1, V2/T2, W2/T3
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
mm2
mm
2
PE1/GND connection
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
mm
2
PE2/GND connection
2
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
mm
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
326
1533
545
326
1533
545
503
1506
540
503
1506
540
503
1506
540
909
1510
540
909
1510
540
Weight, approx.
kg
176
176
294
294
294
530
530
GX
GX
HX
HX
HX
JX
JX
Frame size
Note: The power data in hp units is based on the NEC/CEC standards for the North American market.
1)
Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based on
IL or IH for 3 AC 50 Hz 640 V.
2)
The base-load current IL is based on a load cycle of 110% for 60 s or 150%
for 10 s with a load cycle duration of 300 s
3)
The base-load current IL is based on a load cycle of 150% for 60 s or 160%
for 10 s with a load cycle duration of 300 s
(see Technical specifications → Overload capability).
3/20
Siemens D 11 · 2015
4) If the auxiliary supply is to be fed in separately from the load supply, e.g. if
the control should be able to continue communication when the line
voltage fails.
5)
The minimum current required to reliably trigger 3NE1 protective devices.
6)
The specified power losses are the maximum values for a utilization of
100%. The values are lower under normal operating conditions.
7)
Longer cable lengths for specific configurations are available on request.
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Line-side power components > Line filters
■ Overview
Line-side power components protect the connected components against transient or continuous overvoltages and ensure
that specified limit values are maintained.
■ Selection and ordering data
Suitable for
Power Module
Type rating of
Line filter
the Power
Module at 400 V,
500 V or 690 V
kW
Article No.
6SL3310-1GE32-1AA3
110
6SL3000-0BE32-5AA0
6SL3310-1GE32-6AA3
132
6SL3000-0BE34-4AA0
6SL3310-1GE33-1AA3
160
6SL3310-1GE33-8AA3
200
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
6SL3310-1GE35-0AA3
250
6SL3000-0BE36-0AA0
6SL3310-1GE36-1AA3
315
6SL3000-0BE41-2AA0
6SL3310-1GE37-5AA3
400
6SL3310-1GE38-4AA3
450
6SL3310-1GE41-0AA3
560
3
500 ... 600 V 3 AC
6SL3310-1GF31-8AA3
110
6SL3310-1GF32-2AA3
132
6SL3310-1GF32-6AA3
160
To limit the emitted interference, the converters are equipped as
standard with a radio interference suppression filter that conforms to the limits defined in Category C3. SINAMICS G130 converters equipped with a line filter also meet the limits for use in
the first environment (Category C2) according to EN 61800-3 1).
6SL3310-1GF33-3AA3
200
6SL3310-1GF34-1AA3
250
SINAMICS G130 converters comply with the noise immunity requirements defined in this standard for the first and second environments.
In conjunction with line reactors, line filters also limit the conducted interference emitted by the Power Modules to the limit
values of Category C2 defined in product standard EN 61800-3.
Provided that the system has been set up in accordance with the
EMC installation guidelines, the limit values at the installation location will be in accordance with the requirements for the first
environment.
The line filters are suitable for grounded systems
(TN or TT systems with grounded neutral point).
6SL3000-0BG32-5AA0
6SL3000-0BG34-4AA0
6SL3310-1GF34-7AA3
315
6SL3000-0BG36-0AA0
6SL3310-1GF35-8AA3
400
6SL3000-0BG41-2AA0
6SL3310-1GF37-4AA3
500
6SL3310-1GF38-1AA3
560
660 ... 690 V 3 AC
6SL3310-1GH28-5AA3
75
6SL3310-1GH31-0AA3
90
6SL3310-1GH31-2AA3
110
6SL3310-1GH31-5AA3
132
6SL3310-1GH31-8AA3
160
6SL3310-1GH32-2AA3
200
6SL3310-1GH32-6AA3
250
6SL3310-1GH33-3AA3
315
6SL3310-1GH34-1AA3
400
6SL3000-0BG32-5AA0
6SL3000-0BG34-4AA0
6SL3310-1GH34-7AA3
450
6SL3000-0BG36-0AA0
6SL3310-1GH35-8AA3
560
6SL3000-0BG41-2AA0
6SL3310-1GH37-4AA3
710
6SL3310-1GH38-1AA3
800
For further information about EMC-compliant plant construction,
please refer to the SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual.
1)
Applies to motor cable lengths < 100 m.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
3/21
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Line-side power components > Line filters
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
6SL3000-0BE32-5AA0
6SL3000-0BE34-4AA0
6SL3000-0BE36-0AA0
6SL3000-0BE41-2AA0
Rated current
A
250
440
600
1200
Power loss
kW
0.015
0.047
0.053
0.119
mm2
1 × hole for M10
Provided for busbar connection
1 × hole for M10
Provided for busbar connection
1 × hole for M10
Provided for busbar connection
1 × hole for M12
Provided for busbar connection
PE connection
Hole for M8
Hole for M8
Hole for M10
Hole for M10
Degree of protection
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
Line/load connection
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
3
Line filter
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
360
240
116
360
240
116
400
265
140
425
265
145
Weight, approx.
kg
12.3
12.3
19
25.8
Approvals, according to
cURus
cURus
cURus
cURus
Suitable for
Power Module
6SL3310-1GE32-1AA3
(110 kW)
6SL3310-1GE32-6AA3
(132 kW)
6SL3310-1GE35-0AA3
(250 kW)
6SL3310-1GE36-1AA3
(315 kW)
6SL3310-1GE33-1AA3
(160 kW)
6SL3310-1GE37-5AA3
(400 kW)
6SL3310-1GE33-8AA3
(200 kW)
6SL3310-1GE38-4AA3
(450 kW)
6SL3310-1GE41-0AA3
(560 kW)
Line voltage
500 ... 600 V 3 AC
Line filter
6SL3000-0BG32-5AA0
6SL3000-0BG34-4AA0
6SL3000-0BG36-0AA0
6SL3000-0BG41-2AA0
Rated current
A
250
440
600
1200
Power loss
kW
0.015
0.047
0.053
0.119
mm2
1 × hole for M10
Provided for busbar connection
1 × hole for M10
Provided for busbar connection
1 × hole for M10
Provided for busbar connection
1 × hole for M12
Provided for busbar connection
PE connection
Hole for M8
Hole for M8
Hole for M10
Hole for M10
Degree of protection
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
Line/load connection
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
360
240
116
360
240
116
400
265
140
425
265
145
Weight, approx.
kg
12.3
12.3
19
25.8
Approvals, according to
cURus
cURus
cURus
cURus
Suitable for
Power Module
6SL3310-1GF31-8AA3
(110 kW)
6SL3310-1GF32-6AA3
(160 kW)
6SL3310-1GF34-7AA3
(315 kW)
6SL3310-1GF35-8AA3
(400 kW)
6SL3310-1GF32-2AA3
(132 kW)
6SL3310-1GF33-3AA3
(200 kW)
6SL3310-1GF37-4AA3
(500 kW)
6SL3310-1GF34-1AA3
(250 kW)
6SL3310-1GF38-1AA3
(560 kW)
3/22
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Line-side power components > Line filters
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Line voltage
660 ... 690 V 3 AC
Line filter
6SL3000-0BG32-5AA0
6SL3000-0BG34-4AA0
6SL3000-0BG36-0AA0
6SL3000-0BG41-2AA0
Rated current
A
250
440
600
1200
Power loss
kW
0.015
0.047
0.053
0.119
mm2
1 × hole for M10
Provided for busbar connection
1 × hole for M10
Provided for busbar connection
1 × hole for M10
Provided for busbar connection
1 × hole for M12
Provided for busbar connection
PE connection
Hole for M8
Hole for M8
Hole for M10
Hole for M10
Degree of protection
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
Line/load connection
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
360
240
116
360
240
116
400
265
140
425
265
145
Weight, approx.
kg
3
12.3
12.3
19
25.2
Approvals, according to
cURus
cURus
cURus
cURus
Suitable for
Power Module
6SL3310-1GH28-5AA3
(75 kW)
6SL3310-1GH32-6AA3
(250 kW)
6SL3310-1GH34-7AA3
(450 kW)
6SL3310-1GH35-8AA3
(560 kW)
6SL3310-1GH31-0AA3
(90 kW)
6SL3310-1GH33-3AA3
(315 kW)
6SL3310-1GH37-4AA3
(710 kW)
6SL3310-1GH31-2AA3
(110 kW)
6SL3310-1GH34-1AA3
(400 kW)
6SL3310-1GH38-1AA3
(800 kW)
6SL3310-1GH31-5AA3
(132 kW)
6SL3310-1GH31-8AA3
(160 kW)
6SL3310-1GH32-2AA3
(200 kW)
Siemens D 11 · 2015
3/23
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Line-side power components > Line Harmonics Filters
■ Overview
■ Selection and ordering data
Suitable for
Power Module
Type rating of
Line Harmonics Filter
the Power
Module at 400 V,
500 V or 690 V
kW
Article No.
6SL3310-1GE33-1AA3
160
6SL3000-0JE36-1AA0
6SL3310-1GE33-8AA3
200
6SL3310-1GE35-0AA3
250
6SL3310-1GE36-1AA3
315
6SL3310-1GE37-5AA3
400
6SL3310-1GE38-4AA3
450
6SL3310-1GE41-0AA3
560
6SL3000-0JE41-0AA0
6SL3310-1GF31-8AA3
110
6SL3000-0JH33-3AA0
6SL3310-1GF32-2AA3
132
Line Harmonics Filters reduce the low-frequency harmonic
effects of converters to a level that can otherwise only be
achieved using 12-pulse rectifiers.
6SL3310-1GF32-6AA3
160
6SL3310-1GF33-3AA3
200
6SL3310-1GF34-1AA3
250
The stringent limit values of IEEE 519-1992 are fully complied
with.
6SL3310-1GF34-7AA3
315
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
6SL3000-0JE38-4AA0
500 ... 600 V 3 AC
3
■ Design
Line Harmonics Filters are supplied as stand-alone components
in a rugged housing. They are installed between the customer's
low-voltage distribution panel and the converter. The voltage is
disconnected and fused in the customer's low-voltage switchgear, as is the power supply cable.
The Line Harmonics Filters have no fans (natural convection
cooling). This means that no external auxiliary power supply is
required.
The Line Harmonics Filters are equipped with a floating thermostatic switch, which can be monitored externally, for the monitoring thermal overloads, e.g. as a result of insufficient cooling air
being supplied.
Note:
The converter must have a line reactor in order to use a Line
Harmonics Filter.
3/24
Siemens D 11 · 2015
6SL3000-0JH34-7AA0
6SL3310-1GF35-8AA3
400
6SL3000-0JH35-8AA0
6SL3310-1GF37-4AA3
500
6SL3000-0JH38-1AA0
6SL3310-1GF38-1AA3
560
660 ... 690 V 3 AC
6SL3310-1GH31-8AA3
160
6SL3310-1GH32-2AA3
200
6SL3310-1GH32-6AA3
250
6SL3310-1GH33-3AA3
315
6SL3310-1GH34-1AA3
400
6SL3310-1GH34-7AA3
450
6SL3000-0JH33-3AA0
6SL3000-0JH34-7AA0
6SL3310-1GH35-8AA3
560
6SL3000-0JH35-8AA0
6SL3310-1GH37-4AA3
710
6SL3000-0JH38-1AA0
6SL3310-1GH38-1AA3
800
For further information on Line Harmonics Filters, please refer to
the SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual.
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Line-side power components > Line Harmonics Filters
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage
380 ... 415 V 3 AC (50 Hz)
440 ... 480 V 3 AC (60 Hz)
1)
Line Harmonics Filter
6SL3000-0JE36-1AA0
6SL3000-0JE38-4AA0
6SL3000-0JE41-0AA0
A
500
700
900
Power loss
kW
3.09
4.54
5.6
Line/load connection
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
mm2
Rated current
4 × 240
4 × 240
4 × 240
PE connection
3 × M12 studs
3 × M12 studs
3 × M12 studs
Degree of protection
IP21
IP21
IP21
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
600
1700
540
800
1700
540
1000
1700
540
Weight, approx.
kg
3
460
600
900
Paint finish
RAL 7035
RAL 7035
RAL 7035
Standards
IEEE 519-1992
IEEE 519-1992
IEEE 519-1992
Suitable for
Power Module
6SL3310-1GE33-1AA3 (160 kW)
6SL3310-1GE37-5AA3 (400 kW)
6SL3310-1GE41-0AA3 (560 kW)
6SL3310-1GE33-8AA3 (200 kW)
6SL3310-1GE38-4AA3 (450 kW)
6SL3310-1GE35-0AA3 (250 kW)
6SL3310-1GE36-1AA3 (315 kW)
Line voltage
500 … 600 V 3 AC
660 ... 690 V 3 AC
Line Harmonics Filter
6SL3000-0JH33-3AA0
6SL3000-0JH34-7AA0
6SL3000-0JH35-8AA0
6SL3000-0JH38-1AA0
Rated current 1)
A
290
400
520
710
Power loss
kW
3.11
4.62
5.69
7.97
Line/load connection
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
mm2
4 × 240
4 × 240
4 × 240
4 × 240
PE connection
3 × M12 studs
3 × M12 studs
3 × M12 studs
3 × M12 studs
Degree of protection
IP21
IP21
IP21
IP21
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
600
1700
540
800
1700
540
1000
1700
540
1000
1700
540
Weight, approx.
kg
450
600
830
830
Paint finish
RAL 7035
RAL 7035
RAL 7035
RAL 7035
Standards
IEEE 519-1992
IEEE 519-1992
IEEE 519-1992
IEEE 519-1992
Suitable for
Power Module
6SL3310-1GF31-8AA3
(110 kW)
6SL3310-1GF34-1AA3
(250 kW)
6SL3310-1GF35-8AA3
(400 kW)
6SL3310-1GF37-4AA3
(500 kW)
6SL3310-1GF32-2AA3
(132 kW)
6SL3310-1GF34-7AA3
(315 kW)
6SL3310-1GH35-8AA3
(560 kW)
6SL3310-1GF38-1AA3
(560 kW)
6SL3310-1GF32-6AA3
(160 kW)
6SL3310-1GH34-1AA3
(400 kW)
6SL3310-1GH37-4AA3
(710 kW)
6SL3310-1GH31-8AA3
(160 kW)
6SL3310-1GH34-7AA3
(450 kW)
6SL3310-1GH38-1AA3
(800 kW)
6SL3310-1GF33-3AA3
(200 kW)
6SL3310-1GH32-2AA3
(200 kW)
6SL3310-1GF32-6AA3
(250 kW)
6SL3310-1GH33-3AA3
(315 kW)
1)
The rated current of the Line Harmonics Filters is defined according to the
active power. It can therefore be lower than the rated input current of the
associated Power Module.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
3/25
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Line-side power components > Line reactors
■ Overview
It is recommended that a line reactor is always connected on the
line side of the converter, as in practice, it is often not known on
which supply configuration individual converters are to be
operated, i.e. which supply short-circuit power is present at the
converter connection point.
A line reactor can only be omitted when the value for RSC is less
than the values listed in the above table. This is the case, when
the converter, as shown in the following figure, is connected to
the line supply via a transformer with the appropriate rating.
Notice:
However, a line reactor is always required when a line filter is
used.
Connection point of the
transformer
3
S
A line reactor is needed for high short-circuit power levels, partly
to protect the actual converter against excessive harmonic currents, and thus against overload, and partly to limit the line harmonics to the permissible values. The harmonic currents are limited by the complete inductance comprising the line reactor and
line supply cable inductance. Line reactors can be omitted if the
line supply cable inductance is increased sufficiently, i.e. the
RSC value must be sufficiently small.
RSC = Relative Short-Circuit power: Ratio of short-circuit power
SK line at the supply connection point to fundamental apparent
output Sconv of the connected converters (according to
IEC 60146-1-1).
Connection point of the
converter
S k line
Line
Converter
G_D011_EN_00023c
Mains supply cable
inductance
Line reactor
The following applies for SINAMICS G130 converter built-in
units:
Power
Line reactor
can be omitted
Line reactor required
kW
For RSC
For RSC
<200
≤43
>43
200 ... 500
≤33
>33
>500
≤20
>20
3/26
Siemens D 11 · 2015
Connection point of the
converter
S transf
k2 line
S k1
Line
Converter
Mains supply cable
inductance
uk transf %
G_D011_EN_00022c
In this case, the line short-circuit power Sk1 at the connection
point of the converter is approximately:
Sk1 = Stransf / (uk transf + Stransf / Sk2 line)
Formula symbols
Meaning
Stransf
Transformer power rating
Sk2 line
Short-circuit power of the higher-level voltage
uk transf
Per-unit short-circuit voltage
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Line-side power components > Line reactors
■ Selection and ordering data
Suitable for
Power Module
Type rating of
Line reactor
the Power
Module at 400 V,
500 V or 690 V
kW
Article No.
6SL3310-1GE32-1AA3
110
6SL3000-0CE32-3AA0
6SL3310-1GE32-6AA3
132
6SL3000-0CE32-8AA0
6SL3310-1GE33-1AA3
160
6SL3000-0CE33-3AA0
6SL3310-1GE33-8AA3
200
6SL3000-0CE35-1AA0
6SL3310-1GE35-0AA3
250
6SL3310-1GE36-1AA3
315
6SL3000-0CE36-3AA0
6SL3310-1GE37-5AA3
400
6SL3000-0CE37-7AA0
6SL3310-1GE38-4AA3
450
6SL3000-0CE38-7AA0
6SL3310-1GE41-0AA3
560
6SL3000-0CE41-0AA0
6SL3310-1GF31-8AA3
110
6SL3000-0CH32-2AA0
6SL3310-1GF32-2AA3
132
6SL3310-1GF32-6AA3
160
6SL3000-0CH32-7AA0
6SL3310-1GF33-3AA3
200
6SL3000-0CH33-4AA0
6SL3310-1GF34-1AA3
250
6SL3000-0CH34-8AA0
6SL3310-1GF34-7AA3
315
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
3
500 ... 600 V 3 AC
6SL3310-1GF35-8AA3
400
6SL3000-0CH36-0AA0
6SL3310-1GF37-4AA3
500
6SL3000-0CH38-4AA0
6SL3310-1GF38-1AA3
560
660 ... 690 V 3 AC
6SL3310-1GH28-5AA3
75
6SL3310-1GH31-0AA3
90
6SL3310-1GH31-2AA3
110
6SL3310-1GH31-5AA3
132
6SL3310-1GH31-8AA3
160
6SL3310-1GH32-2AA3
200
6SL3310-1GH32-6AA3
250
6SL3000-0CH32-7AA0
6SL3310-1GH33-3AA3
315
6SL3000-0CH33-4AA0
6SL3310-1GH34-1AA3
400
6SL3000-0CH34-8AA0
6SL3310-1GH34-7AA3
450
6SL3000-0CH31-1AA0
6SL3000-0CH31-6AA0
6SL3000-0CH32-2AA0
6SL3310-1GH35-8AA3
560
6SL3000-0CH36-0AA0
6SL3310-1GH37-4AA3
710
6SL3000-0CH38-4AA0
6SL3310-1GH38-1AA3
800
Siemens D 11 · 2015
3/27
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Line-side power components > Line reactors
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
6SL3000-0CE32-3AA0
6SL3000-0CE32-8AA0
6SL3000-0CE33-3AA0
6SL3000-0CE35-1AA0
Ith max
A
224
278
331
508
Nominal inductance LN
μH
76
62
52
42
Power loss
kW
0.274
0.247
0.267
0.365
mm2
1 × hole for M10
Provided for busbar connection
1 × hole for M10
Provided for busbar connection
1 × hole for M10
Provided for busbar connection
1 × hole for M12
Provided for busbar connection
PE connection
M6 screw
M6 screw
M6 screw
M6 screw
Degree of protection
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
Line/load connection
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
3
Line reactor
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
270
248
200
270
248
200
270
248
200
300
269
212.5
Weight, approx.
kg
24.5
26
27.8
38
Approvals, according to
cURus
cURus
cURus
cURus
Suitable for
Power Module
6SL3310-1GE32-1AA3
(110 kW)
6SL3310-1GE32-6AA3
(132 kW)
6SL3310-1GE33-1AA3
(160 kW)
6SL3310-1GE33-8AA3
(200 kW)
6SL3310-1GE35-0AA3
(250 kW)
Line voltage
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Line reactor
6SL3000-0CE36-3AA0
6SL3000-0CE37-7AA0
6SL3000-0CE38-7AA0
6SL3000-0CE41-0AA0
Ith max
A
628
773
871
1022
Nominal inductance LN
μH
27
22
19
16
Power loss
kW
0.368
0.351
0.458
0.498
mm2
1 × hole for M12
Provided for busbar connection
1 × hole for M12
Provided for busbar connection
1 × hole for M12
Provided for busbar connection
1 × hole for M12
Provided for busbar connection
PE connection
M6 screw
M6 screw
M6 screw
M6 screw
Degree of protection
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
Line/load connection
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
300
269
212.5
300
269
212.2
350
321
211.5
350
321
211.5
Weight, approx.
kg
41.4
51.3
63.2
69.6
Approvals, according to
cURus
cURus
cURus
cURus
Suitable for
Power Module
6SL3310-1GE36-1AA3
(315 kW)
6SL3310-1GE37-5AA3
(400 kW)
6SL3310-1GE38-4AA3
(450 kW)
6SL3310-1GE41-0AA3
(560 kW)
Line voltage
500 ... 600 V 3 AC
Line reactor
6SL3000-0CH32-2AA0
6SL3000-0CH32-2AA0
6SL3000-0CH32-7AA0
6SL3000-0CH33-4AA0
Ith max
A
215
215
270
342
Nominal inductance LN
μH
150
150
100
81
Power loss
kW
0.24
0.275
0.277
0.27
mm2
1 × hole for M10
Provided for busbar connection
1 × hole for M10
Provided for busbar connection
1 × hole for M10
Provided for busbar connection
1 × hole for M10
Provided for busbar connection
PE connection
M6 screw
M6 screw
M6 screw
M6 screw
Degree of protection
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
Line/load connection
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
270
248
200
270
248
200
270
248
200
270
248
200
Weight, approx.
kg
31.1
31.1
27.9
38.9
Approvals, according to
cURus
cURus
cURus
cURus
Suitable for
Power Module
6SL3310-1GF31-8AA3
(110 kW)
6SL3310-1GF32-2AA3
(132 kW)
6SL3310-1GF32-6AA3
(160 kW)
6SL3310-1GF33-3AA3
(200 kW)
3/28
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Line-side power components > Line reactors
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Line voltage
500 ... 600 V 3 AC
Line reactor
6SL3000-0CH34-8AA0
6SL3000-0CH36-0AA0
6SL3000-0CH38-4AA0
Ith max
A
482
597
840
Nominal inductance LN
μH
65
46
40
Power loss
kW
0.48
0.485
0.618
mm2
1 × hole for M10
Provided for busbar connection
1 × hole for M12
Provided for busbar connection
1 × hole for M12
Provided for busbar connection
PE connection
M6 screw
M6 screw
M6 screw
Degree of protection
IP00
IP00
IP00
Line/load connection
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
350
321
232.5
350
321
232.5
410
385
224
Weight, approx.
kg
55.6
63.8
98
3
Approvals, according to
cURus
cURus
cURus
Suitable for
Power Module
6SL3310-1GF34-1AA3 (250 kW)
6SL3310-1GF35-8AA3 (400 kW)
6SL3310-1GF37-4AA3 (500 kW)
Line voltage
660 ... 690 V 3 AC
Line reactor
6SL3310-1GF34-7AA3 (315 kW)
6SL3310-1GF38-1AA3 (560 kW)
6SL3000-0CH31-1AA0
6SL3000-0CH31-6AA0
6SL3000-0CH32-2AA0
6SL3000-0CH32-7AA0
Ith max
A
107
155
230
270
Nominal inductance LN
μH
310
220
150
100
Power loss
kW
0.252
0.279
0.275
0.277
mm2
1 × hole for M10
Provided for busbar connection
1 × hole for M10
Provided for busbar connection
1 × hole for M10
Provided for busbar connection
1 × hole for M10
Provided for busbar connection
PE connection
M6 screw
M6 screw
M6 screw
M6 screw
Degree of protection
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
Line/load connection
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
270
248
200
270
248
200
270
248
200
270
248
200
Weight, approx.
kg
24.4
25.9
31.1
27.9
Approvals, according to
cURus
cURus
cURus
cURus
Suitable for
Power Module
6SL3310-1GH28-5AA3
(75 kW)
6SL3310-1GH31-2AA3
(110 kW)
6SL3310-1GH31-8AA3
(160 kW)
6SL3310-1GH32-6AA3
(250 kW)
6SL3310-1GH31-0AA3
(90 kW)
6SL3310-1GH31-5AA3
(132 kW)
6SL3310-1GH32-2AA3
(200 kW)
Line voltage
660 ... 690 V 3 AC
Line reactor
6SL3000-0CH33-4AA0
6SL3000-0CH34-8AA0
6SL3000-0CH36-0AA0
6SL3000-0CH38-4AA0
Ith max
A
342
482
597
840
Nominal inductance LN
μH
81
65
46
40
Power loss
kW
0.27
0.48
0.485
0.618
Line/load connection
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
mm2
1 × hole for M10
Provided for busbar connection
1 × hole for M10
Provided for busbar connection
1 × hole for M12
Provided for busbar connection
1 × hole for M12
Provided for busbar connection
PE connection
M6 screw
M6 screw
M6 screw
M6 screw
Degree of protection
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
270
248
200
350
321
232
350
321
232
410
385
224
Weight, approx.
kg
38.9
55.6
63.8
98
Approvals, according to
cURus
cURus
cURus
cURus
Suitable for
Power Module
6SL3310-1GH33-3AA3
(315 kW)
6SL3310-1GH34-1AA3
(400 kW)
6SL3310-1GH35-8AA3
(560 kW)
6SL3310-1GH37-4AA3
(710 kW)
6SL3310-1GH34-7AA3
(450 kW)
6SL3310-1GH38-1AA3
(800 kW)
Siemens D 11 · 2015
3/29
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Line-side power components > Recommended line-side system components
■ Selection and ordering data
The table below lists recommended ratings for input-side switching and fuse protection elements according to IEC standards.
Further information about the main contactors, switch disconnectors, fuses and circuit breakers specified in the table can be
found in Catalog LV 10.
Type rating
(for 400V, 500V or
690V)
Rated input current
Assignment to
Power Module
Line contactor
Fixed-mounted
circuit breaker
Switch disconnector
for cable protection fuses
incl. semiconductor protection of type 3NE1
kW
A
Typ 6SL3310-...
Type
Type
Type
110
229
1GE32-1AA3
3RT1456-…..
–
3KL5530-…..
132
284
1GE32-6AA3
3RT1466-…..
–
3KL5730-…..
160
338
1GE33-1AA3
3RT1466-…..
–
3KL5730-…..
200
395
1GE33-8AA3
3RT1476-…..
–
3KL6130-…..
250
509
1GE35-0AA3
3RT1476-…..
–
3KL6130-…..
315
629
1GE36-1AA3
3RT1476-…..
–
3KL6230-…..
400
775
1GE37-5AA3
3RT1466-…..
(3 units)
–
3KL6230-…..
450
873
1GE38-4AA3
–
3WL1110-… *)
–
560
1024
1GE41-0AA3
–
3WL1112-… *)
–
110
191
1GF31-8AA3
3RT1456-…..
–
3KL5530-…..
132
242
1GF32-2AA3
3RT1456-…..
–
3KL5530-…..
160
270
1GF32-6AA3
3RT1466-…..
–
3KL5730-…..
200
343
1GF33-3AA3
3RT1466-…..
–
3KL5730-…..
250
426
1GF34-1AA3
3RT1476-…..
–
3KL6130-…..
315
483
1GF34-7AA3
3RT1476-…..
–
3KL6130-…..
400
598
1GF35-8AA3
3RT1476-…..
–
3KL6230-…..
500
764
1GF37-4AA3
3RT1466-…..
(3 units)
–
3KL6230-…..
560
842
1GF38-1AA3
–
3WL1210-… *)
–
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
3
500 ... 600 V 3 AC
660 ... 690 V 3 AC
75
93
1GH28-5AA3
3RT1446-…..
–
3KL5230-…..
90
109
1GH31-0AA3
3RT1446-…..
–
3KL5230-…..
110
131
1GH31-2AA3
3RT1446-…..
–
3KL5530-…..
132
164
1GH31-5AA3
3RT1456-…..
–
3KL5530-…..
160
191
1GH31-8AA3
3RT1456-…..
–
3KL5530-…..
200
224
1GH32-2AA3
3RT1456-…..
–
3KL5530-…..
250
270
1GH32-6AA3
3RT1466-…..
–
3KL5730-…..
315
343
1GH33-3AA3
3RT1466-…..
–
3KL5730-…..
400
426
1GH34-1AA3
3RT1476-…..
–
3KL6130-…..
450
483
1GH34-7AA3
3RT1476-…..
–
3KL6130-…..
560
598
1GH35-8AA3
3RT1476-….
–
3KL6230-…..
710
764
1GH37-4AA3
3RT1466-…..
(3 units)
–
3KL6230-…..
800
842
1GH38-1AA3
–
3WL1210-… *)
–
*)
The circuit breakers must always be switched ON and OFF by the
sequence control. An interlocking set 3WL9111-0BA21-0AA0 as described
in Catalog LV 10 should be provided for the circuit breakers in order to
exclude the risk of unintentional manual operation. Manual operation
bypasses the pre-charging circuit and can therefore destroy the Power
Module.
3/30
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Line-side power components > Recommended line-side system components
■ Selection and ordering data (continued)
Type rating
(for 400V, 500V or
690V)
Rated input current
Assignment to
Power Module
Cable protection fuse
kW
A
Type 6SL3310-...
Article No.
A
Article No.
A
110
229
1GE32-1AA3
3NA3144
250
3NE1230-2
315
132
284
1GE32-6AA3
3NA3250
300
3NE1331-2
350
160
338
1GE33-1AA3
3NA3254
355
3NE1334-2
500
200
395
1GE33-8AA3
3NA3260
400
3NE1334-2
500
250
509
1GE35-0AA3
3NA3372
630
3NE1436-2
630
315
629
1GE36-1AA3
3NA3475
800
3NE1438-2
800
400
775
1GE37-5AA3
3NA3475
800
3NE1448-2
850
450
873
1GE38-4AA3
3NA3365
2 × 500
3NE1436-2
2 × 630
560
1024
1GE41-0AA3
3NA3472
2 × 630
3NE1437-2
2 × 710
110
191
1GF31-8AA3
3NA3244-6
250
3NE1227-2
250
132
242
1GF32-2AA3
3NA3252-6
315
3NE1230-2
315
160
270
1GF32-6AA3
3NA3354-6
355
3NE1331-2
350
200
343
1GF33-3AA3
3NA3365-6
500
3NE1334-2
500
250
426
1GF34-1AA3
3NA3365-6
500
3NE1334-2
500
315
483
1GF34-7AA3
3NA3252-6
2 × 315
3NE1435-2
560
400
598
1GF35-8AA3
3NA3354-6
2 × 355
3NE1447-2
670
500
764
1GF37-4AA3
3NA3365-6
2 × 500
3NE1448-2
850
560
842
1GF38-1AA3
3NA3365-6
2 × 500
3NE1334-2
2 × 500
75
93
1GH28-5AA3
3NA3132-6
125
3NE1022-2
125
90
109
1GH31-0AA3
3NA3132-6
125
3NE1022-2
125
110
131
1GH31-2AA3
3NA3136-6
160
3NE1224-2
160
132
164
1GH31-5AA3
3NA3240-6
200
3NE1225-2
200
160
191
1GH31-8AA3
3NA3244-6
250
3NE1227-2
250
200
224
1GH32-2AA3
3NA3252-6
315
3NE1230-2
315
250
270
1GH32-6AA3
3NA3354-6
355
3NE1331-2
350
315
343
1GH33-3AA3
3NA3365-6
500
3NE1334-2
500
400
426
1GH34-1AA3
3NA3365-6
500
3NE1334-2
500
450
483
1GH34-7AA3
3NA3252-6
2 × 315
3NE1435-2
560
560
598
1GH35-8AA3
3NA3354-6
2 × 355
3NE1447-2
670
710
764
1GH37-4AA3
3NA3365-6
2 × 500
3NE1448-2
850
800
842
1GH38-1AA3
3NA3365-6
2 × 500
3NE1334-2
2 × 500
Cable protection fuse
incl. Semiconductor protection
Rated current
Rated current
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
500 ... 600 V 3 AC
660 ... 690 V 3 AC
Siemens D 11 · 2015
3/31
3
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
DC link components > Braking Modules
■ Overview
■ Selection and ordering data
Suitable for
Power Module
Type rating of
Braking Module
the Power
Module at 400 V,
500 V or 690 V
kW
Article No.
6SL3310-1GE32-1AA3
110
6SL3300-1AE31-3AA0
6SL3310-1GE32-6AA3
132
6SL3310-1GE33-1AA3
160
6SL3310-1GE33-8AA3
200
6SL3310-1GE35-0AA3
250
6SL3310-1GE36-1AA3
315
6SL3310-1GE37-5AA3
400
6SL3310-1GE38-4AA3
450
6SL3310-1GE41-0AA3
560
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
3
6SL3300-1AE32-5AA0
6SL3300-1AE32-5BA0
500 ... 600 V 3 AC
A Braking Module and the associated braking resistor are required when the drive is to be braked or specifically stopped,
e.g. for an EMERGENCY STOP.
6SL3310-1GF31-8AA3
110
6SL3310-1GF32-2AA3
132
6SL3310-1GF32-6AA3
160
The Braking Module includes the power electronics and the associated control circuit. The supply voltage for the electronics is
taken from the DC link.
6SL3310-1GF33-3AA3
200
6SL3310-1GF34-1AA3
250
6SL3310-1GF34-7AA3
315
During operation, the DC-link power is converted into heat loss
in an external braking resistor.
6SL3310-1GF35-8AA3
400
6SL3310-1GF37-4AA3
500
The Braking Module works independently of the converter
control. If more braking power is required than provided by the
Braking Modules listed here, then braking units may be connected in parallel for higher converter outputs (on request). In
this case, a Braking Module is assigned to each braking resistor.
6SL3310-1GF38-1AA3
560
The activation threshold of the Braking Module can be adjusted
by means of a DIP switch. The braking power values specified
in the technical specifications apply to the upper activation
threshold.
■ Design
The Braking Module is inserted in a slot inside the Power
Module; it is force-cooled by the Power Module fan.
Several Braking Modules can be used for Power Modules with
more than one power block:
• Frame size HX: 2 Braking Modules
• Frame size JX: 3 Braking Modules
Each Braking Module is always assigned a dedicated braking
resistor.
The Braking Module is connected to the DC link by means of the
busbar sets or flexible cables contained in the scope of delivery.
The Braking Module has the following interfaces as standard:
• DC-link connection
• Braking resistor connection
• 1 digital input (block Braking Module / acknowledge error)
• 1 digital output (Braking Module faulty)
• 1 DIP switch for adjusting the activation threshold
Information about Braking Module activation thresholds as
well as further configuration information is contained in the
SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual.
3/32
Siemens D 11 · 2015
6SL3300-1AF32-5AA0
6SL3300-1AF32-5BA0
660 ... 690 V 3 AC
6SL3310-1GH28-5AA3
75
6SL3310-1GH31-0AA3
90
6SL3310-1GH31-2AA3
110
6SL3310-1GH31-5AA3
132
6SL3310-1GH31-8AA3
160
6SL3310-1GH32-2AA3
200
6SL3310-1GH32-6AA3
250
6SL3310-1GH33-3AA3
315
6SL3310-1GH34-1AA3
400
6SL3310-1GH34-7AA3
450
6SL3310-1GH35-8AA3
560
6SL3310-1GH37-4AA3
710
6SL3310-1GH38-1AA3
800
6SL3300-1AH31-3AA0
6SL3300-1AH32-5AA0
6SL3300-1AH32-5BA0
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
DC link components > Braking Modules
■ Integration
Braking Module
X21
+24 V
21.6
Fault output
Fault
21.5
0V
21.4
Inhibit input
21.3
0V
Inhibit
3
21.2
Shield
21.1
Braking resistor
T1
R1
DCPA
R2
T2
DC link
connection terminals
DCNA
G_D211_EN_00012a
Connection diagram for Braking Module
■ Characteristic curves
P/P20
G_D011_EN_00328
1.50
1.25
1.00
P15
P20
0.75
P40
0.50
PDB
0.25
0
10 15 20 30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100 s
t
PDB = Rated power
P15 = 5 x PDB = Power which is permissible every 90 s for 15 s
P20 = 4 x PDB = Power which is permissible every 90 s for 20 s
P40 = 2 x PDB = Power which is permissible every 90 s for 40 s
Load diagram for Braking Modules and braking resistor
Siemens D 11 · 2015
3/33
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
DC link components > Braking Modules
■ Technical specifications
Braking Module
6SL33001AE31-3AA0
6SL33001AF32-5AA0
6SL33001AE32-5BA0
6SL33001AF32-5BA0
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
6SL33001AH31-3AA0
6SL33001AH32-5AA0
6SL33001AH32-5BA0
500 ... 600 V 3 AC
660 ... 690 V 3 AC
Rated power PDB
kW
25
50
50
25
50
Peak power P15
kW
125
250
250
125
250
Power P20
kW
100
200
200
100
200
Power P40
kW
50
100
100
50
100
Activation thresholds
(adjustable via DIP switch)
V
774 (factory setting) 774 (factory setting) 967 (factory setting) 1158 (factory setor 673
or 673
or 841
ting) or 1070
1158 (factory setting) or 1070
V
V
24
-3 ... +5
24
-3 ... +5
24
-3 ... +5
24
-3 ... +5
24
-3 ... +5
V
mA
15 ... 30
10
15 ... 30
10
15 ... 30
10
15 ... 30
10
15 ... 30
10
mm2
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
V
mA
mm2
24
500
1.5
24
500
1.5
24
500
1.5
24
500
1.5
24
500
1.5
Design conforms to
UL and IEC
UL and IEC
UL and IEC
IEC
IEC
R1/R2 connection
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
mm2
M8 nut
35
M8 nut
50
M8 nut
50
M8 nut
35
M8 nut
50
Weight, approx.
kg
3.6
7.3 (6SL33001AE32-5AA0)
7.3 (6SL33001AF32-5AA0)
3.6
7.3 (6SL33001AH32-5AA0)
7.5 (6SL33001AE32-5BA0)
7.5 (6SL33001AF32-5BA0)
cULus
cULus
cULus
–
–
6SL3310-1GE321AA3 (110 kW)
6SL3310-1GE331AA3 (160 kW)
6SL3310-1GF318AA3 (110 kW)
6SL3310-1GH285AA3 (75 kW)
6SL3310-1GH318AA3 (160 kW)
6SL3310-1GE326AA3 (132 kW)
6SL3310-1GE338AA3 (200 kW)
6SL3310-1GF322AA3 (132 kW)
6SL3310-1GH310AA3 (90 kW)
6SL3310-1GH322AA3 (200 kW)
6SL3310-1GE350AA3 (250 kW)
6SL3310-1GF326AA3 (160 kW)
6SL3310-1GH312AA3 (110 kW)
6SL3310-1GH326AA3 (250 kW)
6SL3310-1GF333AA3 (200 kW)
6SL3310-1GH315AA3 (132 kW)
6SL3310-1GH333AA3 (315 kW)
6SL3310-1GE361AA3 (315 kW)
6SL3310-1GF341AA3 (250 kW)
–
6SL3310-1GH341AA3 (400 kW)
6SL3310-1GE375AA3 (400 kW)
6SL3310-1GF347AA3 (315 kW)
6SL3310-1GH347AA3 (450 kW)
6SL3310-1GE384AA3 (450 kW)
6SL3310-1GF358AA3 (400 kW)
6SL3310-1GH358AA3 (560 kW)
6SL3310-1GE410AA3 (560 kW)
6SL3310-1GF374AA3 (500 kW)
6SL3310-1GH374AA3 (710 kW)
6SL3310-1GF381AA3 (560 kW)
6SL3310-1GH381AA3 (800 kW)
Line voltage
3
6SL33001AE32-5AA0
Digital inputs
• Voltage
• Low level
(an open digital input is interpreted
• as "low")
• High level
• Current consumption
at 24 V DC, typ.
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
Digital outputs
(continued short-circuit-proof)
• Voltage
• Load current per digital output, max.
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
Approvals, according to
7.5 (6SL33001AH32-5BA0)
Braking Module 6SL3300-.....-.AA0
Suitable for Power Module
Braking Module 6SL3300-.....-.BA0
Suitable for Power Module
3/34
Siemens D 11 · 2015
–
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
DC link components > Braking resistors
■ Overview
■ Selection and ordering data
PDB rated power
Suitable for
Braking Module
Braking resistor
kW
Article No.
Line voltage 380 ... 480 V 3 AC
25
6SL3300-1AE31-3AA0 6SL3000-1BE31-3AA0
50
6SL3300-1AE32-5.A0
6SL3000-1BE32-5AA0
Line voltage 500 ... 600 V 3 AC
50
6SL3300-1AF32-5.A0
6SL3000-1BF32-5AA0
Line voltage 660 ... 690 V 3 AC
25
6SL3300-1AH31-3AA0 6SL3000-1BH31-3AA0
50
6SL3300-1AH32-5.A0
6SL3000-1BH32-5AA0
3
■ Characteristic curves
Excess energy in the DC link is dissipated via the braking resistor.
The braking resistor is connected to a Braking Module. The
braking resistor is positioned outside the cabinet or switchgear
room. This enables the resulting heat loss around the Power
Modules to be dissipated. This reduces the level of air conditioning required.
Two braking resistors with different rated and peak power values
are available for the devices.
The braking resistor is monitored on the basis of the duty factor.
A temperature switch (NC contact) is also fitted. This responds
when the maximum permissible temperature is exceeded and
can be evaluated by a controller. The maximum permissible cable length between the Braking Module and braking resistor is
100 m.
Information about possible duty cycles of the braking resistors
as well as other configuration information is contained in the
SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual.
P/P20
G_D011_EN_00328
1.50
1.25
1.00
P15
P20
0.75
P40
0.50
PDB
0.25
0
10 15 20 30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100 s
t
PDB = Rated power
P15 = 5 x PDB = Power which is permissible every 90 s for 15 s
P20 = 4 x PDB = Power which is permissible every 90 s for 20 s
P40 = 2 x PDB = Power which is permissible every 90 s for 40 s
Load diagram for Braking Modules and braking resistor
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Braking resistor
6SL3000-1BE31-3AA0
6SL3000-1BE32-5AA0
Resistance
Ω
4.4 (±7.5%)
2.2 (±7.5%)
PDB rated power
(continuous braking power)
kW
25
50
P15 power
kW
125
250
P20 power
kW
100
200
P40 power
kW
50
100
Current, max.
A
189
378
Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
mm2
50
70
Power connection
M10 stud
M10 stud
Degree of protection
IP20
IP20
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
740
600
486
810
1325
486
Weight, approx.
kg
50
120
Approvals, according to
cURus
cURus
Suitable for Braking Module
6SL3300-1AE31-3AA
6SL3300-1AE32-5.A0
Siemens D 11 · 2015
3/35
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
DC link components > Braking resistors
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Line voltage
500 ... 600 V 3 AC
3
Braking resistor
6SL3000-1BF32-5AA0
Resistance
Ω
3.4 (±7.5%)
PDB rated power
(continuous braking power)
kW
50
P15 power
kW
250
P20 power
kW
200
P40 power
kW
100
Current, max.
A
255
Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
mm2
70
Power connection
M10 stud
Degree of protection
IP20
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
810
1325
486
Weight, approx.
kg
120
Approvals, according to
cURus
Suitable for Braking Module
6SL3300-1AF32-5.A0
Line voltage
660 ... 690 V 3 AC
Braking resistor
6SL3000-1BH31-3AA0
6SL3000-1BH32-5AA0
Resistance
Ω
9.8 (±7.5%)
4.9 (±7.5%)
PDB rated power
(continuous braking power)
kW
25
50
P15 power
kW
125
250
P20 power
kW
100
200
P40 power
kW
50
100
Current, max.
A
125
255
Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
mm2
50
70
Power connection
M10 stud
M10 stud
Degree of protection
IP20
IP20
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
740
600
486
810
1325
486
Weight, approx.
kg
50
120
Approvals, according to
cURus
cURus
Suitable for Braking Module
6SL3300-1AH31-3AA0
6SL3300-1AH32-5.A0
3/36
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Load-side power components > Motor reactors
■ Overview
■ Selection and ordering data
Suitable for
Power Module
Type rating of
Motor reactor
the Power
Module at 400 V,
500 V or 690 V
kW
Article No.
6SL3310-1GE32-1AA3
110
6SL3000-2BE32-1AA0
6SL3310-1GE32-6AA3
132
6SL3000-2BE32-6AA0
6SL3310-1GE33-1AA3
160
6SL3000-2BE33-2AA0
6SL3310-1GE33-8AA3
200
6SL3000-2BE33-8AA0
6SL3310-1GE35-0AA3
250
6SL3000-2BE35-0AA0
6SL3310-1GE36-1AA3
315
6SL3000-2AE36-1AA0
6SL3310-1GE37-5AA3
400
6SL3000-2AE38-4AA0
6SL3310-1GE38-4AA3
450
6SL3310-1GE41-0AA3
560
6SL3000-2AE41-0AA0
6SL3310-1GF31-8AA3
110
6SL3000-2AH31-8AA0
6SL3310-1GF32-2AA3
132
6SL3000-2AH32-4AA0
6SL3310-1GF32-6AA3
160
6SL3000-2AH32-6AA0
6SL3310-1GF33-3AA3
200
6SL3000-2AH33-6AA0
6SL3310-1GF34-1AA3
250
6SL3000-2AH34-5AA0
6SL3310-1GF34-7AA3
315
6SL3000-2AH34-7AA0
6SL3310-1GF35-8AA3
400
6SL3000-2AH35-8AA0
6SL3310-1GF37-4AA3
500
6SL3000-2AH38-1AA0
6SL3310-1GF38-1AA3
560
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Motor reactors reduce the voltage load on the motor windings by
reducing the voltage gradients at the motor terminals that occur
during converter operation. At the same time, the capacitive
charge/discharge currents that place an additional load on the
converter output when long motor cables are used, are reduced.
The maximum permissible output frequency when a motor reactor is used is 150 Hz.
The motor reactor must be installed as close as possible to the
Power Module.
500 ... 600 V 3 AC
660 ... 690 V 3 AC
6SL3310-1GH28-5AA3
75
6SL3310-1GH31-0AA3
90
6SL3310-1GH31-2AA3
110
6SL3310-1GH31-5AA3
132
6SL3310-1GH31-8AA3
160
6SL3000-2AH31-8AA0
6SL3310-1GH32-2AA3
200
6SL3000-2AH32-4AA0
6SL3310-1GH32-6AA3
250
6SL3000-2AH32-6AA0
6SL3310-1GH33-3AA3
315
6SL3000-2AH33-6AA0
6SL3310-1GH34-1AA3
400
6SL3000-2AH34-5AA0
6SL3310-1GH34-7AA3
450
6SL3000-2AH34-7AA0
6SL3310-1GH35-8AA3
560
6SL3000-2AH35-8AA0
6SL3310-1GH37-4AA3
710
6SL3000-2AH38-1AA0
6SL3310-1GH38-1AA3
800
6SL3000-2AH31-0AA0
6SL3000-2AH31-5AA0
Siemens D 11 · 2015
3/37
3
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Load-side power components > Motor reactors
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
6SL30002BE32-1AA0
6SL30002BE32-6AA0
6SL30002BE33-2AA0
6SL30002BE33-8AA0
6SL30002BE35-0AA0
Rated current
A
210
260
310
380
490
Power loss
• At 50 Hz
• At 150 Hz
kW
kW
0.436
0.486
0.454
0.5
0.422
0.47
0.477
0.5
0.448
0.5
Load connection
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M12
PE connection
M8 screw
M8 screw
M8 screw
M8 screw
M8 screw
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
Cable length, max.
between motor reactor and motor 1)
• Shielded
• Unshielded
3
Motor reactor (for pulse frequencies of 2 kHz to 4 kHz)
m
m
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
300
285
257
300
315
277
300
285
257
300
285
277
300
365
277
Weight, approx.
kg
60
66
62
73
100
Approvals, according to
cURus
cURus
cURus
cURus
cURus
Suitable for
Power Module
6SL3310-1GE321AA3 (110 kW)
6SL3310-1GE326AA3 (132 kW)
6SL3310-1GE331AA3 (160 kW)
6SL3310-1GE338AA3 (200 kW)
6SL3310-1GE350AA3 (250 kW)
Line voltage
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Motor reactor (for pulse frequencies of 1.25 kHz to 2.5 kHz)
6SL3000-2AE36-1AA0
6SL3000-2AE38-4AA0
Rated current
A
605
840
840
985
Power loss
• At 50 Hz
• At 150 Hz
kW
kW
0.798
0.9
0.75
0.84
0.834
0.943
0.939
1.062
Load connection
1 × hole for M12
1 × hole for M12
1 × hole for M12
1 × hole for M12
PE connection
M10 screw
M10 screw
M10 screw
M10 screw
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
Cable length, max.
between motor reactor and motor 1)
• Shielded
• Unshielded
m
m
Degree of protection
6SL3000-2AE41-0AA0
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
410
392
292
410
392
292
410
392
292
410
392
302
Weight, approx.
kg
130
140
140
146
Approvals, according to
cURus
cURus
cURus
cURus
Suitable for
Power Module
6SL3310-1GE36-1AA3
(315 kW)
6SL3310-1GE37-5AA3
(400 kW)
6SL3310-1GE38-4AA3
(450 kW)
6SL3310-1GE41-0AA3
(560 kW)
3/38
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Load-side power components > Motor reactors
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Line voltage
500 ... 600 V 3 AC
Motor reactor (for pulse frequencies of 1.25 kHz to 2.5 kHz)
6SL30002AH31-8AA0
6SL30002AH32-4AA0
6SL30002AH32-6AA0
6SL30002AH33-6AA0
6SL30002AH34-5AA0
Rated current
A
175
215
260
330
410
Power loss
• At 50 Hz
• At 150 Hz
kW
kW
0.357
0.403
0.376
0.425
0.389
0.441
0.4
0.454
0.481
0.545
Load connection
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M10
PE connection
M8 screw
M8 screw
M8 screw
M8 screw
M8 screw
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
Cable length, max.
between motor reactor and motor 1)
• Shielded
• Unshielded
m
m
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
300
285
212
300
285
212
300
285
212
300
285
212
350
330
215
Weight, approx.
kg
3
34
34
40
43
56
Approvals, according to
cURus
cURus
cURus
cURus
cURus
Suitable for
Power Module
6SL3310-1GF318AA3 (110 kW)
6SL3310-1GF322AA3 (132 kW)
6SL3310-1GF326AA3 (160 kW)
6SL3310-1GF333AA3 (200 kW)
6SL3310-1GF341AA3 (250 kW)
Line voltage
500 ... 600 V 3 AC
Motor reactor (for pulse frequencies of 1.25 kHz to 2.5 kHz)
6SL3000-2AH34-7AA0
6SL3000-2AH35-8AA0
6SL3000-2AH38-1AA0
Rated current
A
465
575
810
810
Power loss
• At 50 Hz
• At 150 Hz
kW
kW
0.631
0.723
0.705
0.801
0.78
0.91
0.877
1.003
Load connection
1 × hole for M12
1 × hole for M12
1 × hole for M12
1 × hole for M12
PE connection
M8 screw
M8 screw
M8 screw
M8 screw
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
Cable length, max.
between motor reactor and motor 1)
• Shielded
• Unshielded
m
m
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
410
392
292
410
392
292
410
392
279
410
392
279
Weight, approx.
kg
80
80
146
146
Approvals, according to
cURus
cURus
cURus
cURus
Suitable for
Power Module
6SL3310-1GF34-7AA3
(315 kW)
6SL3310-1GF35-8AA3
(400 kW)
6SL3310-1GF37-4AA3
(500 kW)
6SL3310-1GF38-1AA3
(560 kW)
Siemens D 11 · 2015
3/39
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Load-side power components > Motor reactors
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Line voltage
660 ... 690 V 3 AC
6SL3000-2AH31-0AA0
6SL3000-2AH31-5AA0
6SL30002AH31-8AA0
6SL30002AH32-4AA0
6SL30002AH32-6AA0
Rated current
A
100
100
150
150
175
215
260
Power loss
• At 50 Hz
• At 150 Hz
kW
kW
0.215
0.26
0.269
0.3
0.237
0.26
0.296
0.332
0.357
0.403
0.376
0.425
0.389
0.441
Load connection
1 × hole for
M10
1 × hole for
M10
1 × hole for
M10
1 × hole for
M10
1 × hole for
M10
1 × hole for
M10
1 × hole for
M10
PE connection
M8 screw
M8 screw
M8 screw
M8 screw
M8 screw
M8 screw
M8 screw
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
Cable length, max.
between motor reactor and motor 1)
• Shielded
• Unshielded
3
Motor reactor (for pulse frequencies of 1.25 kHz to 2.5 kHz)
m
m
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
270
248
200
270
248
200
270
248
200
270
248
200
300
285
212
300
285
212
300
285
212
Weight, approx.
kg
26
26
26
26
33
35
40
Approvals, according to
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
Suitable for
Power Module
6SL33101GH28-5AA3
(75 kW)
6SL33101GH31-0AA3
(90 kW)
6SL33101GH31-2AA3
(110 kW)
6SL33101GH31-5AA3
(132 kW)
6SL33101GH31-8AA3
(160 kW)
6SL33101GH32-2AA3
(200 kW)
6SL33101GH32-6AA3
(250 kW)
Line voltage
660 ... 690 V 3 AC
Motor reactor (for pulse frequencies of 1.25 kHz to 2.5 kHz)
6SL30002AH33-6AA0
6SL30002AH34-5AA0
6SL30002AH34-7AA0
6SL30002AH35-8AA0
6SL3000-2AH38-1AA0
Rated current
A
330
410
465
575
810
810
Power loss
• At 50 Hz
• At 150 Hz
kW
kW
0.4
0.454
0.481
0.545
0.631
0.723
0.705
0.801
0.78
0.91
0.877
1.003
Load connection
1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M10 1 × hole for M12 1 × hole for M12 1 × hole for M12 1 × hole for M12
PE connection
M8 screw
M8 screw
M8 screw
M8 screw
M8 screw
M8 screw
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
Cable length, max.
between motor reactor and motor 1)
• Shielded
• Unshielded
m
m
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
300
285
212
350
330
215
410
392
292
410
392
292
410
392
279
410
392
279
Weight, approx.
kg
43
56
80
80
146
146
Approvals, according to
–
–
–
–
–
–
Suitable for
Power Module
6SL33101GH33-3AA3
(315 kW)
6SL33101GH34-1AA3
(400 kW)
6SL33101GH34-7AA3
(450 kW)
6SL33101GH35-8AA3
(560 kW)
6SL33101GH37-4AA3
(710 kW)
6SL33101GH38-1AA3
(800 kW)
1)
Longer cable lengths for specific configurations are available on request.
3/40
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Load-side power components > dv/dt filters plus VPL
■ Overview
■ Selection and ordering data
Suitable for
Power Module
Type rating of
dv/dt filter plus VPL
the Power
Module at 400 V,
500 V or 690 V
kW
Article No.
6SL3310-1GE32-1AA3
110
6SL3000-2DE32-6AA0
6SL3310-1GE32-6AA3
132
6SL3310-1GE33-1AA3
160
6SL3310-1GE33-8AA3
200
6SL3310-1GE35-0AA3
250
6SL3310-1GE36-1AA3
315
6SL3310-1GE37-5AA3
400
6SL3310-1GE38-4AA3
450
6SL3310-1GE41-0AA3
560
6SL3000-2DE41-4AA0
6SL3000-2DH32-2AA0
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
6SL3000-2DE35-0AA0
6SL3000-2DE38-4AA0
500 ... 600 V 3 AC
dv/dt filter plus VPL (Voltage Peak Limiter) limit the voltage rateof-rise dv/dt to values < 500 V/μs and the typical voltage peaks
to the following values in accordance with the limit value curve
according to IEC/TS 60034-17: 2006:
• < 1000 V at Uline < 575 V
• < 1250 V at 660 V < Uline < 690 V
6SL3310-1GF31-8AA3
110
6SL3310-1GF32-2AA3
132
6SL3310-1GF32-6AA3
160
6SL3310-1GF33-3AA3
200
Standard motors with standard insulation and without insulated
bearings with a supply voltage of up to 690 V can be used for
converter operation if a dv/dt filter plus VPL is used.
dv/dt filters plus VPL are designed for the following maximum
motor cable lengths:
• Shielded cables: 300 m (e.g. Protodur NYCWY)
• Unshielded cables: 450 m (e.g. Protodur NYY)
For shorter cable lengths (100 m shielded, 150 m unshielded),
refer to dv/dt filter compact plus VPL.
6SL3310-1GF34-1AA3
250
6SL3000-2DH34-1AA0
6SL3310-1GF34-7AA3
315
6SL3000-2DH35-8AA0
6SL3310-1GF35-8AA3
400
6SL3310-1GF37-4AA3
500
6SL3310-1GF38-1AA3
560
6SL3310-1GH28-5AA3
75
6SL3310-1GH31-0AA3
90
6SL3310-1GH31-2AA3
110
6SL3310-1GH31-5AA3
132
6SL3310-1GH31-8AA3
160
6SL3310-1GH32-2AA3
200
The max. permissible cable length between the dv/dt filter and
Power Module is 5 m.
6SL3310-1GH32-6AA3
250
6SL3310-1GH33-3AA3
315
The dv/dt filter plus VPL consists of two components, which are
also supplied as separate mechanical units:
• dv/dt reactor
• Voltage limiting network, which cuts-off the voltage peaks and
feeds the energy back to the DC link.
6SL3000-2DH38-1AA0
660 ... 690 V 3 AC
Notice:
■ Design
6SL3000-2DH33-3AA0
6SL3000-2DH31-0AA0
6SL3000-2DH31-5AA0
6SL3000-2DH32-2AA0
6SL3000-2DH33-3AA0
6SL3310-1GH34-1AA3
400
6SL3000-2DH34-1AA0
6SL3310-1GH34-7AA3
450
6SL3000-2DH35-8AA0
6SL3310-1GH35-8AA3
560
6SL3310-1GH37-4AA3
710
6SL3310-1GH38-1AA3
800
6SL3000-2DH38-1AA0
For further information on dv/dt filters, please refer to the
SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
3/41
3
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Load-side power components > dv/dt filters plus VPL
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
dv/dt filter plus VPL
A
Ith max
Degree of protection
Cable length, max.
between dv/dt filter and motor 1)
• Shielded
• Unshielded
m
m
Approvals, according to
6SL30002DE32-6AA0
6SL30002DE35-0AA0
6SL30002DE38-4AA0
6SL30002DE41-4AA0
260
490
840
1405
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
cURus
cURus
cURus
cURus
0.701
0.729
0.78
0.874
0.904
0.963
1.106
1.115
1.226
1.111
1.154
1.23
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M10
M6 screw
1 × hole for M12
1 × hole for M12
M6 screw
1 × hole for M12
1 × hole for M12
M6 screw
2 × holes for M12
2 × holes for M12
M6 screw
dv/dt reactor
3
Power loss
• At 50 Hz
• At 60 Hz
• At 150 Hz
kW
kW
kW
Connections
• To Power Module
• To load
• PE
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
410
370
229
460
370
275
460
385
312
445
385
312
Weight, approx.
kg
66
122
149
158
kW
kW
kW
0.029
0.027
0.025
0.042
0.039
0.036
0.077
0.072
0.066
0.134
0.125
0.114
M8 nut
M8 nut
M8 stud
70 mm2 terminals
70 mm2 terminals
35 mm2 terminals
1 × hole for M8
1 × hole for M8
M8 stud
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M10
M8 stud
Voltage Peak Limiter (VPL)
Power loss
• At 50 Hz
• At 60 Hz
• At 150 Hz
Connections
• To dv/dt reactor
• To DC link
• PE
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
263
265
188
392
285
210
309
1312.5
400
309
1312.5
400
Weight, approx.
kg
6
16
48
72
6SL3310-1GE32-1AA3
(110 kW)
6SL3310-1GE33-1AA3
(160 kW)
6SL3310-1GE36-1AA3
(315 kW)
6SL3310-1GE41-0AA3
(560 kW)
6SL3310-1GE32-6AA3
(132 kW)
6SL3310-1GE33-8AA3
(200 kW)
6SL3310-1GE37-5AA3
(400 kW)
6SL3310-1GE35-0AA3
(250 kW)
6SL3310-1GE38-4AA3
(450 kW)
Suitable for
Power Module
Note: Two dv/dt reactors are required for Power Modules with a
type rating of 560 kW.
The listed technical specifications refer to one dv/dt reactor.
1)
Longer cable lengths for specific configurations are available on request.
3/42
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Load-side power components > dv/dt filters plus VPL
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Line voltage
500 ... 600 V 3 AC
Ith max
dv/dt filter plus VPL
A
Degree of protection
Cable length, max.
between dv/dt filter and motor 1)
• Shielded
• Unshielded
m
m
Approvals, according to
6SL30002DH32-2AA0
6SL30002DH33-3AA0
6SL30002DH34-1AA0
6SL30002DH35-8AA0
6SL30002DH38-1AA0
215
330
410
575
810
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
cURus
cURus
cURus
cURus
cURus
0.578
0.604
0.645
0.595
0.62
0.661
0.786
0.826
0.884
0.862
0.902
0.964
0.828
0.867
0.927
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M10
M6 screw
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M10
M6 screw
1 × hole for M12
1 × hole for M12
M6 screw
1 × hole for M12
1 × hole for M12
M6 screw
2 × holes for M12
2 × holes for M12
M6 screw
dv/dt reactor
Power loss
• At 50 Hz
• At 60 Hz
• At 150 Hz
kW
kW
kW
Connections
• To Power Module
• To load
• PE
3
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
460
360
275
460
360
275
460
385
312
460
385
312
445
385
312
Weight, approx.
kg
83
135
147
172
160
kW
kW
kW
0.032
0.03
0.027
0.042
0.039
0.036
0.051
0.048
0.043
0.063
0.059
0.054
0.106
0.1
0.091
70 mm2 terminals
70 mm2 terminals
35 mm2 terminals
70 mm2 terminals
70 mm2 terminals
35 mm2 terminals
1 × hole for M8
1 × hole for M8
M8 stud
1 × hole for M8
1 × hole for M8
M8 stud
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M10
M8 stud
Voltage Peak Limiter (VPL)
Power loss
• At 50 Hz
• At 60 Hz
• At 150 Hz
Connections
• To dv/dt reactor
• To DC link
• PE
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
392
285
210
392
285
210
309
1312.5
400
309
1312.5
400
309
1312.5
400
Weight, approx.
kg
16
16
48
48
72
6SL3310-1GF318AA3 (110 kW)
6SL3310-1GF326AA3 (160 kW)
6SL3310-1GF341AA3 (250 kW)
6SL3310-1GF347AA3 (315 kW)
6SL3310-1GF374AA3 (500 kW)
6SL3310-1GF322AA3 (132 kW)
6SL3310-1GF333AA3 (200 kW)
6SL3310-1GF358AA3 (400 kW)
6SL3310-1GF381AA3 (560 kW)
Suitable for
Power Module
Note: Two dv/dt reactors are required for Power Modules with a
type rating of 500 kW and 560 kW.
The listed technical specifications refer to one dv/dt reactor.
1)
Longer cable lengths for specific configurations are available on request.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
3/43
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Load-side power components > dv/dt filters plus VPL
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Line voltage
660 ... 690 V 3 AC
dv/dt filter plus VPL
A
Ith max
Degree of protection
Cable length, max.
between dv/dt filter and motor 1)
• Shielded
• Unshielded
m
m
Approvals, according to
6SL3000-2DH31-0AA0
6SL3000-2DH31-5AA0
6SL3000-2DH32-2AA0
6SL3000-2DH33-3AA0
100
150
215
330
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
cURus
cURus
cURus
cURus
0.49
0.508
0.541
0.389
0.408
0.436
0.578
0.604
0.645
0.595
0.62
0.661
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M10
M6 screw
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M10
M6 screw
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M10
M6 screw
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M10
M6 screw
dv/dt reactor
3
Power loss
• At 50 Hz
• At 60 Hz
• At 150 Hz
kW
kW
kW
Connections
• To Power Module
• To load
• PE
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
350
320
227
350
320
227
460
360
275
460
360
275
Weight, approx.
kg
48
50
83
135
kW
kW
kW
0.016
0.015
0.013
0.02
0.019
0.018
0.032
0.03
0.027
0.042
0.039
0.036
M8 nut
M8 nut
M8 stud
M8 nut
M8 nut
M8 stud
70 mm2 terminals
70 mm2 terminals
35 mm2 terminals
70 mm2 terminals
70 mm2 terminals
35 mm2 terminals
Voltage Peak Limiter (VPL)
Power loss
• At 50 Hz
• At 60 Hz
• At 150 Hz
Connections
• To dv/dt reactor
• To DC link
• PE
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
263
265
188
263
265
188
392
285
210
392
285
210
Weight, approx.
kg
6
6
16
16
6SL3310-1GH28-5AA3
(75 kW)
6SL3310-1GH31-2AA3
(110 kW)
6SL3310-1GH31-8AA3
(160 kW)
6SL3310-1GH32-6AA3
(250 kW)
6SL3310-1GH31-0AA3
(90 kW)
6SL3310-1GH31-5AA3
(132 kW)
6SL3310-1GH32-2AA3
(200 kW)
6SL3310-1GH33-3AA3
(315 kW)
Suitable for
Power Module
1)
Longer cable lengths for specific configurations are available on request.
3/44
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Load-side power components > dv/dt filters plus VPL
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Line voltage
660 ... 690 V 3 AC
Ith max
dv/dt filter plus VPL
A
Degree of protection
Cable length, max.
between dv/dt filter and motor 1)
• Shielded
• Unshielded
m
m
Approvals, according to
6SL3000-2DH34-1AA0
6SL3000-2DH35-8AA0
6SL3000-2DH38-1AA0
410
575
810
IP00
IP00
IP00
300
450
300
450
300
450
cURus
cURus
cURus
0.786
0.826
0.884
0.862
0.902
0.964
0.828
0.867
0.927
1 × hole for M12
1 × hole for M12
M6 screw
1 × hole for M12
1 × hole for M12
M6 screw
2 × holes for M12
2 × holes for M12
M6 screw
dv/dt reactor
Power loss
• At 50 Hz
• At 60 Hz
• At 150 Hz
kW
kW
kW
Connections
• To Power Module
• To load
• PE
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
460
385
312
460
385
312
445
385
312
Weight, approx.
kg
147
172
160
kW
kW
kW
0.051
0.048
0.043
0.063
0.059
0.054
0.106
0.1
0.091
1 × hole for M8
1 × hole for M8
M8 stud
1 × hole for M8
1 × hole for M8
M8 stud
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M10
M8 stud
3
Voltage Peak Limiter (VPL)
Power loss
• At 50 Hz
• At 60 Hz
• At 150 Hz
Connections
• To dv/dt reactor
• To DC link
• PE
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
309
1312.5
400
309
1312.5
400
309
1312.5
400
Weight, approx.
kg
48
48
72
6SL3310-1GH34-1AA3 (400 kW)
6SL3310-1GH34-7AA3 (450 kW)
6SL3310-1GH37-4AA3 (710 kW)
6SL3310-1GH35-8AA3 (560 kW)
6SL3310-1GH38-1AA3 (800 kW)
Suitable for
Power Module
Note: Two dv/dt reactors are required for Power Modules with a
type rating of 710 kW and 800 kW.
The listed technical specifications refer to one dv/dt reactor.
1)
Longer cable lengths for specific configurations are available on request.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
3/45
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Load-side power components > dv/dt filters compact plus VPL
■ Overview
■ Selection and ordering data
Suitable for
Power Module
Type rating of
dv/dt filter
the Power
compact plus VPL
Module at 400 V,
500 V or 690 V
kW
Article No.
6SL3310-1GE32-1AA3
110
6SL3000-2DE32-6EA0
6SL3310-1GE32-6AA3
132
6SL3310-1GE33-1AA3
160
6SL3310-1GE33-8AA3
200
6SL3310-1GE35-0AA3
250
6SL3310-1GE36-1AA3
315
6SL3310-1GE37-5AA3
400
6SL3310-1GE38-4AA3
450
6SL3310-1GE41-0AA3
560
6SL3000-2DE41-4EA0
6SL3310-1GF31-8AA3
110
6SL3000-2DG32-2EA0
6SL3310-1GF32-2AA3
132
6SL3310-1GF32-6AA3
160
6SL3310-1GF33-3AA3
200
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
3
6SL3000-2DE35-0EA0
6SL3000-2DE38-4EA0
500 ... 600 V 3 AC
dv/dt filters compact plus VPL (Voltage Peak Limiter) limit the
voltage rate-of-rise dv/dt to values of < 1600 V/μs and the typical
voltage peaks to the following values in accordance with the limit
value curve A according to IEC 60034-25: 2007:
• < 1150 V at Uline < 575 V
• < 1400 V at 660 V < Uline < 690 V
Standard motors with standard insulation and without insulated
bearings with a supply voltage of up to 690 V can be used for
converter operation if a dv/dt filter compact plus VPL is used.
dv/dt filters compact plus VPL are designed for the following
maximum motor cable lengths:
• Shielded cables: 100 m (e.g. Protodur NYCWY)
• Unshielded cables: 150 m (e.g. Protodur NYY)
For longer cable lengths (> 100 m shielded,
> 150 m unshielded) refer to dv/dt filter plus VPL.
Notice:
• The max. permissible cable length between the dv/dt filter and
Power Module is 5 m.
• Operation with output frequencies < 10 Hz is permissible for
max. 5 min.
■ Design
The dv/dt filter compact plus VPL consists of two components,
which are supplied together as a compact mechanical unit:
• dv/dt reactor
• Voltage limiting network, which cuts-off the voltage peaks and
feeds the energy back to the DC link.
3/46
Siemens D 11 · 2015
6SL3000-2DG33-3EA0
6SL3310-1GF34-1AA3
250
6SL3000-2DG34-1EA0
6SL3310-1GF34-7AA3
315
6SL3000-2DG35-8EA0
6SL3310-1GF35-8AA3
400
6SL3310-1GF37-4AA3
500
6SL3310-1GF38-1AA3
560
6SL3000-2DG38-1EA0
660 ... 690 V3 AC
6SL3310-1GH28-5AA3
75
6SL3310-1GH31-0AA3
90
6SL3310-1GH31-2AA3
110
6SL3310-1GH31-5AA3
132
6SL3310-1GH31-8AA3
160
6SL3310-1GH32-2AA3
200
6SL3310-1GH32-6AA3
250
6SL3310-1GH33-3AA3
315
6SL3000-2DG31-0EA0
6SL3000-2DG31-5EA0
6SL3000-2DG32-2EA0
6SL3000-2DG33-3EA0
6SL3310-1GH34-1AA3
400
6SL3000-2DG34-1EA0
6SL3310-1GH34-7AA3
450
6SL3000-2DG35-8EA0
6SL3310-1GH35-8AA3
560
6SL3310-1GH37-4AA3
710
6SL3310-1GH38-1AA3
800
6SL3000-2DG38-1EA0
For further information on dv/dt filters compact, please refer to
the SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual.
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Load-side power components > dv/dt filters compact plus VPL
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
dv/dt filter compact plus VPL
6SL3000-2DE32-6EA0
6SL3000-2DE35-0EA0
6SL3000-2DE38-4EA0
6SL3000-2DE41-1EA0
Rated current
A
260
490
840
1405
Ith max
A
260
490
840
1405
Power loss, max.
• At 50 Hz 400 V
kW
0.21
0.29
0.518
• At 60 Hz 460 V
kW
0.215
0.296
0.529
• At 150 Hz 400 V
kW
0.255
0.344
0.609
Reactor: 1.027
VPL: 0.127
Total: 1.154
Reactor: 1.077
VPL: 0.12
Total: 1.197
Reactor: 1.354
VPL: 0.09
Total: 1.444
Hole for M10
Hole for M10
Hole for M12
Provided for busbar connection
Provided for busbar connection
Provided for busbar connection
2 x elongated holes,
14 x 18 mm
Provided for busbar connection
Threaded socket M8
Threaded socket M8
Hole for M8
Hole for M8
16
25
50
95
Threaded socket M6
Threaded socket M6
Threaded socket M6
Threaded socket M6
(reactor and VPL)
100
150
100
150
100
150
100
150
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
Reactor: 430
VPL: 277
Reactor: 385
VPL: 360
Reactor: 323
VPL: 291
Power connection,
input and output side
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
DC-link connection,
DCPS, DCNS
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
mm2
PE/GND connection
Cable length, max.
between dv/dt filter and motor
• Shielded
• Unshielded
m
m
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
mm
310
350
440
• Height
mm
283
317
369
• Depth
mm
238
260
311
Weight, approx.
kg
41
61
103
Reactor: 168.8
VPL: 19.2
Total: 188
Approvals, according to
cURus
cURus
cURus
cURus
Suitable for
Power Module
6SL3310-1GE32-1AA3
(110 kW)
6SL3310-1GE33-1AA3
(160 kW)
6SL3310-1GE36-1AA3
(315 kW)
6SL3310-1GE41-0AA3
(560 kW)
6SL3310-1GE32-6AA3
(132 kW)
6SL3310-1GE33-8AA3
(200 kW)
6SL3310-1GE37-5AA3
(400 kW)
6SL3310-1GE35-0AA3
(250 kW)
6SL3310-1GE38-4AA3
(450 kW)
Siemens D 11 · 2015
3/47
3
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Load-side power components > dv/dt filters compact plus VPL
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Line voltage
500 ... 690 V 3 AC
3
dv/dt filter compact plus VPL
6SL3000-2DG31-0EA0
6SL3000-2DG31-5EA0
6SL3000-2DG32-2EA0
6SL3000-2DG33-3EA0
Rated current
A
100
150
215
330
Ith max
A
100
150
215
330
Power loss, max.
• At 50 Hz 500/690 V
• At 60 Hz 575 V
• At 150 Hz 500/690 V
kW
kW
kW
0.227
0.236
0.287
0.27
0.279
0.335
0.305
0.316
0.372
0.385
0.399
0.48
Power connection,
input and output side
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
Hole for M10
Hole for M10
Hole for M10
Hole for M10
Provided for busbar connection
Provided for busbar connection
Provided for busbar connection
Provided for busbar connection
DC-link connection,
DCPS, DCNS
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
Threaded socket M8
Threaded socket M8
Hole for M8
Hole for M8
16
16
25
25
Threaded socket M6
Threaded socket M6
Threaded socket M6
Threaded socket M6
100
150
100
150
100
150
100
150
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
mm2
PE/GND connection
Cable length, max.
between dv/dt filter and motor
• Shielded
• Unshielded
m
m
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
310
283
238
310
283
238
350
317
260
350
317
260
Weight, approx.
kg
34
36
51
6
Approvals, according to
cURus
cURus
cURus
cURus
Suitable for
Power Module
• 500 ... 600 V 3 AC
–
–
6SL3310-1GF31-8AA3
(110 kW)
6SL3310-1GF32-6AA3
(160 kW)
6SL3310-1GF33-3AA3
(200 kW)
6SL3310-1GH32-6AA3
(250 kW)
6SL3310-1GH33-3AA3
(315 kW)
• 660 ... 690 V 3 AC
3/48
Siemens D 11 · 2015
6SL3310-1GH28-5AA3
(75 kW)
6SL3310-1GH31-2AA3
(110 kW)
6SL3310-1GF32-2AA3
(132 kW)
6SL3310-1GH31-8AA3
(160 kW)
6SL3310-1GH31-0AA3
(90 kW)
6SL3310-1GH31-5AA3
(132 kW)
6SL3310-1GH32-2AA3
(200 kW)
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Load-side power components > dv/dt filters compact plus VPL
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Line voltage
500 ... 690 V 3 AC
dv/dt filter compact plus VPL
6SL3000-2DG34-1EA0
6SL3000-2DG35-8EA0
6SL3000-2DG38-1EA0
Rated current
A
410
575
810
Ith max
A
410
575
810
Power loss, max.
• At 50 Hz 500/690 V
kW
0.55
0.571
• At 60 Hz 575 V
kW
0.568
0.586
• At 150 Hz 500/690 V
kW
0.678
0.689
Reactor: 0.88
VPL: 0.084
Total: 0.964
Reactor: 0.918
VPL: 0.08
Total: 0.998
Reactor: 1.137
VPL: 0.059
Total: 1.196
Power connection,
input and output side
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
Hole for M12
Hole for M12
2 x elongated holes, 14 x 18 mm
Provided for busbar connection
Provided for busbar connection
Provided for busbar connection
DC-link connection,
DCPS, DCNS
• Conductor cross section, max. (IEC)
Hole for M8
Hole for M8
Hole for M8
50
50
95
Threaded socket M6
Threaded socket M6
Threaded socket M6
(reactor and VPL)
100
150
100
150
100
150
IP00
IP00
IP00
Reactor: 430
VPL: 277
Reactor: 385
VPL: 360
Reactor: 323
VPL: 291
mm2
PE/GND connection
Cable length, max.
between dv/dt filter and motor
• Shielded
• Unshielded
m
m
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
mm
440
440
• Height
mm
369
369
• Depth
mm
311
311
Weight, approx.
kg
87
100
Reactor: 171.2
VPL: 18.8
Total: 190
cURus
cURus
cURus
6SL3310-1GF34-1AA3
(250 kW)
6SL3310-1GF34-7AA3
(315 kW)
6SL3310-1GF37-4AA3
(500 kW)
6SL3310-1GH34-1AA3
(400 kW)
6SL3310-1GF35-8AA3
(400 kW)
6SL3310-1GH34-7AA3
(450 kW)
6SL3310-1GF38-1AA3
(560 kW)
6SL3310-1GH37-4AA3
(710 kW)
6SL3310-1GH35-8AA3
(560 kW)
6SL3310-1GH38-1AA3
(800 kW)
Approvals, according to
Suitable for
Power Module
• 500 ... 600 V 3 AC
• 660 ... 690 V 3 AC
Siemens D 11 · 2015
3/49
3
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Load-side power components > Sine-wave filters
■ Overview
■ Selection and ordering data
Suitable for
Power Module
Type rating of
Sine-wave filter
the Power
Module at 400 V
or 500 V
kW
Article No.
6SL3310-1GE32-1AA3
6SL3310-1GE32-6AA3
110
132
6SL3000-2CE32-3AA0
6SL3310-1GE33-1AA3
160
6SL3000-2CE32-8AA0
6SL3310-1GE33-8AA3
200
6SL3000-2CE33-3AA0
6SL3310-1GE35-0AA3
250
6SL3000-2CE34-1AA0
110
132
6SL3000-2CF31-7AA0
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
500 ... 600 V 3 AC
6SL3310-1GF31-8AA3
6SL3310-1GF32-2AA3
3
Sine-wave filters are available in the voltage range 380 V to
480 V up to a type rating of 250 kW, and in the voltage range
500 V to 600 V up to a type rating of 132 kW.
The sine-wave filter at the converter output supplies almost perfect sinusoidal voltages on the motor so that standard motors
can be used without special cables or power derating. Standard
cables can be used.
Note the following when a sine-wave filter is used:
• The output frequency is limited to max. 150 Hz
(at 380 to 480 V) and 115 Hz (at 500 to 600 V).
• The maximum output voltage is limited to approx. 85% of the
input voltage.
• Maximum permissible motor cable lengths:
- Unshielded cable: 450 m
- Shielded cable: 300 m
• During commissioning, the pulse frequency is increased to
double the factory setting. This induces current derating,
which must be applied to the built-in units' rated currents
listed in the technical specifications.
Note:
The reduced voltage at the motor terminals compared to the
rated motor voltage means that the motor reaches the field
weakening range earlier.
The sine-wave filter may be operated only when the motor is
connected; sine-wave filters are not no-load-proof!
For further information on sine-wave filters, please refer to the
SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual.
3/50
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Load-side power components > Sine-wave filters
■ Technical specifications
Line voltage
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Sine-wave filter
6SL3000-2CE32-3AA0
6SL3000-2CE32-8AA0
6SL3000-2CE33-3AA0
6SL3000-2CE34-1AA0
Rated current 1)
A
225
276
333
408
Power loss
kW
0.6
0.69
0.53
0.7
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M10
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
IP00
IP00
IP00
IP00
Connections
• Load
• PE
Cable length, max.
between sine-wave filter and motor
• Shielded
• Unshielded
m
m
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
620
300
320
620
300
320
620
370
360
620
370
360
Weight, approx.
kg
3
124
127
136
198
Approvals, according to
cURus
cURus
cURus
cURus
Suitable for
Power Module
6SL3310-1GE32-1AA3
(110 kW)
6SL3310-1GE33-1AA3
(160 kW)
6SL3310-1GE33-8AA3
(200 kW)
6SL3310-1GE35-0AA3
(250 kW)
6SL3310-1GE32-6AA3
(132 kW)
Line voltage
500 ... 600 V 3 AC
Sine-wave filter
6SL3000-2CF31-7AA0
Rated current 2)
A
188
Power loss
kW
0.8
Connections
• Load
• PE
Cable length, max.
between sine-wave filter and motor
• Shielded
• Unshielded
1 × hole for M10
1 × hole for M10
m
m
300
450
IP00
Degree of protection
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
620
370
360
Weight, approx.
kg
210
Approvals, according to
cURus
Suitable for
Power Module
6SL3310-1GF31-8AA3 (110 kW)
6SL3310-1GF32-2AA3 (132 kW)
1)
Output current of the Power Module at an adapted pulse frequency
of 4 kHz.
2)
Output current of the Power Module at an adapted pulse frequency
of 2.5 kHz.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
3/51
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
CU320-2 Control Unit and Control Unit Kit
A shield connection for the signal cable shield of the option
module is located on the CU320-2 Control Unit.
■ Overview
The available option slot is used to expand the interfaces,
e.g. number of terminals.
The status of the CU320-2 Control Unit is indicated via multicolor LEDs.
As the firmware and set parameters are stored on a plug-in
CompactFlash card, the Control Unit can be changed without
the need for tools.
■ Selection and ordering data
3
Description
Article No.
CU320-2 PN Control Unit
without CompactFlash card
6SL3040-1MA01-0AA0
CU320-2 DP Control Unit
without CompactFlash card
6SL3040-1MA00-0AA0
PROFINET PN Control Unit Kit
6SL3040-1GA01-1AA0
comprising:
• CU320-2 PN Control Unit
• CompactFlash card with the latest firmware
• STARTER commissioning tool on
DVD-ROM
PROFIBUS DP Control Unit Kit
The communication, open-loop and closed-loop control functions for the Power Modules are executed in a CU320-2 Control
Unit. Communication with the higher-level control system is performed via PROFIBUS DP or PROFINET.
The CU320-2 Control Unit and the associated CompactFlash
card can be ordered separately or as Control Unit Kit.
The Control Unit Kit comprises the CU320-2 Control Unit,
a CompactFlash card and the stored drive software.
■ Design
The CU320-2 Control Unit features the following connections
and interfaces as standard:
• Fieldbus interface:
- CU320-2 PN: 1 PROFINET interface with 2 ports
(RJ45 sockets) with PROFIdrive V4 profile
- CU320-2 DP: 1 PROFIBUS interface with PROFIdrive V4
profile
• 4 DRIVE-CLiQ sockets for communication with other
DRIVE-CLiQ devices, e.g. Power Modules, Terminal Modules
• 12 parameterizable digital inputs (floating)
• 8 parameterizable bidirectional digital inputs/outputs
(non-floating)
• 1 serial RS232 interface
• 1 interface for the BOP20 Basic Operator Panel
• 1 slot for the CompactFlash card on which firmware and
parameters are stored
• 1 slot to install an option module for the interface expansion
• 2 rotary coding switches for manually setting the PROFIBUS
address
• 1 Ethernet interface for commissioning and diagnostics
• 3 measuring sockets and one reference ground for commissioning support
• 1 connection for the electronics power supply via the 24 V DC
supply connector
• 1 PE connection
• 1 ground connection
6SL3040-1GA00-1AA0
comprising:
• CU320-2 DP Control Unit
• CompactFlash card with the latest firmware
• STARTER commissioning tool on
DVD-ROM
Accessories
For CU320-2 PN:
Industrial Ethernet FC
• RJ45 plug 145 (1 unit)
• RJ45 plug 145 (10 units)
• Stripping tool
• Standard cable GP 2x2
• Flexible cable GP 2x2
• Trailing cable GP 2x2
• Trailing cable 2x2
• Marine cable 2x2
6GK1901-1BB30-0AA0
6GK1901-1BB30-0AB0
6GK1901-1GA00
6XV1840-2AH10
6XV1870-2B
6XV1870-2D
6XV1840-3AH10
6XV1840-4AH10
For CU320-2 DP:
PROFIBUS connector
• Without PG/PC connection
• With PG/PC connection
6ES7972-0BA42-0XA0
6ES7972-0BB42-0XA0
STARTER commissioning tool
on DVD-ROM
6SL3072-0AA00-0AG0
Accessories for re-ordering
Dust protection blanking plugs
(50 units)
for sealing unused DRIVE-CLiQ ports
6SL3066-4CA00-0AA0
For further information on the CU320-2 Control Unit, please refer
to the SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual.
■ Integration
Communication between a CU320-2 Control Unit and the connected components takes place via DRIVE-CLiQ.
A DRIVE-CLiQ cable for connecting the CU320-2 to the
SINAMICS G130 converter is included in the scope of delivery
of the Power Module.
The BOP20 Basic Operator Panel can also be snapped onto the
CU320-2 Control Unit during operation for diagnostic purposes.
The CU320-2 Control Unit and other connected components are
commissioned and diagnosed with the STARTER commissioning tool and the installed SINAMICS Support Package.
The CU320-2 PN Control Unit requires a CompactFlash card
with firmware as of V4.4.
The CU320-2 DP Control Unit requires a CompactFlash card
with firmware as of V4.3.
3/52
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
CU320-2 Control Unit and Control Unit Kit
■ Integration (continued)
+
ext.
24 V
M
M
M
M
X122
1
DI 0
2
DI 1
3
DI 2
4
DI 3
5
DI 16
6
DI 17
3
M1
M1
X126
M1
PROFIBUS
M1
M1
X150 P2
M1
7
2)
DRIVE-CLiQ socket 3
+ 24 V
+
X103
DRIVE-CLiQ socket 2
+
PROFINET
M1
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
M
PROFINET
DI/DO 8
1)
DI/DO 9 1)
Option board
M
X102
DRIVE-CLiQ socket 1
X124
+
X101
DRIVE-CLiQ socket 0
M
X100
Control Unit
CU320-2
M
DI/DO 10 1)
X150 P1
X127
LAN
DI/DO 11 1)
M
3)
X132
1
DI 4
2
DI 5
3
DI 6
4
DI 7
5
DI 20
6
DI 21
M2
M2
M2
M2
M2
M2
7
M2
14
3)
1) High-speed inputs (must be shielded).
2) Jumper open, isolation for digital inputs (DI).
3) Can be parameterized individually as input/output.
G_D211_EN_00285
13
M
DI/DO 14 1)
DI/DO 15 1)
M
X140
M
12
DI/DO 13 1)
TxD
11
DI/DO 12 1)
T1
M
T0
T2
5
10
M
RxD
9
3
8
2
2)
serial interface
Test sockets
Connection example of a CU320-2 Control Unit
Siemens D 11 · 2015
3/53
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
CU320-2 Control Unit and Control Unit Kit
■ Technical specifications
3
CU320-2 Control Unit
6SL3040-1MA0 . -0AA0
Current requirement, max.
at 24 V DC, typ.
without taking into account digital
outputs, expansion option slot and
DRIVE-CLiQ supply
• Conductor cross section, max.
• Fuse protection, max.
1A
Digital inputs
according to IEC 61131-2 Type 1
12 floating digital inputs
2.5 mm2
20 A
8 bidirectional non-floating digital
inputs/outputs
-3 ... +30 V
-3 ... +5 V
• Voltage
• Low level
(an open digital input is interpreted
as "low")
• High level
15 ... 30 V
• Current consumption
9 mA
at 24 V DC, typ.
• Delay time of digital inputs, approx.
1)
- L→H
- H→L
• Delay time of high-speed digital inputs, approx. 1)
- L→H
- H→L
• Conductor cross section, max.
50 μs
100 μs
Digital outputs
(continued short-circuit-proof)
• Voltage
• Load current per digital output, max.
• Delay time, typ./max.
- L→H
- H→L
• Conductor cross section, max.
8 bidirectional non-floating digital
inputs/outputs
24 V DC
500 mA
Power loss
24 W
PE connection
M5 screw
Ground connection
M5 screw
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
50 mm
300 mm
226 mm
Weight, approx.
2.3 kg
Approvals, according to
cULus
1)
5 μs
50 μs
1.5 mm2
150/400 μs
75/100 μs
1.5 mm2
The specified delay times refer to the hardware. The actual reaction time
depends on the time slot in which the digital input or output is processed.
3/54
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
CompactFlash card for CU320-2
■ Overview
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
CompactFlash card
for CU320-2 Control Unit
without Safety license
6SL3054-3E00-1BA0
CompactFlash card
for CU320-2 Control Unit
with Safety license
6SL3054-3E00-1BA0-Z
F01
• For one axis
↑
Firmware V4.x
The CompactFlash card contains the firmware and set parameters. The CompactFlash card is inserted into the appropriate slot
of the CU320-2 Control Unit.
■ Design
A CU320-2 Control Unit can process the communication, openloop and closed-loop control functions of the power units. The
computing capacity requirement increases in proportion to the
number of power units and system components and in relation
to the dynamic response required. The computing capacity requirement and utilization of the CU320-2 Control Unit can be calculated with the SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool.
In addition to the firmware, the CompactFlash card also contains
license keys which are required to enable firmware options, e.g.
for the Safety Integrated extended functions. The Safety Integrated extended functions must be ordered for each axis via
order codes (F..) in addition to the article number.
Converter cabinets with a Control Unit already contain the
CompactFlash card with the current firmware. The Safety license
can be added as a cabinet option.
.3
D
.4
E
.5
F
.6
G
.7
H
.8
J
.9
K
3
Firmware license
• Safety Integrated extended functions
6SL3074-0AA10-0AA0
option
including Certificate of License for one
axis for upgrading the license of a
CompactFlash card.
• SINAMICS DCB extension option
6SL3077-0AA00-0AB0
Runtime license as of firmware V 4.6
including Certificate of License for upgrading the license of a CompactFlash card
(see Section Tools and configuration, Drive
Control Chart engineering software).
The current firmware version at the time of printing this catalog
is firmware 4.7.
The firmware options can be also enabled subsequently. You require the serial number of the CompactFlash card and the article
number of the firmware license to be enabled. With this information, you can purchase the associated license key via a license
database to enable the firmware option. The license key is only
valid for the identifed CompactFlash card and cannot be transferred to other CompactFlash cards.
A PDF guide for the purchase of the license key can be found at
the following link at Usage Guide / Demonstration
www.siemens.com/automation/license
Siemens D 11 · 2015
3/55
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Supplementary system components > BOP20 Basic Operator Panel
■ Overview
■ Integration
The BOP20 Basic Operator Panel can be snapped onto any
CU305, CU310-2 or CU320-2 Control Unit.
BOP20 Basic Operator Panel
3
Faults can be acknowledged, parameters set and diagnostics
information read-out (e.g. alarm and fault messages) using the
BOP20 Basic Operator Panel.
■ Design
The BOP20 Basic Operator Panel has a backlit two-line display
area and 6 keys.
The integrated plug connector on the rear of the BOP20 Basic
Operator Panel provides its power and establishes communication with the Control Unit.
CU320-2 Control Unit with attached BOP20 Basic Operator Panel
■ Selection and ordering data
3/56
Siemens D 11 · 2015
Description
Article No.
BOP20 Basic Operator Panel
6SL3055-0AA00-4BA0
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Supplementary system components > AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel
■ Overview
AOP30
X540
CU320-2
X140
9-pole SUB-D
2
RxD
3
TxD
5
M 0V
9-pole SUB-D
2 RxD
3
TxD
5
M 0V
G_D011_EN_00068
Assignment of the serial plug-in cable
■ Design
The AOP30 is an operator panel with graphical display and
membrane keyboard. The device can be installed in a cabinet
door which is between 2 mm and 4 mm thick.
The AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel is an input/output device
for converters of the SINAMICS series, preferably for cabinet installation.
It has the following characteristics:
• Graphical backlit LCD display for plain text display and a bar
display of process variables
• LEDs for display of the operating states
• Help function describing causes of and remedies for faults
and alarms
• Keypad for controlling drives during operation
• Local/remote switchover for selecting the operating location
(control priority assigned to operator panel or customer
terminal block / communication channel)
• Numeric keypad for input of setpoint or parameter values
• Function keys for guided navigation in the menu
• Two-stage safety strategy to protect against accidental or
unauthorized changes to settings.
- Operation of the drive from the operator panel can be
disabled by the keyboard lock so that only parameter values
and process variables can be displayed on the operator
panel.
- A password can be used to prevent the unauthorized modification of converter parameters.
• Front panel with degree of protection IP55
Features:
• Display with green backlighting, resolution 240 × 64 pixels
• Membrane keyboard with 26 keys
• Connection for a 24 V power supply
• RS232 interface
• Time and date memory with internal battery backup
• 4 LEDs to indicate the operating state of the drive:
- RUN green
- ALARM yellow
- FAULT red
- Local/Remote green
■ Function
The current operating states, setpoints and actual values, parameters, indices, faults and alarms are displayed on the display
panel.
German, English, French, Italian, Spanish and Chinese are
stored on the CU320-2 Control Unit CompactFlash card as operator panel languages. The desired language must be downloaded to the AOP30 prior to commissioning. In addition to these
preinstalled languages, Russian and Portuguese (Brazil) are
also available for subsequent installation. Further languages are
available on request.
The AOP30 and SINAMICS drive communicate via the RS232
serial interface with PPI protocol.
The AOP30 may be omitted if the drive is only operated via
PROFIBUS, for example, and no local display is required on the
cabinet. The AOP30 can then be used simply for commissioning
purposes and to obtain diagnostic information, in which case, it
is plugged into the RS232 interface on the CU320-2 Control Unit.
In this case, an external 24 V power supply (max. current
requirement 200 mA) is required.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
3/57
3
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Supplementary system components > AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel
6SL3055-0AA00-4CA5
Accessories
RS232 plug-in cable
for connecting the AOP30 to the CU320-2
3
1 m long
6FX8002-1AA01-1AB0
2 m long
6FX8002-1AA01-1AC0
3 m long
6FX8002-1AA01-1AD0
4 m long
6FX8002-1AA01-1AE0
5 m long
6FX8002-1AA01-1AF0
6 m long
6FX8002-1AA01-1AG0
7 m long
6FX8002-1AA01-1AH0
8 m long
6FX8002-1AA01-1AJ0
9 m long
6FX8002-1AA01-1AK0
10 m long
6FX8002-1AA01-1BA0
For the SINAMICS G150 and SINAMICS S150, the AOP30
Advanced Operator Panel is installed in the cabinet door as
standard.
For the SINAMICS S120 Cabinet Modules, the AOP30 can be
ordered as an option by specifying order code K08.
■ Technical specifications
AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel
6SL3055-0AA00-4CA5
Power supply
24 V DC (20.4 ... 28.8 V)
Current requirement
• Without backlighting
• For max. backlighting
< 100 mA
< 200 mA
Data interface
RS232 interface,
PPI protocol
Backup battery
3 V lithium CR2032
Operating temperature
0 ... 55° C
Storage and transport temperature
-25 ... +70° C
Degree of protection
IP20 for the inside
of the cabinet
IP55 for the outside
of the cabinet
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
212 mm
156 mm
31 mm
Weight, approx.
0.55 kg
3/58
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Supplementary system components > CBC10 Communication Board
■ Overview
■ Integration
The CBC10 Communication Board plugs into the option slot on
the CU320-2 Control Unit. Two SUB-D connections for input and
output are provided for the CAN interface on the CBC10 Communication Board.
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
CBC10 Communication Board
6SL3055-0AA00-2CA0
Accessories
CBC10 Communication Board
The CBC10 Communication Board is used to interface the
CU320-2 Control Unit (and therefore the drive system) to the
CAN (Controller Area Network) protocol. The board's driver software fulfils the standards of the following CANopen specification
of the CiA organization (CAN in Automation):
• Communication profiles in accordance with DS 301
• Drive profile in accordance with DSP 402
(in this case Profile Velocity Mode)
• EDS (Electronic Data Sheet)
in accordance with DSP 306
• Operational status signaling in accordance with DSP 305
SUB-D connector
9-pin, female
(3 units)
6FC9341-2AE
SUB-D connector
9-pin, male
(3 units)
6FC9341-2AF
For the SINAMICS G150, SINAMICS S150 and SINAMICS S120
Cabinet Modules, the CBC10 Communication Board can be
ordered as an option by specifying order code G20.
■ Technical specifications
CBC10 Communication Board
6SL3055-0AA00-2CA0
Power requirement, max.
at 24 V DC
via CU320-2 Control Unit
0.05 A
Power loss, max.
3W
Weight, approx.
0.1 kg (0.22 lb)
Approvals, according to
cULus
Note:
The CAN address is set on the CU320-2 DP Control Unit by
means of the two address switches.
These address switches are not available on the CU320-2 PN
Control Unit. In this case, the address can be set by means of
parameters.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
3/59
3
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Supplementary system components > CBE20 Communication Board
■ Overview
■ Integration
The CBE20 Communication Board plugs into the option slot on
the CU320-2 Control Unit.
SINAMICS Link
SINAMICS Link is to be used to directly exchange data between
several CU320-2 DP (PROFIBUS) or CU320-2 PN (PROFINET)
Control Units without using a higher-level control system. In this
case, the CBE20 Communication Board is required. Possible
applications for the SINAMICS Link include:
• Torque distribution for several drives
• Setpoint cascading for several drives
• Load distribution for drives coupled through a material web
• Couplings between SINAMICS G or SINAMICS S with
CU320-2 and SINAMICS DC Master with CUD
3
Nodes other than the SINAMICS CU320-2 Control Units and
the CUD Control Units of the SINAMICS DC MASTER cannot be
integrated into this communication network.
The CBE20 Communication Board is required when:
• A SINAMICS G130 or SINAMICS G150 converter, equipped
with a CU320-2 DP (PROFIBUS) Control Unit, is to be
connected to a PROFINET IO network
• SINAMICS Link is to be used to directly exchange data
between several CU320-2 DP (PROFIBUS) or CU320-2 PN
(PROFINET) Control Units without using a higher-level control
system
• EtherNet/IP is to be supported
With the CBE20 Communication Board, SINAMICS G130 or
SINAMICS G150 is a PROFINET IO device in the sense of
PROFINET and offers the following functions:
• PROFINET IO device
• 100 Mbit/s full duplex
• Supports real-time classes of PROFINET IO:
- RT (Real-Time)
- IRT (Isochronous Real-Time), minimum send cycle 500 μs
• Connects to controllers as a PROFINET IO device according
to the PROFIdrive profile
• Standard TCP/IP communication for engineering processes
using the STARTER commissioning tool
• Integrated 4-port switch with four RJ45 sockets based on
PROFINET ASICs ERTEC400. The optimum topology (line,
star, tree) can therefore be configured without additional
external switches.
3/60
Siemens D 11 · 2015
SINAMICS Link is activated by appropriately parameterizing the
Control Units of the nodes.
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
CBE20 Communication Board
6SL3055-0AA00-2EB0
Accessories
Industrial Ethernet FC
• RJ45 plug 145 (1 unit)
6GK1901-1BB30-0AA0
• RJ45 plug 145 (10 units)
6GK1901-1BB30-0AB0
• Stripping tool
6GK1901-1GA00
• Standard cable GP 2x2
6XV1840-2AH10
• Flexible cable GP 2x2
6XV1870-2B
• Trailing cable GP 2x2
6XV1870-2D
• Trailing cable 2x2
6XV1840-3AH10
• Marine cable 2x2
6XV1840-4AH10
For SINAMICS G150, the CBE20 Communication Board can be
ordered as an option by specifying order code G33.
■ Technical specifications
CBE20 Communication Board
6SL3055-0AA00-2EB0
Current requirement
at 24 V DC
0.16 A
Power loss, max.
2.4 W
Weight, approx.
0.1 kg
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Supplementary system components > TB30 Terminal Board
■ Overview
■ Technical specifications
6SL3055-0AA00-2TA0
Power requirement, max.
at 24 V DC via Control Unit without
taking account of digital outputs
• Conductor cross-section, max.
• Fuse protection, max.
0.05 A
Digital inputs
In accordance with IEC 61131-2
Type 1
• Voltage
• Low level
(an open digital input is interpreted
as "low")
• High level
• Current consumption
at 24 V DC, typ.
• Delay time of
digital inputs 1), approx.
- L→H
- H→L
• Conductor cross-section, max.
TB30 Terminal Board
The TB30 Terminal Board supports the addition of digital inputs/
digital outputs and analog inputs/analog outputs to a Control
Unit.
■ Design
The following are located on the TB30 Terminal Board:
• Power supply for digital inputs/digital outputs
• 4 digital inputs
• 4 digital outputs
• 2 analog inputs
• 2 analog outputs
A shield connection for the signal cable shield is located on the
Control Unit.
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
TB30 Terminal Board
6SL3055-0AA00-2TA0
For SINAMICS G150 and SINAMICS S150, the TB30 Terminal
Board can be ordered as an option by specifying order code
G62.
1)
TB30 Terminal Board
The specified delay times refer to the hardware. The actual reaction time
depends on the time slot in which the digital input/output is processed.
Digital outputs
(continuously short-circuit proof)
• Voltage
• Load current
per digital output, max.
• Delay time of
digital outputs 1), approx.
• Conductor cross-section, max.
Analog inputs
(difference)
• Voltage range
(an open analog input is interpreted
as 0 V)
• Internal resistance Ri
• Resolution 2)
• Conductor cross-section, max.
2.5 mm2
20 A
-3 ... +30 V
-3 ... +5 V
15 ... 30 V
10 mA
24 V DC
500 mA
150 μs
0.5 mm2
-10 ... +10 V
65 kΩ
13 bit + sign
0.5 mm2
Analog outputs
(continuously short-circuit proof)
• Voltage range
• Max. load current
• Resolution
• Settling time, approx.
• Conductor cross-section, max.
-10 ... +10 V
-3 ... +3 mA
11 bit + sign
200 μs
0.5 mm2
Power loss, max.
3W
Weight, approx.
0.1 kg (0.22 lb)
Approvals, according to
cULus
2)
3
50 μs
100 μs
0.5 mm2
If the analog input is to be operated in the signal processing sense with
continuously variable input voltage, the sampling frequency fa = 1/ttime slot
must be at least twice the value of the highest signal frequency fmax.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
3/61
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Supplementary system components > TB30 Terminal Board
■ Integration
The TB30 Terminal Board plugs into the option slot on a CU320-2
Control Unit.
+
ext.
24 V
+
M
M
X424
+
3
Terminal Board
TB30
+ 24 V
+
M
M
M
M
X481
1
DI 0
M
2
DI 1
3
DI 2
4
DI 3
5
DO 0
6
DO 1
M
M
M
7
8
Internal interface to the Control Unit
1
DO 2
8
DO 3
X482
V
1
AI 0+
+
2
AI 0-
-
3
AI 1+
4
AI 1-
5
AO 0+
6
AO 0-
7
AO 1+
V
8
Connection example of TB30 Terminal Board
3/62
Siemens D 11 · 2015
8
AO 1-
+
+
+
G_D212_EN_00028c
1
±10 V
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Supplementary system components > TM31 Terminal Module
■ Overview
■ Design
The following are located on the TM31 Terminal Module:
• 8 digital inputs
• 4 bidirectional digital inputs/outputs
• 2 relay outputs with changeover contact
• 2 analog inputs
• 2 analog outputs
• 1 temperature sensor input (KTY84-130 or PTC)
• 2 DRIVE-CLiQ sockets
• 1 connection for the electronics power supply via the 24 V DC
supply connector
• 1 PE/protective conductor connection
The status of the TM31 Terminal Module is indicated via a multicolor LED.
The TM31 Terminal Module can be snapped onto a TH 35 standard mounting rail in accordance with EN 60715 (IEC 60715).
TM31 Terminal Module
With the TM31 Terminal Module, the number of available digital
inputs and outputs and the number of analog input and outputs
within a drive can be expanded.
The TM31 Terminal Module also features relay outputs with
changeover contact and a temperature sensor input.
The signal cable shield can be connected to the TM31 Terminal
Module via a shield connection terminal, e.g. type SK8 supplied
by Phoenix Contact or type KLBÜ CO 1 supplied by Weidmüller.
The shield connection terminal must not be used for strain relief.
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
TM31 Terminal Module
6SL3055-0AA00-3AA1
Without DRIVE-CLiQ cable
Accessories for re-ordering
SINAMICS/SINUMERIK/SIMOTION
dust-proof blanking plugs
(50 units)
6SL3066-4CA00-0AA0
For DRIVE-CLiQ port
For the SINAMICS G150, SINAMICS S150 and SINAMICS S120
Cabinet Modules, the TM31 Terminal Module can be ordered as
an option by specifying order code G60 or G61.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
3/63
3
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Supplementary system components > TM31 Terminal Module
■ Technical specifications
TM31 Terminal Module
3
6SL3055-0AA00-3AA1
TM31 Terminal Module
0.5 A
Power requirement, max.
At 24 V DC without taking account of
the digital outputs and DRIVE-CLiQ
supply
• Conductor cross-section, max.
2.5 mm2
• Fuse protection, max.
20 A
Analog outputs
(continuously short-circuit proof)
• Voltage range
• Max. load current
• Current ranges
Digital inputs
In accordance with IEC 61131-2
Type 1
• Voltage
• Low level
(an open digital input is interpreted
as "low")
• High level
• Current consumption
at 24 V DC, typ.
• Delay times of
digital inputs 1), approx.
- L→H
- H→L
• Conductor cross-section, max.
• Load resistance, max.
Digital outputs
(continuously short-circuit proof)
• Voltage
• Load current
per digital output, max.
• Aggregate current
of digital outputs, max.
• Delay times of
digital outputs 1)
- Typ.
- Max.
• Conductor cross-section, max.
Analog inputs
(a switch is used to toggle between
voltage and current input)
• As voltage input
- Voltage range
- Internal resistance Ri
- Resolution 2)
• As current input
- Current ranges
- Internal resistance Ri
- Resolution 2)
• Conductor cross-section, max.
1)
-3 ... +30 V
-3 ... +5 V
15 ... 30 V
10 mA
50 μs
100 μs
1.5 mm2
24 V DC
100 mA
400 mA
150 μs with 0.5 A resistive load
500 μs
1.5 mm2
Siemens D 11 · 2015
Relay outputs
(changeover contacts)
• Max. load current
• Operational voltage, max.
• Switching capacity, max.
- At 250 V AC
-10 ... +10 V
-3 ... +3 mA
4 ... 20 mA, -20 ... +20 mA,
0 ... 20 mA
500 Ω for outputs in the range
-20 ... +20 mA
11 bit + sign
1.5 mm2
8A
250 V AC, 30 V DC
- At 30 V DC
• Required minimum current
• Conductor cross-section, max.
2000 VA (cos ϕ = 1)
750 VA (cos ϕ = 0.4)
240 W (resistive load)
100 mA
2.5 mm2
Power loss, max.
10 W
PE connection
M4 screw
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
50 mm (1.97 in)
150 mm (5.91 in)
111 mm (4.37 in)
Weight, approx.
0.87 kg (2 lb)
Approvals, according to
cULus
-10 ... +10 V
100 kΩ
11 bits + sign
4 ... 20 mA, -20 ... +20 mA,
0 ... 20 mA
250 Ω
10 bits + sign
1.5 mm2
The specified delay times refer to the hardware. The actual reaction time
depends on the time slot in which the digital input/output is processed.
3/64
• Resolution
• Conductor cross-section, max.
6SL3055-0AA00-3AA1
2)
If the analog input is to be operated in the signal processing sense with
continuously variable input voltage, the sampling frequency fa = 1/ttime slot
must be at least twice the value of the highest signal frequency fmax.
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Supplementary system components > TM31 Terminal Module
■ Integration
The TM31 Terminal Module can communicate via DRIVE-CLiQ
with the following Control Units.
• CU310-2 Control Unit
• CU320-2 Control Unit
ext.
24 V
• SINUMERIK Control Unit
• SIMOTION D Control Unit
• SINAMICS DCM Advanced CUD
+
+
M
M
+ 24 V
+
M
M
M
M
X521
DRIVE-CLiQ socket 1
+
DRIVE-CLiQ socket 0
X500 X501
X524
+
AI 0+ 1
-
AI 0- 2
AI 1+ 3
+
3
AI 1- 4
-
P10
M
Terminal Module
TM31
5
6
7
N10
M
8
X520
1
DI 0
2
DI 1
M
3
DI 2
M
4
DI 3
X522
+
M1
6
AO 0-
+
M
-
5
1)
AO 0V+ 1
AO 0C+ 3
+
M
M
+
AO 1-
+ 24 V
0.15 A
3
IC for
current
limitation
5
8
4)
X541
+
1
DI/DO 8
2
DI/DO 9
3
DI/DO 10
4
DI/DO 11
5
4
5
6
7
8
M
3)
6
X542
X530
1
DI 4
2
DI 5
M
3
DI 6
M
4
DI 7
1
M2
6
M
DO 0
4
DO 1
M
2
3
M
5
1)
A
7
- Temp
2
2)
V
AO 1C+ 6
+Temp
1
A
AO 1V+ 4
X540
V
2
5
6
1) The jumpers must be inserted
in this circuit example.
2) Can be parameterized individually
G_D212_EN_00029e
as current source.
3) Can be parameterized individually as output.
4) Current limitation can be parameterized (0.1 A or 1 A)
Connection example of TM31 Terminal Module
Siemens D 11 · 2015
3/65
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Supplementary system components > TM54F Terminal Module
■ Overview
■ Design
3
TM54F Terminal Module
The TM54F Terminal Module is a dual-processor I/O interface
with four fail-safe digital outputs and ten fail-safe digital inputs
for utilization of the Safety Integrated functions of the SINAMICS
drive system via external actuators and sensors.
Every available safety function integrated in the drive can be
controlled via the fail-safe digital inputs on the TM54F Terminal
Module. In the event that the parameterized safety functions of
several drives operated together on a Control Unit are to be
executed together, then these drives can be grouped in the
TM54F Terminal Module. The advantage of this approach is that
only one fail-safe digital input needs to be connected for these
drives.
The fail-safe digital inputs and outputs have two channels and
are redundantly configured with an internal data cross-check using the two processors. A fail-safe digital output consists of one
P-switching and one M-switching output as well as one digital input to read back the switching state. A fail-safe digital input consists of two digital inputs.
Safety sensors can be connected over two switchable 24 V sensor supplies and can be evaluated over the fail-safe digital inputs. The switchable 24 V sensor supply ensures that the failsafe digital inputs can be dynamized to detect dormant errors
(this dynamization is used to check the shutdown paths). An unswitchable 24 V sensor supply is additionally provided by the
TM54F Terminal Module for connecting undynamizable safety
sensors.
The TM54F Terminal Module must be directly connected to a
Control Unit via a DRIVE-CLiQ cable. Only one TM54F Terminal
Module can be assigned to each Control Unit. It is not permissible to make the TM54F connection via another DRIVE-CLiQ
device, e.g. a Power Module, a Motor Module or a Line Module.
3/66
Siemens D 11 · 2015
The following are located on the TM54F Terminal Module:
• 4 fail-safe digital outputs
• 10 fail-safe digital inputs
• 4 LEDs, single color for indicating the status of the read back
channel of the fail-safe digital outputs
• 4 LEDs, dual-color for indicating the status of the fail-safe
digital outputs
• 20 LEDs, dual-color for indicating the status of the fail-safe
digital inputs
• 3 LEDs, single color for indicating the status of the 24 V sensor
supplies
• 2 DRIVE-CLiQ sockets
• 2 connections for 24 V sensor supply, switchable
• 1 connection for 24 V sensor supply, not switchable
• 1 connection for the electronics power supply via the 24 V DC
power supply connector
• 1 connection for the 24 V power supply to digital outputs and
sensors
• 1 PE (protective earth) connection
The status of the TM54F Terminal Module is indicated via a multicolor LED.
The TM54F Terminal Module can be snapped onto a TH 35 standard mounting rail in accordance with EN 60715 (IEC 60715).
The signal cable shield can be connected to the TM54 Terminal
Module via a shield connection terminal, e.g. type SK8 supplied
by Phoenix Contact or type KLBÜ CO 1 supplied by Weidmüller.
The shield connection terminal must not be used for strain relief.
Pins for connector coding are supplied with the TM54F Terminal
Module.
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
TM54F Terminal Module
6SL3055-0AA00-3BA0
Without DRIVE-CLiQ cable
Accessories for re-ordering
SINAMICS/SINUMERIK/SIMOTION
dust-proof blanking plugs
(50 units)
6SL3066-4CA00-0AA0
For DRIVE-CLiQ port
For the SINAMICS G150, SINAMICS S150 and SINAMICS S120
Cabinet Modules, the TM54F Terminal Module can be ordered
as an option by specifying order code K87.
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Supplementary system components > TM54F Terminal Module
■ Technical specifications
TM54F Terminal Module
6SL3055-0AA00-3BA0
TM54F Terminal Module
Current requirement
(X524 at 24 V DC)
without DRIVE-CLiQ supply
• Conductor cross-section, max.
• Fuse protection, max.
0.2 A
Digital outputs
(continuously short-circuit proof)
• Voltage
• Load current
per fail-safe digital output, max. 2)
• Delay times
(resistive load) 1)
- L → H, typ.
- H → L, typ.
• Safe state
2.5 mm2
20 A
4A
Max. power requirement ext. 24 V
for supplying the digital outputs and
24 V sensor supply (X514 at 24 V DC)
• Conductor cross-section, max.
2.5 mm2
• Fuse protection, max.
20 A
I/O
• Number
of fail-safe digital inputs
• Number
of fail-safe digital outputs
• 24 V sensor supply
• Cables and connections
• Conductor cross-section, max.
Digital inputs
in accordance with IEC 61131-2
Type 1, with galvanic isolation
• Voltage
• Low level
(an open digital input is interpreted
as "low")
• High level
• Current consumption
at 24 V DC, typ.
• Delay time of
digital inputs, approx. 1)
- L → H, typ.
- H → L, typ.
• Safe state
6SL3055-0AA00-3BA0
24 V DC
0.5 A
300 μs
350 μs
Output switched off
Scanning cycle tSI
for fail-safe digital inputs or fail-safe
digital outputs
4 ... 25 ms (adjustable)
4
Power loss, max.
At 24 V
4.5 W
3, of which 2 can be temporarily shut
down using an internal test routine for
dynamizing fail-safe digital inputs,
current carrying capacity 0.5 A each
Plug-in screw-type terminals
1.5 mm2
PE connection
M4 screw
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
50 mm (1.97 in)
150 mm (5.91 in)
111 mm (4.37 in)
Weight, approx.
0.9 kg (2 lb)
Approvals, according to
cULus
Safety Integrated
According to IEC 61508 SIL 2
and EN ISO 13849-1 PL d and
Category 3
10
-3 ... +30 V
-3 ... +5 V
3
15 ... 30 V
> 2 mA
30 μs
60 μs
Low level (for inputs that can be
inverted: without inversion)
■ Integration
The TM54F Terminal Module can communicate via DRIVE-CLiQ
with the following Control Units.
• CU310-2 Control Unit
• CU320-2 Control Unit
• SINUMERIK Control Unit
• SIMOTION D Control Unit or Controller Extension
1)
The specified delay times refer to the hardware. The actual reaction time
depends on the time slot in which the digital input/output is processed.
2)
The total current of all fail-safe digital outputs must not exceed 5.33 A.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
3/67
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Supplementary system components > TM54F Terminal Module
■ Integration (continued)
+
M
+
M
+ 24 V
+
X514
M
M
M
M
+
+ 24 V ext
Terminal Module
TM54F
DRIVE-CLiQ socket 1
X524 +
DRIVE-CLiQ socket 0
X500 X501
+
3
M
M1
M
M1
X520
IC for
current
limitation
1 L3+
2 M1
X521
2)
Sensor
1 L1
L2
DI 10
2 DI 0
3 DI 1+
&
F-DI 0 F-DI 5
&
1)
M1
6 DI 1-
1)
&
F-DI 1 F-DI 6
&
1)
4)
M1
X522
DI 14
M1
1)
3 DI 6
Safety switch
device XY
4 DI 7+
&
F-DI 2 F-DI 7
&
1)
M1
1)
M1
1)
&
F-DI 3 F-DI 8
&
1)
1
X532
DI 15+ 2
DI 16 3
1)
M1
5 DI 8
DI 17+ 4
DI 18 5
1)
6 DI 9+
7 DI 5-
7
M1 8
1 DI 4
2 DI 5+
DO-
Safety switch
device XY
DI 11- 6
DI 13-
8 M1
DO+
DO2
DI 13+ 5
7 DI 3+ M
DO1
DI 12 4
1)
1)
5 DI 3+
M +
5)
2
M1
4 DI 2
Sensor
X531
DI 11+ 3
M1
1)
3)
1
M1
1)
1)
&
F-DI 4 F-DI 9
&
1)
DI 19+ 6
M1
DI 15- 7
8 DI 7-
DI 17- 8
9 DI 9-
DI 19- 9
+ 24 V est.
M1 10
10 M1
6)
Load circuit
X523
DI 20
1
DI 22
M1
F-DO 0
2 DO 0+
+ 24 V
3 DO 0X525
M1
DI 21
1
F-DO 2
F-DO 1
+ 24 V
3 DO 1-
M1
X533
7)
DO 2+ 2
+ 24 V
DO 2- 3
M1
DI 23
M1
2 DO 1+
1
M1
1
M1
F-DO 3
+ 24 V
M1
DO 3+ 2
DO 3- 3
X535
G_D211_EN_00201
1) Inversion can be parameterized
2) Sensor with NC/NO contacts (inversion for digital input 1 can be parameterized)
3) Sensor with NC/NC contacts
4) Sensor is a fail-safe digital output of a safety relay/F control
Connection example of TM54F Terminal Module
3/68
Siemens D 11 · 2015
5) Sensor consists of 2 standard digital outputs of a safety relay/F control
6) Control of an actuator via fail-safe digital output
7) Positively-driven auxiliary contacts
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Supplementary system components > TM150 Terminal Module
■ Overview
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
TM150 Terminal Module
6SL3055-0AA00-3LA0
Without DRIVE-CLiQ cable
Accessories for re-ordering
SINAMICS/SINUMERIK/SIMOTION
dust-proof blanking plugs
(50 units)
6SL3066-4CA00-0AA0
For DRIVE-CLiQ port
For the SINAMICS G150, SINAMICS S150 and SINAMICS S120
Cabinet Modules, the TM150 Terminal Module can be ordered
as an option by specifying order code G51 or G51 ... G54.
■ Technical specifications
TM150 Terminal Module
6SL3055-0AA00-3LA0
Power requirement, max.
at 24 V DC
• Conductor cross section, max.
• Fuse protection, max.
0.5 A
3
2.5 mm2
20 A
Temperature sensor inputs
TM150 Terminal Module
The TM150 Terminal Module is a DRIVE-CLiQ component for
temperature evaluation. The temperature is measured in a temperature range from -99 °C to +250 °C (-146.2 °F to 482 °F) for
the following temperature sensors:
• Pt100 (with monitoring for open-circuit and short-circuit)
• Pt1000 (with monitoring for open-circuit and short-circuit)
• KTY84 (with monitoring for open-circuit and short-circuit)
• PTC (with short-circuit monitoring)
• Bimetallic NC contact (without monitoring)
The inputs can be parameterized individually for the evaluation of sensors
• Conductor cross section, max.
• Measuring current per sensor, approx.
1.5 mm2
0.8 mA
Power loss
1.6 W
PE connection
M4 screw
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
30 mm (1.18 in)
150 mm (5.91 in)
119 mm (4.69 in)
Weight, approx.
0.41 kg (0.90 lb)
For the temperature sensor inputs, for each terminal block the
evaluation can be parameterized for 1×2-wire, 2×2-wire, 3-wire
or 4-wire. There is no galvanic isolation in the TM150 Terminal
Module.
The temperature channels can be subdivided into 3 groups and
evaluated together.
■ Design
The following are located on the TM150 Terminal Module:
• 6 terminal blocks for max. 12 temperature sensor inputs
• 2 DRIVE-CLiQ sockets
• 1 connection for the electronics power supply via the 24 V DC
supply connector
• 1 PE/protective conductor connection
The status of the TM150 Terminal Module is indicated via a multicolor LED.
The TM150 Terminal Module can be snapped onto a TH 35 standard mounting rail in accordance with EN 60715 (IEC 60715).
Siemens D 11 · 2015
3/69
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Supplementary system components > TM150 Terminal Module
■ Integration
The TM150 Terminal Module can communicate via DRIVE-CLiQ
with the following Control Units.
+
M
X500
X501
DRIVE-CLiQ socket 1
+
M
DRIVE-CLiQ socket 0
ext.
24 V
• CU310-2 Control Unit
• CU320-2 Control Unit
• SINAMICS DCM Advanced CUD
X524
+
+24 V
+
3
M
M
M
M
X531
+Temp
1
-Temp
2
Channel 0
3
2×2-wire
4
Channel 6
+Temp
-Temp
X532
+Temp
-Temp
+Temp
Terminal Module
TM150
-Temp
1
Channel 1
2
2×2-wire
3
Channel 7
4
X533
+Temp
-Temp
+Temp
-Temp
1
Channel 2
2
2×2-wire
3
Channel 8
4
X534
+
-
1
2
+ lc
3
- lc
4
Channel 3
3-wire
X535
+
1
-
2
+ lc
3
- lc
4
Channel 4
4-wire
X536
+
1
-
2
+ lc
3
- lc
4
Channel 5
4-wire
G_D211_EN_00295
G
Connection example of TM150 Terminal Module
3/70
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Supplementary system components > VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module
■ Overview
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module
6SL3053-0AA00-3AA1
Without DRIVE-CLiQ cable
For the SINAMICS G150, the VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module
can be ordered as an option with order code K51 to implement
the flying restart function.
■ Technical specifications
The VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module enables the line or motor
voltage characteristic to be measured precisely. The phase differential voltage can be measured, either grounded (in the delivery state with jumper plugged in) or isolated.
In addition, the VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module is used to
connect to rotating synchronous motors – or for a "quick flying
restart" of rotating induction motors.
■ Design
The VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module has the following interfaces:
• 1 connection for direct voltage sensing up to 690 V
• 1 connection for voltage sensing using voltage transformers,
maximum voltage 100 V
• 1 temperature sensor input (KTY84-130 or PTC)
• 1 DRIVE-CLiQ socket
• 1 connection for the electronics power supply via the 24 V DC
supply connector
• 1 plug-in jumper for either grounded (delivery state) or
isolated measurement
• 1 PE connection
VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module
6SL3053-0AA00-3AA1
Power requirement, max.
at 24 V DC
• Conductor cross section, max.
0.2 A
Power loss
< 10 W
2.5 mm2
Line voltage detection
• Insulation resistance
neutral point - ground when the jumper is
not inserted
• Input resistance
- Terminal X521
- Terminal X522
3
> 10 MΩ
> 362 kΩ/phase
> 2.5 MΩ/phase
2 analog inputs
(reserved for monitoring an Active Interface
Module in chassis format)
• Internal resistance (between differential in- Approx. 100 kΩ
puts)
• Resolution
12-bit
PE connection
On housing with M4 screw
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
50 mm
150 mm
111 mm
Weight, approx.
0.9 kg
The status of the VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module is indicated by
a two-color LED.
The VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module can be snapped onto a
TH 35 mounting rail according to EN 60715 (IEC 60715).
Siemens D 11 · 2015
3/71
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Supplementary system components > VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module
■ Integration
The VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module communicates with the
CU320-2 Control Unit via DRIVE-CLiQ.
+
ext.
24 V
M
X524
+
+
M
M
DRIVE-CLiQ socket
X500
+24 V
M
M
Voltage Sensing
Module VSM10
LED
3
X520
1
2
3
4
5
6
+
–
+
–
X522
1 U
Line voltage detection
2 V via direct line connection
3 W max. 690 V
+
–
+Temp
-Temp
G_D211_EN_00069a
1) Point
READY
X530 1)
grounding (delivery state with jumper plugged in)
Connection example of a VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module
3/72
Siemens D 11 · 2015
X521
1 U
Line voltage detection
2 V via transformers
3 W max. 100 V
1
2
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Supplementary system components > Safe Brake Adapter SBA
■ Overview
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
Safe Brake Adapter
6SL3355-2DX00-1AA0
230 V AC/2 A
Accessories
Connecting cable
for connecting the SBA to the Control
Interface Module in the Motor Module/
Power Module
6SL3060-4DX04-0AA0
■ Technical specifications
Safe Brake Adapter
6SL3355-2DX00-1AA0
Electronics power supply
• Supply voltage
(via the Control Interface Module)
24 V DC
(20.4 ... 28.8 V)
3
230 V AC
Safe Brake Adapter SBA
Supply voltage
of the motor holding brake
The Safe Brake Adapter SBA is required to implement a Safe
Brake Control (Safety Integrated function "SBC") in conjunction
with Motor Modules and Power Modules in chassis format.
Current consumption, max perm.
• Motor holding brake
• Fast de-energization
2A
2A
The Safe Brake Adapter is available for a 230 V AC brake control
voltage.
Cable length, max.
• To the Control Interface Module
• To the brake
10 m (32 ft)
300 m (984 ft)
Conductor cross-section
2.5 mm2
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
75 mm (2.95 in)
111 mm (4.37 in)
89 mm (3.50 in)
Weight, approx.
0.25 kg (0.55 lb)
Safety Integrated
According to IEC 61508 SIL 2,
EN ISO 13849-1 PL d and
Category 3
■ Design
The Safe Brake Adapter SBA has the following connections and
interfaces:
• 1 connection for controlling and transferring feedback from
the integrated safety relay (X11)
• 1 connection for controlling the motor brake solenoid (X14)
• 2 connections for supplying power to the brake, either via
24 V DC (X13) or 230 V AC (X12)
• 1 connection for quick de-excitation of the operating solenoid
(X15)
The Safe Brake Adapter is designed for attachment to a support
rail in accordance with EN 50022
Siemens D 11 · 2015
3/73
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Supplementary system components > Safe Brake Adapter SBA
■ Integration
For SINAMICS S120, the brake supply voltage must be externally supplied at the SBA.
The control and feedback signal regarding the switching state of
the SBA relay is implemented via terminals of the Control Interface Module (CIM) in the Motor Module/Power Module. The excitation coil of the holding brake is connected directly at the
SBA.
Safe Brake Adapter
SBA
230 V AC
Motor Module /
Power Module
-X11
BR+
1
LEDs
230 V OK
K1 ON
K2 ON
external
voltage supply
AUX1
Fast
de-excitation AUX2
-X12
1
230 V AC
2
L
N
SBA_BR_L
SBA_BR_N
2
3
4
5
6
Connecting cable
6SL3060-4DX04-0AA0
-X42
2
3
Control Interface
Module (CIM)
BR Output+
BR OutputFB Input+
FB InputP24
M
-X15
1
2
-X14
1
2
G_D213_EN_00091b
U2
V2
W2
PE
3
BRFB+
FBP24
M
-X46
1
2
3
4
M
3~
Connection example of a Safe Brake Adapter SBA
3/74
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Supplementary system components > SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted
■ Overview
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted
6SL3055-0AA00-5CA2
Without DRIVE-CLiQ cable
For the SINAMICS S150 and SINAMICS S120 Cabinet Modules,
the SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted can be ordered as
an option by specifying order code K50.
■ Technical specifications
SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted 6SL3055-0AA00-5CA2
Power requirement, max.
at 24 V DC,
without taking encoder into account
• Conductor cross-section, max.
• Fuse protection, max.
0.2 A
Power loss, max.
10 W
Encoders which can be evaluated
• Incremental encoder
TTL/HTL
• SSI encoder with TTL/HTL
incremental signals
• SSI encoder without incremental signals
SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted
The SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted is required to evaluate the encoder signals of motors without a DRIVE-CLiQ interface. External encoders can also be connected via the SMC30.
The following encoder signals can be evaluated:
• Incremental encoders TTL/HTL with/without open-circuit
detection (open-circuit detection is only available with bipolar
signals)
• SSI encoder with TTL/HTL incremental signals
• SSI encoder without incremental signals
The motor temperature can also be detected using KTY84-130
or PTC thermistors.
■ Design
The SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted features the following connections and interfaces as standard:
• 1 encoder connection including motor temperature detection
(KTY84-130 or PTC) via SUB-D connector or terminals
• 1 DRIVE-CLiQ interface
• 1 connection for the electronics power supply via the 24 V DC
supply connector
• 1 PE connection
The status of the SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted is
indicated using a multi-color LED.
• Input impedance
- TTL
- HTL, max.
• Encoder supply
•
•
•
•
•
Encoder frequency, max.
SSI baud rate
Limiting frequency
Resolution absolute position SSI
Cable length, max.
- TTL encoder
- HTL encoder
- SSI encoder
2.5 mm2
20 A
3
570 Ω
16 mA
24 V DC/0.35 A or 5 V DC/0.35
A
300 kHz
100 ... 1000 kBaud
300 kHz
30 bit
100 m (328 ft) (only bipolar
signals permitted)1)
100 m (328 ft) for unipolar
signals
300 m (984 ft) for bipolar
signals1)
100 m (328 ft)
PE connection
M4 screw
Dimensions
• Width
• Height
• Depth
30 mm (1.18 in)
150 mm (5.91 in)
111 mm (4.37 in)
Weight, approx.
0.45 kg (1 lb)
Approvals, according to
cULus
The SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted can be snapped
onto a TH 35 mounting rail according to EN 60715 (IEC 60715).
The maximum encoder cable length between SMC30 modules
and encoders is 100 m. For HTL encoders, this length can be increased to 300 m if the A+/A- and B+/B- signals are evaluated
and the power supply cable has a minimum cross-section of
0.5 mm2.
The signal cable shield can be connected to the SMC30 Sensor
Module Cabinet-Mounted via a shield connection terminal, e.g.
type SK8 from Phoenix Contact or type KLBÜ CO 1 from Weidmüller. The shield connection terminal must not be used as a
strain relief mechanism.
■ Integration
SMC30 Sensor Modules Cabinet-Mounted communicate with a
Control Unit via DRIVE-CLiQ.
1)
Signal cables twisted in pairs and shielded.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
3/75
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G130
Drive converter chassis units
Supplementary system components > Signal cables
MOTION-CONNECT DRIVE-CLiQ signal cables
■ Overview
MOTION-CONNECT DRIVE-CLiQ signal cables are used whenever components with DRIVE-CLiQ connections must meet high
requirements such as mechanical stress and oil resistance, e.g.
where a connection is made outside the cabinet between
• Power Modules and Sensor Modules
• Power Modules and motors with DRIVE-CLiQ interface
MOTION-CONNECT DRIVE-CLiQ signal cables have 24 V DC
cores.
Serial plug-in cable for connecting the AOP30 to the CU320-2
The AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel is connected to the
CU320-2 Control Unit via a serial plug-in cable (RS232C cable).
The maximum cable length is 10 m. To guarantee disturbancefree communication, a shielded cable is recommended, and the
cable shield should be connected to both connector housings.
3
■ Selection and ordering data
Signal cables are required for the DRIVE-CLiQ connection between different components. Signal cables are pre-assembled
and are sold by the meter. The following signal cables are available:
• DRIVE-CLiQ signal cables
• MOTION-CONNECT DRIVE-CLiQ signal cables
• MOTION-CONNECT pre-assembled signal cables
Length
Signal cable
Article No.
m
Pre-assembled DRIVE-CLiQ
signal cables (without 24 V DC
cores)
0.11
6SL3060-4AB00-0AA0
0.16
6SL3060-4AD00-0AA0
Connectors with degree of
protection IP20/IP20
0.21
6SL3060-4AF00-0AA0
0.26
6SL3060-4AH00-0AA0
0.36
6SL3060-4AM00-0AA0
0.6
6SL3060-4AU00-0AA0
0.95
6SL3060-4AA10-0AA0
1.2
6SL3060-4AW00-0AA0
1.45
6SL3060-4AF10-0AA0
2.8
6SL3060-4AJ20-0AA0
5
6SL3060-4AA50-0AA0
Type of delivery for pre-assembled signal cables
Pre-assembled signal cables are available in units of 10 cm.
Cables up to 30 kg or 100 m are supplied as coils; above this,
they are supplied on drums.
■ Application
DRIVE-CLiQ signal cables
DRIVE-CLiQ signal cables are used to connect components with
DRIVE-CLiQ connections, which have a separate or external
24 V DC power supply.
■ Integration
CU320-2
Control
Unit
Power
Module
-X140
-X400
-X401
6SL3060-4A..0-0AA0*)
6SL3060-4A..0-0AA0
6FX8002- 1AA01-1..0
-X540
-X100
AOP30
Operator
Panel
-X500 TM31
Terminal
-X501 Module
6SL3060-4A..0-0AA0
-X500
-X501
TM31
Terminal
Module
G_D011_EN_00043b
-X402
6SL3060-4A..0-0AA0
*) This DRIVE-CLiQ cable is supplied with the Power Module.
Connection example of a CU320-2 Control Unit
3/76
Siemens D 11 · 2015
-X500 SMC30
4
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
4/2
Overview
4/3
Benefits
4/3
Application
4/3
Design
4/6
Function
4/9
4/9
4/9
Selection and ordering data
Single connection
Parallel connection
4/10
4/13
4/14
4/15
Options
Option selection matrix
Ordering examples
Description of options
4/29
4/30
4/31
4/35
Technical specifications
General technical specifications
Single connection
Parallel connection
4/37
4/37
4/40
Characteristic curves
Derating data
Overload capability
4/41
4/41
4/41
4/42
4/42
Configuration
Cable cross-sections and connections
Single connection
Parallel connection
Minimum motor cable lengths for operation
with power units connected in parallel
Cable cross-sections for line and motor
connection
4/43
4/44
4/44
Line-side power components
Recommended fuses
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Overview
SINAMICS G150 is available in two versions:
• Version A
All optionally available line connection components, such as
the main switch, circuit breakers, line contactor, line fuses, line
filter or motor-side components and additional monitoring
devices, can be installed as required. This version is also
available with power units connected in parallel.
• Version C
Offers an extremely space-optimized structure without lineside components. This particularly slimline version can be
used, for example, when line connection components are
accommodated in a central low-voltage distribution panel
(MCC) in the plant.
The following voltages and power ratings are available:
Line voltage
Power range
single connection
Power range
parallel connection
(versions A and C)
(version A)
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
110 ... 560 kW
630 ... 900 kW
500 ... 600 V 3 AC
110 ... 560 kW
630 ... 1000 kW
660 ... 690 V 3 AC
75 ... 800 kW
1000 ... 2700 kW
Degrees of protection are IP20 (standard) and optionally IP21,
IP23, IP43 and IP54.
4
SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units, versions A and C
With its SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units, a drive system
is available on which all line-side and motor-side components
are integrated together with the Power Module extremely compact into a specially designed cabinet enclosure. This approach
minimizes the effort and expense required to configure and install them.
SINAMICS G150 has been specially designed to meet the requirements of drives with square-wave and constant load characteristics, with medium performance requirements, and without
regenerative feedback capability.
The control accuracy of the sensorless vector control is suitable
for most applications, which means that an additional actual
speed value encoder is not required.
SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units are optionally available
with an encoder evaluation function in order to handle applications that require an encoder for plant-specific reasons.
SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units offer an economic drive
solution that can be adapted to customer-specific requirements
through a wide range of components and options.
4/2
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Benefits
• Particularly quiet and compact converters thanks to state-ofthe-art IGBT power semiconductors and an innovative cooling
concept.
• Individual modules and power components can be replaced
quickly and easily, which ensures a higher level of plant availability. Replaceable components have been designed so that
they can be quickly and easily replaced. In addition, the
"Spares On Web" Internet tool makes it easy to view the spare
parts that are available for the particular order at all times.
• Can be easily integrated in automation solutions by means of
a standard communications interface as well as a range of
analog and digital interfaces.
• Easy commissioning and parameterization using interactive
menus on the AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel with graphic
LCD and plain-text display, or PC-supported using the
STARTER commissioning tool (see Chapter Tools and
configuration).
• Preset software functions make it easier to adapt the converter
to the individual plant. For example, the key functions for
controlling pumps are stored as a preprogrammed macro in
the drive.
• With regard to EMC, the devices are subdivided into various
zones, and as a consequence, they are extremely insensitive
to disturbances and are very reliable in operation. With the
help of simulated conditions, partitions have been designed to
act as air guides and to help dissipate heat.
• Special measures used in the construction of the cabinets
ensure that they remain mechanically durable over their entire
life cycle. All components, from individual parts to the readyto-connect cabinet, undergo rigorous testing throughout the
entire production process. This guarantees a high level of
functional reliability during installation and commissioning,
as well as in operation.
■ Application
Variable-speed drives are ideal for all applications that involve
moving, conveying, pumping or compressing solids, liquids or
gases.
This means the following applications in particular:
• Pumps and fans
• Compressors
• Extruders and mixers
• Mills
■ Design
SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units are characterized by
their compact, modular and service-friendly design.
A wide range of options is available depending on the cabinet
version which permit optimum adaptation of the drive system to
the respective requirements (see Options).
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
4
8
9
10
G_D011_EN_00470
1
Power unit
2
Main switch with fuses (option L26)
3
Main contactor (option L13)
4
Customer terminal block
5
CU320-2 Control Unit
6
TM31 Terminal Module (option G60)
7
Motor connection
8
Line reactor (≤ 500 kW standard) (option L23)
9
Line connection
10
dv/dt-Filter compact plus VPL (option L07)
Standard version
Option
Example of the design of a SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet unit,
version A
Siemens D 11 · 2015
4/3
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Design (continued)
Line connection
PE
Line contactor 1)
Line contactor (Option L13)1)
Line reactor vk = 2 %
(Option L23)
Line reactor Vk = 2 %
≤ 500 kW as standard
> 500 kW (Option L23)
DC link
PE
G_D011_EN_00016d
-X2
Motor connection
-X2
-X2
PE
PE
Converter version A
Converter version A
Options
M
3~
Options
1) With an output current > 800 A,
the main control switch, fuses and line contactor are
replaced by a circuit-breaker.
Basic design of a SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet unit with several
essential options
Siemens D 11 · 2015
AC
AC
AC
G_D011_EN_00066c
Inverter
DC
DC
Inverter
(2 Units)2)
DC
4/4
DC
DC
DC
DC link
Converter version C
AC
AC
Rectifier
(2 Units)
AC
Rectifier
4
PE
PE
Main control switch1)
(Option L26)
Fuses1)
Main control switch1)
(Option L26)
Fuses1)
Motor connection
-X1
-X1
-X1
Line connection
M
3~
1) With an output current _
>1500 A, the main control switch, fuses and
line contactor are replaced by circuit-breakers. The output current
is composed of the sum of both subsystems.
2)
3 inverter units at 2700 kW
Basic design of a SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet unit in parallel
connection in order to increase the power rating, with several essential
options
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Design (continued)
Coated modules
Degrees of protection of the cabinet units
The following converter components are equipped as standard
with coated modules:
• Power Modules
• Control Units
• Sensor Modules
• Terminal Modules
• Advanced Operator Panel (AOP30)
The EN 60529 standard covers the protection of electrical equipment by means of housings, covers or equivalent, and includes:
• Protection of persons against accidental contact with live or
moving parts within the housing and protection of the
equipment against the ingress of solid foreign bodies (touch
protection and protection against ingress of solid foreign
bodies)
• Protection of the equipment against the ingress of water
(water protection)
• Abbreviations for the internationally agreed degrees of
protection
The coating on the modules protects the sensitive SMD components against corrosive gases, chemically active dust and moisture.
Nickel-plated busbars
The degrees of protection are specified by abbreviations comprising the code letters IP and two digits.
All of the copper busbars used in the converter cabinet are
nickel-plated in order to achieve the best possible immunity to
environmental effects. The bare copper connections also do not
have to be cleaned for customer connections.
Degrees of
protection
for the converter
cabinet unit
First digit
(touch protection and
protection against ingress
of foreign solid bodies)
Second digit
(protection of the
equipment against the
ingress of water)
Note:
IP20 (standard)
Protected against solid
foreign bodies with a
diameter ≥ 12.5 mm
No water protection
IP21 (option M21)
Protected against solid
foreign bodies with a
diameter ≥ 12.5 mm
Protected against drip
water
Protected against solid
foreign bodies with a
diameter ≥ 12.5 mm
Protected against spray
water
Protected against solid
foreign bodies with a
diameter ≥ 1 mm
Protected against spray
water
Dust protected.
Protected against splash
water
With some options, parts of the copper busbars cannot be
nickel-plated for technical reasons.
IP23 (option M23)
IP43 (option M43)
IP54 (option M54)
Ingress of dust is not
totally prevented, but dust
must not be allowed to
enter in such quantities
that the functioning or
safety of the equipment is
impaired.
Vertically falling water
drops must not have any
harmful effects.
Water sprayed on at an
angle of up to 60° both
sides of the vertical must
not have any harmful
effects.
Water sprayed on at an
angle of up to 60° both
sides of the vertical must
not have any harmful
effects.
Water splashing onto the
housing from any direction must not have any
harmful effects.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
4/5
4
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Function
Motor data
Back
p0304 MOT.U_rated
p0305 MOT. I_rated
p0307 MOT.P_rated
p0308 MOT.CosPhi_ rated
400.0 V
405.0 A
235.0 kW
0.870
Help
Change
OK
G_D011_EN_00048
This information can be found on the motor rating plate, and
must be entered in the screens on the display by following a
short, menu-assisted procedure. The motor cooling method
must also be specified.
AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel
Basic commissioning
Back
p0700 Default BI
p1000 Default DI n_set
p1080 Minimum speed
p1082 Maximum speed
S/G150
TM 31
0.000
1500.000
Help
Examples of plain-text displays during various phases of operation are shown below.
Operation
NSET 1465.50
Fout
48.50
Imot
748 A
0%
Nact
1465 rpm
0%
rpm
Hz
12:25:30
1450.0 rpm
385.3 V
7
A
48
Nact
Vou
tImot
rpm
Hz
Nm
kW
Pact
Vout
G_D011_EN_00011c
Operation
Nset
1450.0
Fout
0 48.50
2700
M
410
Pact
Nact:
1450.0 rpm
12:25:30
410
kW
385.3 V
50
100%
50
100%
Any alarms which occur are signaled by the flashing of the
yellow "ALARM" LED, faults by the lighting up of the red "FAULT"
LED. There is also an indication of the cause displayed in plain
text on the display's status line.
(3 : Vector) Current fault in
The first commissioning is performed via the operator panel.
F 07901 Motor overspeed
Service / Commissioning
Drive commissioning
Help
Device commissioning
AOP settings
AOP diagnosis
Help
Back
Select
Only six motor parameters have to be entered:
Power, speed, current, cos ϕ, voltage and frequency of the
motor.
4/6
Siemens D 11 · 2015
G_D011_EN_00012b
German, English, French, Italian, Spanish and Chinese are
stored on the CU320-2 Control Unit CompactFlash card as operator panel languages. The desired language must be downloaded to the AOP30 prior to commissioning. In addition to these
preinstalled languages, Russian and Portuguese (Brazil) are
also available for subsequent installation. Further languages are
available on request.
Further
Alt
Motor overspeed
Fault val = 000000007 00000007 (hex)
Cause:
The maximum permisible positive or
negative speed has been exceeded.
The maximum permissile positive speed
is calculated as follows:
Back
Back
Ack.
G_D011_EN_00050a
The user is guided by interactive menus through the drive commissioning screens. When commissioning the drive for the first
time, only six motor parameters (which can be found on the motor rating plate) have to be entered on the AOP30. The closedloop control is then optimized automatically to adapt the converter to the motor.
Change
During operation, the display shows current data, such as setpoints and actual values as absolute values or it is possible to
parameterize up to three process variables as a quasi-analog
bar display.
G_D011_EN_00051a
The AOP30's two-stage safety concept prevents unintentional or
unauthorized changes to settings. Operation of the drive from
the operator panel can be disabled by the keyboard lock so that
only parameter values and process variables can be displayed
on the operator panel. The OFF key is factory-set to "active", but
can be deactivated by the customer. A password can be used
to prevent the unauthorized changing of converter parameters.
G_D011_EN_00047b
4
An AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel is located in the cabinet
door of the converter for the operator control and monitoring as
well as for the commissioning.
TM 31
AIO
rpm
rpm
G_D011_EN_00049a
The next screen contains the parameter values that are used to
automatically optimize the control.
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Function (continued)
Communication with higher-level controller and customer
terminal block
A PROFIBUS interface on the CU320-2 DP Control Unit is provided as standard as the customer interface for the controller.
When using the CU320-2 PN (PROFINET) Control Unit (option
K95), communication is via PROFINET in accordance with the
PROFIdrive profile.
The Control Unit can be connected to the higher-level controller
via its digital inputs and outputs to exchange digital signals.
The inputs and outputs available as standard can be optionally
expanded using a TB30 Terminal Board (option G62) and/or up
to two TM31 Terminal Modules (option G60 or G61).
To simplify configuration and commissioning of the drive, the
optional TM31 Terminal Module can be preset with a variety of
factory settings.
For further information, please refer to the SINAMICS Low
Voltage Engineering Manual.
Open-loop and closed-loop control functions
The converter control contains a high-quality sensorless vector
control with speed and current control as well as motor and converter protection.
Software and protective functions
The software functions available as standard are described
below:
Software and protective functions
Description
Setpoint specification
The setpoint can be specified both internally and externally; internally as a fixed setpoint, motorized potentiometer
setpoint or jog setpoint, externally via the communications interface or an analog input on the customer terminal
block. The internal fixed setpoint and the motorized potentiometer setpoint can be switched or adjusted via control
commands from any interface.
Motor identification
The automatic motor identification function makes commissioning faster and easier and optimizes closed-loop control
of the drive.
Ramp-function generator
A user-friendly ramp-function generator with separately adjustable ramp-up and ramp-down times, together with
adjustable rounding times in the lower and upper speed ranges, allows the drive to be smoothly accelerated and
braked. As a consequence, this avoids the drive train from being overloaded and reduces the stress on mechanical
components. The down ramps can be parameterized separately for quick stop.
Vdc max controller
The Vdc max controller automatically prevents overvoltages in the DC link, if the set down ramp is too short, for example. This may also extend the set ramp-down time.
Vdc_min control
For brief line supply failures, the kinetic energy of the rotating drive is used to buffer the DC link and therefore prevents
fault trips. The converter remains operational as long as the drive can provide regenerative energy as a result of its
motion and the DC-link voltage does not drop below the shutdown threshold. When the line supply recovers within this
time, the drive is again accelerated up to its speed setpoint.
Automatic restart 1)
The automatic restart switches the drive on again when the power is restored after a power failure, and ramps up to
the current speed setpoint.
Flying restart 1)
The flying restart function allows the converter to be switched to a motor that is still turning. With the voltage sensing
capability provided by the optional VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module, the flying restart time for large induction motors
can be significantly reduced because the motor does not need to be de-magnetized.
Technology controller
The technology controller function module allows simple control functions to be implemented, e.g. level control or volumetric flow control. The technology controller is designed as a PID controller. The differentiator can be switched to
the control deviation channel or to the actual value channel (factory setting). The P, I, and D components can be set
separately.
Free function blocks
Using the freely programmable function blocks, it is easy to implement logic and arithmetic functions for controlling
the SINAMICS G150. The blocks can be programmed by means of an operator panel or the STARTER commissioning
tool.
Drive Control Chart (DCC)
Drive Control Chart (DCC) is an additional tool for the easy configuration of technology functions for the SINAMICS
G150. The block library contains a large selection of control, arithmetic and logic blocks as well as extensive openloop and closed-loop control functions. The user-friendly DCC editor enables easy graphics-based configuration,
allows control loop structures to be clearly represented and provides a high degree of reusability of charts that have
already been created. DCC is an add-on to the STARTER commissioning tool.
I²t detection for motor protection
A motor model stored in the converter software calculates the motor temperature based on the current speed and
load. More exact measurement of the temperature, which also takes into account the influence of the ambient temperature, is possible by means of direct temperature measurement using KTY84 sensors in the motor winding.
Motor temperature evaluation
Motor protection by evaluating a KTY84, PTC or Pt100 temperature sensor. When a KTY84 sensor is connected, the
limit values can be set for alarm or trip. When a PTC thermistor is connected, the system reaction to triggering of the
thermistor (alarm or trip) can be defined.
Motor blocking protection
A blocked motor is detected and protected against thermal overloading by a fault trip.
Essential service mode
Special converter operating mode that increases the availability of the drive system, e.g. in the event of a fire.
Bypass
This circuit allows the motor to be operated via the converter or directly on the line supply.
Brake control
"Simple brake control" for control of holding brakes:
The holding brake is used to secure drives against unwanted motion when deactivated.
"Extended brake control" function module for complex brake control, e.g. for motor holding brakes and operational
brakes:
When braking with a feedback signal, the brake control reacts to the feedback signal contacts of the brake.
Write protection
1)
Write protection to prevent unintentional changing of the setting parameters (without password function).
Factory setting: Not activated (can be parameterized).
Siemens D 11 · 2015
4/7
4
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Function (continued)
Software and protective functions
Description
Know-how protection
Know-how protection for encrypting stored data, e.g. to protect configuration know-how, and to protect against
changes and duplication (with password function).
Web server
The integrated web server provides information about the drive unit via its web pages. The web server is accessed
using an Internet browser via unsecured (http) or secured transmission (https).
Power unit protection
Description
Ground fault monitoring at the output A ground fault at the output is detected by a total current monitor and results in shutdown in grounded systems.
Electronic short-circuit protection
at the output
A short-circuit at the output (e.g. at the converter output terminals, in the motor cable or in the motor terminal box) is
detected and the converter shuts down with a "fault".
Thermal overload protection
An alarm is issued first when the overtemperature threshold responds. If the temperature rises further, the device
either shuts down or independently adjusts the pulse frequency or output current so that a reduction in the thermal
load is achieved. Once the cause of the fault has been eliminated (e.g. cooling has been improved), the original operating values are automatically resumed.
4
4/8
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Selection and ordering data
Parallel connection
Single connection
Type rating
Rated output SINAMICS G150
current
converter cabinet units,
versions A and C
at 50 Hz
400 V, 500 V
or 690 V
at 60 Hz
460 V or
575 V
kW
hp
A
Type rating
Rated output SINAMICS G150
current
converter cabinet units,
version A
(Article No. supplement,
see below)
at 50 Hz
400 V, 500 V
or 690 V
at 60 Hz
460 V or
575 V
Article No.
kW
hp
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
A
Article No.
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
110
150
210
6SL3710-1GE32-1■A3
630
900
1120
6SL3710-2GE41-1AA3
132
200
260
6SL3710-1GE32-6■A3
710
1000
1380
6SL3710-2GE41-4AA3
160
250
310
6SL3710-1GE33-1■A3
900
1250
1560
6SL3710-2GE41-6AA3
200
300
380
6SL3710-1GE33-8■A3
500 ... 600 V 3 AC
250
400
490
6SL3710-1GE35-0■A3
630
900
860
6SL3710-2GF38-6AA3
315
500
605
6SL3710-1GE36-1■A3
710
1000
1070
6SL3710-2GF41-1AA3
400
600
745
6SL3710-1GE37-5■A3
1000
1250
1360
6SL3710-2GF41-4AA3
450
700
840
6SL3710-1GE38-4■A3
660 ... 690 V 3 AC
560
800
985
6SL3710-1GE41-0■A3
1000
1070
6SL3710-2GH41-1AA3
1350
1360
6SL3710-2GH41-4AA3
500 ... 600 V 3 AC
110
150
175
6SL3710-1GF31-8■A3
1500
1500
6SL3710-2GH41-5AA3
132
200
215
6SL3710-1GF32-2■A3
1750
1729
6SL3710-2GH41-8EA3
160
250
260
6SL3710-1GF32-6■A3
1950
1948
6SL3710-2GH42-0EA3
200
300
330
6SL3710-1GF33-3■A3
2150
2158
6SL3710-2GH42-2EA3
250
400
410
6SL3710-1GF34-1■A3
2400
2413
6SL3710-2GH42-4EA3
315
450
465
6SL3710-1GF34-7■A3
2700
2752
6SL3710-2GH42-7EA3
400
600
575
6SL3710-1GF35-8■A3
500
700
735
6SL3710-1GF37-4■A3
Note: The power data in hp units is based on the NEC/CEC standards for the North American market.
560
800
810
6SL3710-1GF38-1■A3
4
660 ... 690 V 3 AC
75
85
6SL3710-1GH28-5■A3
90
100
6SL3710-1GH31-0■A3
110
120
6SL3710-1GH31-2■A3
132
150
6SL3710-1GH31-5■A3
160
175
6SL3710-1GH31-8■A3
200
215
6SL3710-1GH32-2■A3
250
260
6SL3710-1GH32-6■A3
315
330
6SL3710-1GH33-3■A3
400
410
6SL3710-1GH34-1■A3
450
465
6SL3710-1GH34-7■A3
560
575
6SL3710-1GH35-8■A3
710
735
6SL3710-1GH37-4■A3
800
810
6SL3710-1GH38-1■A3
Article No. supplement
• Version A
All available options can be installed as required
A
• Version C
Especially space-saving design
C
Note: The power data in hp units is based on the NEC/CEC standards for the North American market.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
4/9
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Options
Example:
6SL3710-1GE32-1CA3-Z
+M07+D60+...
When ordering a converter with options, add the suffix "-Z" to the
article number and then the order code(s) for the desired option(s).
See also ordering examples.
Available options
Order code
Version A
Version C
Input-side options
Use in the first environment according to EN 61800-3
Category C2 (TN systems or TT systems with grounded neutral point) 1)
L00

–
Clean Power version with integrated Line Harmonics Filter compact 2)
L01

–
Line contactor (for currents ≤ 800 A for single connection)
L13

–
Surge suppression
L21

–
Scope of delivery without line reactor (for converters ≤ 500 kW)
L22


Line reactor uk = 2% (for converters > 500 kW)
L23


Main switch incl. fuses or circuit breakers
L26

–
Quick start (for option L01)
L76

–
EMC shield bus 3) (cable connection from below)
M70


PE busbar 3) 4) (cable connection from below)
M75
–

dv/dt filter compact plus Voltage Peak Limiter
L07

–
Motor reactor
L08

–
dv/dt filter plus Voltage Peak Limiter 2)
L10

–
Sine-wave filter (up to 250 kW at 380 ... 480 V, up to 132 kW at 500 ... 600 V)
L15

–
EMC shield bus 3) (cable connection from below)
M70


PE busbar 3) 4) (cable connection from below)
M75
–

EMERGENCY OFF pushbutton installed in the cabinet door
L45

–
EMERGENCY OFF Category 0, 230 V AC or 24 V DC
L57

–
EMERGENCY STOP Category 1, 230 V AC 5)
L59

–
EMERGENCY STOP Category 1, 24 V DC 5)
L60

–
Thermistor motor protection (alarm)
L83

–
Thermistor motor protection (trip)
L84

–
Pt100 evaluation unit
L86

–
Insulation monitoring
L87

–
Degree of protection IP21
M21


Degree of protection IP23
M23


Degree of protection IP43
M43


Degree of protection IP54
M54


Base 100 mm high, RAL 7022
M06


Cable-marshaling compartment 200 mm high, RAL 7035
M07


Line connection from above 2)
M13

–
Motor connection from above 2)
M78

–
Crane transport assembly (top-mounted)
M90


Output-side options
4
Motor protection and safety functions
Degree of protection increase
Mechanical options

Option can be ordered
–
Option cannot be ordered
Please refer to the selection matrix for information about possible option combinations.
2)
Applies to motor cable lengths < 100 m.
5)
This option is contained as standard in version A.
3)
Not available for converters > 1500 kW with power units connected in
parallel.
6)
The stopping requirements must be taken into account with this option. Additional braking units may be required.
4)
This option is listed for the input- and output-side options, but is only
required once.
4/10
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Options (continued)
Available options
Order code
Version A
Version C
Safety Integrated
Safety license for one axis
K01

–
Additional SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted
K52

–
Terminal module for controlling the "Safe Torque Off" and "Safe Stop 1" safety functions
K82

–
TM54F Terminal Module
K87

–
SBA Safe Brake Adapter, 230 V AC
K88

–
CBC10 Communication Board
G20


CBE20 Communication Board
G33


TM150 temperature sensor evaluation unit
G51


TM31 Terminal Module
G60


Additional TM31 Terminal Module
G61

–
TB30 Terminal Board
G62


SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted
K50


VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module
K51

–
Auxiliary power supply, 230 V AC
K74

–
CU320-2 PN Control Unit
K95

–
Connection for external auxiliary equipment
L19

–
Cabinet lighting with service socket
L50

–
Cabinet anti-condensation heating
L55


Braking unit 25 kW (P20 power: 100 kW)
L61

–
Braking unit 50 kW (P20 power: 200 kW)
L62

–
Marking of all control cable conductor ends
M91


Special cabinet paint finish 1)
Y09


One-line label for system identification, 40 × 80 mm
Y31


Two-line label for system identification, 40 × 180 mm
Y32


Four-line label for system identification, 40 × 180 mm
Y33


Documentation, production flowchart: Created once
B43


Documentation, production flowchart: Created every two weeks
B44


Documentation, production flowchart: Updated every month
B45


Additional documentation in German
D00


Customer documentation (circuit diagram, terminal diagram, layout diagram) in DXF format
D02


Customer documentation as hard copy
D04


Preliminary version of customer documentation
D14


Additional documentation in Russian
D56


Documentation language: English/French
D58


Documentation language: English/Spanish
D60


Additional documentation in Italian
D72


Additional documentation in English
D76


Additional documentation in French
D77


Additional documentation in Spanish
D78


Documentation language: English/Italian
D80


Additional documentation in Chinese
D84


Documentation language English/Chinese
D91


Documentation language English/Russian
D94


Other options
4
Documentation (standard: English/German)

Option can be ordered
–
Option cannot be ordered
Please refer to the selection matrix for information about possible option combinations.
1)
The order code Y.. requires data in plain text.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
4/11
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Options (continued)
Available options
Order code
Version A
Version C
Rating plate language (standard: English/German)
Rating plate data in English/French
T58


Rating plate data in English/Spanish
T60


Rating plate data in English/Italian
T80


Rating plate data in English/Russian
T85


Rating plate data in English/Chinese
T91


NAMUR terminal block
B00

–
Protective separation for 24 V supply (PELV)
B02

–
Outlet for external auxiliary equipment (uncontrolled)
B03

–
Marine version
M66


Individual certificate from Germanische Lloyd (GL)
E11


Individual certificate from Lloyds Register (LR)
E21


Individual certificate from Bureau Veritas (BV)
E31


Individual certificate from Det Norske Veritas (DNV)
E51


Individual certificate from American Bureau of Shipping (ABS)
E61


Individual certificate from Chinese Classification Society (CCS)
E71


Visual acceptance
F03


Function test without connected motor
F71


Function test with test bay motor under no-load conditions
F75


Insulation test
F77


Customer-specific acceptance inspections (on request)
F97


Function test without connected motor
F72


Function test with test bay motor under no-load conditions
F74


Insulation test
F76


Options specific to the chemical industry
Options specific to the shipbuilding industry
4
Converter acceptance in presence of customer
Converter acceptance without the customer present

Option can be ordered
–
Option cannot be ordered
Please refer to the selection matrix for information about possible option combinations.
4/12
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Options (continued)
Option selection matrix
Certain options are mutually exclusive. The tables below only
provide an overview. Please refer to the descriptions of the individual options for a precise description of the options and other
exclusions.
Electrical options
G20
G33
–
G20
G51
G61
K50
K51
K87
L00
L01
L13
L22
L23
L26
L57
L59
L60
L61
L62
L86
L87


G62
–


















–
































–




4)





























–











































–
1)







–

–
–










2)
3)
3)
3)




–
















3)
3)
3)




–
–




–








–




G33
–
G51


G61



G62
–
–


K50





K51





–
K87



4)



L00








L01









L13










L22








–
–

L23








1)
–

–
L26










2)


L57










3)


3)
L59










3)


3)
–
L60










3)


3)
–
–
L61

















L62

















–
L86


–
















L87








–











Option can be ordered
–
Option cannot be ordered


1)
For converters ≤ 500 kW / 700 hp, the line reactor (order code L23) is
included in the converter scope of delivery. For converters > 500 kW /
700 hp, option L23 must be ordered separately when the converter is to be
operated on line supplies with high short-circuit power (RSC > 20) or when
a line filter is used (option L00).
3)
Options L57, L59 and L60 always require electrical separation from the
line supply, this means for converters in a single circuit, for converter currents ≤ 800 A, option L13 and for converter currents > 800 A, option L26.
For converters with power units connected in parallel, electrical separation
from the line supply is included as standard.
2)
Combination L13/L26 only possible for currents < 800 A. As of 800 A,
circuit breakers are used that also include the function of options L13 and
L26.
4)
A combination of options G61 and K87 as a special version is available on
request.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
4/13
4
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Options (continued)
Mechanical options / electrical options
E11
E11
4
E21
E31
E51
E61
E71
L00
L01
L07
L08
L10
L15
M06
M07
M13
M21
M43
M54
M66
M70
M78














–
M23
1)


















–
1)

















–
1)
















–
1)















–
1)














–
1)


















2)












–


–
–
–









–
–
–









–
–









–









–
–
















–




3)

–
–
–
–

–
–
–
1)


–








E21

E31


E51



E61




E71





L00






L01







L07








L08








–
L10








–
–
L15








–
–
–
M06












M07












–
M13














M21
–
–
–
–
–
–








–
M23
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)
1)









–
M43















–
–
M54















–
–
–
M66







–







–
1)


M70






2)







3)





M78








–
–
–
–



–





Option can be ordered
–
Option cannot be ordered
Rating plate data
T58
T60
2)
3)
T80
–
T58
1)
T85
T91
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
T60
–
Option L00 includes option M70.
T80
–
–
If the line connection (option M13) and the motor connection (option M78)
are from above, the EMC shield bus (option M70) is not required in the
lower cabinet area.
T85
–
–
–
T91
–
–
–
Option M66 includes option M23.
3)
3)
–
–
Ordering examples
Example 1
Example 2
Task:
A converter cabinet unit is required to control the fan speed for
a 380 kW fan drive connected to an existing 400 V MCC outgoing feeder. The rated speed of the fan is 975 rpm. Due to the prevailing ambient conditions, the converter must be mounted on a
100 mm cabinet base and have IP54 degree of protection. The
installation altitude is < 1000 m above sea level, the ambient
temperature is 45° C.
Task:
A 280 kW pump to control pressure compensation is to be supplied via a converter for a completely new district heating pumping station. A 690 V supply is available. The installation altitude
is 350 m above sea level and the ambient temperature is 40° C.
The rated speed of the pump is 740 rpm. The pump unit and motor are located in an unmanned substation, so the winding temperature of the motor must be monitored by Pt100 thermistors
and evaluated by the converter. The color of the converter cabinet units is to be RAL 3002.
Solution:
Because an MCC outgoing feeder already exists, line connection components, such as main switch, line contactor and line
fuses, can be omitted and the space-saving version C can be
selected. If we take into account the derating factors for the IP54
degree of protection and the increased ambient temperature, a
450 kW, 400 V converter cabinet unit with options
M06 (cabinet base 100 mm) and
M54 (IP54 degree of protection) must be selected for this constellation.
The ordering data is as follows:
6SL3710-1GE38-4CA3-Z
+M06 +M54
4/14
Siemens D 11 · 2015
Solution:
A converter cabinet unit with 315 kW, 690 V in the version A with
the following options should be selected:
L26 (main switch including fuses),
L13 (line contactor),
L86 (Pt100 evaluation unit) and
Y09 (special cabinet paint finish).
The ordering data is as follows:
6SL3710-1GH33-3AA3-Z
+L26 +L13 +L86 +Y09
cabinet color RAL 3002
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Options (continued)
Description of options
Further descriptions of the options are provided in the
SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual.
Terminal
-A1-X2:
Meaning
Default
Remark
10
DI
ON (dynamic) /
ON/OFF (static)
The effective mode
can be encoded
using a wire jumper
at terminal -A1-400:9;
10.
B00, B02, B03
Options compliant with NAMUR requirements
Exclusion list with other options:
The following restrictions and exclusions applicable to the
NAMUR terminal block B00 with regard to other available
options must be taken into account.
Remark
on the option
Reason
L45, L57, L59,
L60
An EMERGENCY OFF Category 0 is already provided in
the NAMUR version.
The forced line supply disconnection is connected at
terminal -A1-X2: 17, 18.
L83, L84
A thermistor evaluation unit (trip) is already included as
standard with option B00.
L19
Alternatively, option B03 can be selected. This means that
a reduced scope is available for external auxiliaries.
L87
The insulation monitor monitors the complete electrically
coupled network. This combination is available on
request. An insulation monitor can also be provided on
site.
G60
A TM31 Terminal Module is already included as standard
with option B00.
With options such as L50, L55, L86, the connection is made as
described in the standard. There is no wiring to the NAMUR terminal block.
11
DI
OFF (dynamic)
12
DI
Faster
13
DI
Slower
14
DI
RESET
15
DI
Interlock
16
DI
Counter-clockwise
17, 18
Supply disconnection EMERGENCY OFF
circuit
30, 31
Ready
Relay output (NO
contact)
32, 33
Motor is turning
Relay output
(NO contact)
Fault
Relay output
(changeover contact)
34
DO (NO)
35
DO (COM)
36
DO (NC)
50, 51
AI
0/4-20 mA
Speed setpoint
60, 61
AO
0/4-20 mA
Motor frequency
62, 63
AO
0/4-20 mA
Motor current
Notice:
In addition to option B00 for supply disconnection, option L13
for currents ≤ 800 A or option L26 for currents > 800 A must be
ordered. For converters with power units connected in parallel,
electrical separation from the line supply is included as standard.
B00
NAMUR terminal block
The terminal block has been designed and implemented in accordance with the requirements and guidelines of the Standards
Working Group for Instrumentation and Control in the Chemical
Industry (NAMUR Recommendation NE37), i.e. certain functions
of the device are assigned to specified terminals. The inputs and
outputs connected to the terminals fulfill PELV requirements
("protective extra-low voltage with protective separation").
The terminal block and associated functions have been reduced
to the necessary minimum. Unlike the NAMUR recommendation,
optional terminals are not available.
"0" signal for CW
rotating field
"1" signal for CCW
rotating field
Motor current is
default setting; can
be reparameterized
for other variables
The 24 V supply is provided on the plant side via terminals
-A1-X2:1-3 (fused in the converter with 1 A). It must be ensured
that the PELV safety requirements are fulfilled (protective extralow voltage with protective separation).
Terminal
-A1-X2:
Meaning
1
M
Reference conductor
2
P24
24 V DC supply
3
P24
24 V DC outgoing feeder
For temperature monitoring of explosion-proof motors, option
B00 includes a PTC thermistor evaluation unit. Exceeding the
limit value causes a shutdown. The associated PTC sensor is
connected to terminal -A1-X3:90, 91.
Terminal
-A1-X3:
Meaning
90, 91
AI
Connection of PTC sensor
In parallel to operation via the NAMUR terminal block, there is
also the option to operate the converter via the communications
interface provided as standard on the CU320-2 Control Unit. The
PROFIdrive profile "Process engineering" employed in the chemical industry can be selected by macros.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
4/15
4
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Options (continued)
B02
Protective separation for 24 V supply (PELV)
If no protective separation for 24 V supply (PELV) is available at
the customer site, this option is used to provide a second power
supply to guarantee compliance with the PELV voltage.
(Terminal assignments as for option B00, 24 V supply at terminals -X1:1, 2, 3 is not required)
Note:
Option B02 is only possible in conjunction with option B00.
B03
Outgoing feeder for external auxiliaries (uncontrolled)
If a motor fan is to be supplied with power from the plant, option
B03 provides an uncontrolled external outgoing feeder with a
10 A fuse. As soon as the supply voltage is present at the converter input, a voltage is also present at these terminals. This
corresponds to the converter input voltage (U = Uline). You must
take this into account when configuring an external fan.
Terminal
-A1-X1:
Meaning
1, 2, 3, PE
Outgoing feeder for external auxiliary equipment
Note:
4
Option B03 is only possible in conjunction with option B00.
B43, B44, B45
Production flowcharts
Production flowcharts are provided with options B43, B44 and
B45. After the order has been clarified, these are e-mailed as a
dual language (English/German) PDF file.
Order code Description
B43
Documentation, production flowchart: Created once
B44
Documentation, production flowchart: Updated every two
weeks
B45
Documentation, production flowchart: Updated every month
D00, D56, D72, D76, D77, D78, D84
Additional documentation
When options D00, D56, D72, D76, D77, D78 and D84 are selected, additional documentation is supplied in the appropriate
language.
Order code Description
D02
Customer documentation (circuit diagram,
terminal diagram, layout diagram) in DXF format
This option can be used to order documents such as circuit
diagrams, terminal diagrams, layout diagrams, and dimension
drawings in DXF format, in order to process them further in
CAD systems, for example.
D04
Customer documentation as hard copy
Device documentation is supplied electronically on a CD-ROM
as standard. If the customer also requires a hard copy of the
documentation and selects option D04, the following documents
will be supplied in a folder with the converter:
• Operating instructions
• Circuit diagram
• Terminal diagram
• Layout diagram
• Dimension drawing
• Spare parts list
• Test certificate
Regardless of whether option D04 is selected, hard copies of the
safety and transportation guidelines, a check list and a registration form are always supplied.
D14
Preliminary version of customer documentation
If documents such as circuit diagrams, terminal diagrams, layout diagrams and dimensional drawings are required in advance
for system engineering, a preliminary copy of the relevant documentation can be ordered with the converter. These documents
are then supplied electronically a few working days following receipt of the order. If the order includes options that fall outside
the scope of standard delivery, these will not be covered by the
documentation due to the obvious time constraints. The systemspecific documentation is supplied to the customer via e-mail in
the desired language (standard is English/German, for other languages, see options for the documentation). The recipient's email address must be specified with the order for this purpose.
If option D02 is selected at the same time, the documents are
provided in the DXF format, otherwise they are sent in PDF format. In the e-mail, the recipient is also provided with a link for
downloading general documentation which is not order-specific
such as operating instructions, manual and commissioning
guide.
D00
German
D56
Russian
D72
Italian
D76
English
Order code Language
D77
French
D58
English/French
Spanish
D60
English/Spanish
Chinese
D80
English/Italian
D91
English/Chinese
D94
English/Russian
D78
D84
D58, D60, D80, D91, D94
Documentation language
Note:
If a documentation option is not selected, the relevant documentation is supplied as standard in English/German.
4/16
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Options (continued)
E11 to E71
Individual certification of the converter
G20
CBC10 Communication Board
The individual certification of the converter by the relevant certification body contains the expansions described in option M66.
The CBC10 Communication Board is used to connect the
CU320-2 Control Unit and thus the SINAMICS G150 to the CAN
(Controller Area Network) protocol. The associated driver software fulfils the standards of the following CANopen specification
of the CiA organization (CAN in Automation):
• Communication profiles according to DS 301
• Drive profile according to DSP 402
(in this case Profile Velocity Mode)
• EDS (Electronic Data Sheet)
according to DSP 306
• Operational state signaling according to DSP 305
Order code Description
E11
Individual certificate from Germanische Lloyd (GL)
E21
Individual certificate from Lloyds Register (LR)
E31
Individual certificate from Bureau Veritas (BV)
E51
Individual certificate from Det Norske Veritas (DNV)
E61
Individual certificate from American Bureau of Shipping (ABS)
E71
Individual certificate from Chinese Classification Society (CCS)
Note:
It is not possible to combine several individual certificates.
F03, F71, F75, F77, F97
Converter acceptance tests with the customer present
F72, F74, F76
Converter acceptance tests without the customer present
Option
Description
F03
Visual acceptance
The tests are carried out with the converter de-energized.
The following is included in the scope of the acceptance tests:
• Check of degree of protection
• Check of equipment (components)
• Check of equipment identifiers
• Check of clearance and creepage distances
• Check of cables
• Check of customer documentation
• Submission of the acceptance report
F71, F72
Function test without connected motor
After the visual acceptance with the converter switched off, the
converter is connected to rated voltage. No current at the converter output end.
The following is included in the scope of the acceptance tests:
• Visual acceptance as described for option F03
• Check of power supply
• Check of protective and monitoring devices (simulation)
• Check of fans
• Pre-charging test
• Function test without connected motor
• Submission of the acceptance report
F74, F75
Function test with test bay motor under no-load conditions
After the visual acceptance with the converter switched off, the
converter is connected to rated voltage. A small current flows
at the converter output end in order to operate the test bay
motor under no-load conditions.
The following is included in the scope of the acceptance tests:
• Visual acceptance as described for option F03
• Check of power supply
• Check of protective and monitoring devices (simulation)
• Check of fans
• Function test with test bay motor under no-load conditions
• Submission of the acceptance report
F76, F77
Acceptance of the converter insulation test
The following is included in the scope of the acceptance tests:
• High-voltage test
• Measurement of the insulation resistance
• Submission of the acceptance report
F97
The CBC10 Communication Board is inserted into the option slot
on the CU320-2 Control Unit. The CAN interface on the CBC10
has two SUB-D connections for input and output.
For a description of the CBC10 Communication Board, see
SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units, Supplementary system
components.
G33
CBE20 Communication Board
The CBE20 Communication Board is required when:
• A SINAMICS G130 or SINAMICS G150 converter, equipped
with a CU320-2 DP (PROFIBUS) Control Unit, is to be
connected to a PROFINET IO network
• SINAMICS Link is to be used to directly exchange data
between several CU320-2 DP (PROFIBUS) or CU320-2 PN
(PROFINET) Control Units without using a higher-level control
system.
With the CBE20 Communication Board, a SINAMICS G130 or
a SINAMICS G150 is a PROFINET IO device in the sense of
PROFINET and offers the following functions:
• PROFINET IO device
• 100 Mbit/s full duplex
• Supports real-time classes of PROFINET IO:
- RT (Real-Time)
- IRT (Isochronous Real-Time), minimum send cycle 500 μs
• Connects to controllers as a PROFINET IO device according
to the PROFIdrive profile
• Standard TCP/IP communication for engineering processes
using the STARTER commissioning tool
• Integrated 4-port switch with four RJ45-B sockets based on
PROFINET ASICs ERTEC400. The optimum topology (line,
star, tree) can therefore be configured without additional
external switches.
The CBE20 Communication Board is inserted into the option slot
of the CU320-2 Control Unit.
For a description of the CBE20 Communication Board, see
SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units, Supplementary system
components.
Customer-specific system acceptance tests (on request)
If acceptance tests are desired which are not covered by the
options F03, F71/F72, F74/F75 or F76/F77, customer-specific
acceptance tests / supplementary tests can be ordered using
order code F97 on request and following technical clarification.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
4/17
4
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Options (continued)
G51
TM150 temperature sensor evaluation unit
G62
TB30 Terminal Board
The TM150 Terminal Module is a DRIVE-CLiQ component that is
used to acquire and evaluate data from several temperature
sensors. The temperature is measured in a temperature range
from -99° C to +250° C for the following temperature sensors:
• Pt100 (with monitoring for wire breakage and short-circuit)
• Pt1000 (with monitoring for wire breakage and short-circuit)
• KTY84 (with monitoring for wire breakage and short-circuit)
• PTC (with monitoring for short-circuit)
• Bimetallic NC contact (without monitoring)
The TB30 Terminal Board is inserted into the option slot of the
Control Unit and offers the possibility of expanding the CU320-2
Control Unit by four digital inputs/outputs each as well as two
analog inputs/outputs each.
For the temperature sensor inputs, for each terminal block the
evaluation can be parameterized for 1 × 2-wire, 2 × 2-wire,
3-wire or 4-wire. There is no galvanic isolation in the TM150
Terminal Module.
A maximum of 12 temperature sensors can be connected to the
TM150 Terminal Module.
For a description of the TM150 Terminal Module, see
SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units, Supplementary system
components.
4
G60
TM31 Terminal Module
Note:
Option G62 cannot be combined with options G20 (CBC10
communication board) or G33 (CBE20 communication board).
For a description of the TB30 Terminal Board, see
SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units, Supplementary system
components.
K01
Safety license for one axis
The Safety Integrated basic functions do not require a license.
However, the Safety Integrated extended functions require a license for each axis equipped with safety functions. It is irrelevant which safety functions are used and how many. Option K01
contains the license for one axis.
Subsequent licensing is possible in the Internet via the
WEB License Manager by generating a license key:
www.siemens.com/automation/license
The TM31 Terminal Module is used to extend the customer terminals on the CU320-2 Control Unit.
K50
SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted
The following additional interfaces are available:
• 8 digital inputs
• 4 bidirectional digital inputs/outputs
• 2 relay outputs with changeover contact
• 2 analog inputs
• 2 analog outputs
• 1 temperature sensor input (KTY84-130/PTC)
• 2 DRIVE-CLiQ sockets
• 1 connection for the electronics power supply via the 24 V DC
supply connector
• 1 PE connection
The SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted can be used to
evaluate the encoders of motors without a DRIVE-CLiQ interface. External encoders can also be connected via the SMC30.
To simplify configuration and commissioning of the drive, the optional TM31 Terminal Module can already be preset to a variety
of factory settings, which can then be selected during commissioning.
For further information, please refer to the SINAMICS Low
Voltage Engineering Manual.
For a description of the TM31 Terminal Module, see
SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units, Supplementary system
components.
G61
Additional TM31 Terminal Module
With option G61, the number of digital inputs/outputs, as well as
the number of analog inputs/outputs in the drive system can be
expanded using a second TM31 Terminal Module (in addition to
the TM31 Terminal Module that can be selected using option
G60).
Note:
Option G61 requires option G60.
For a description of the TM31 Terminal Module, see
SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units, Supplementary system
components.
4/18
Siemens D 11 · 2015
The following encoder signals can be evaluated:
• Incremental encoders TTL/HTL with and without wire break
detection (wire break detection is only available with bipolar
signals)
• SSI encoders with TTL/HTL incremental signals
• SSI encoders without incremental signals
The motor temperature can also be measured using KTY84-130
or PTC thermistors.
For a description of the SMC30 Sensor Module CabinetMounted, see SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units, Supplementary system components.
K51
VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module Cabinet-Mounted
The VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module is used to measure the voltage characteristic on the motor side, so that the following function can be implemented:
• Operation of a permanent-magnet synchronous motor without
encoder with the requirement to be able to connect to a motor
that is already running (flying restart function).
• Quick flying restart of large induction motors: The time for the
demagnetization of the motor is eliminated through the
measurement of the voltage.
For a description of the VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module
Cabinet-Mounted, see SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units,
Supplementary system components.
K52
Second SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted
With option K50, the converter cabinet contains an SMC30 Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted. An additional SMC30 Sensor
Module enables reliable actual-value acquisition when using
Safety Integrated extended functions (requires a license: Option
K01).
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Options (continued)
K74
Provision of a cabinet-internal 230 V AC auxiliary power
supply
If there is no 230 V AC power supply in the plant, option K74 can
be used to provide a cabinet-internal auxiliary power supply for
the required auxiliary voltages of the external control circuits of
the cabinet unit. The auxiliary voltages are generated by a transformer.
Note:
If there is no 230 V AC power supply in the plant, it is essential
to select option K74 in order to ensure proper functioning of the
following SINAMICS G150 cabinet units:
• Type 6SL3710-2...
• Type 6SL3710-1... for options B00, G61, K50, L13,
L26 > 800 A, L57, L59, L60, L83, L84, L86 and L87
for cabinet version A
Options L50 and L55 always require an external supply voltage
and must not be supplied via option K74.
K82
Terminal Module for controlling the Safe Torque Off and Safe
Stop 1 safety functions
The Terminal Module is used to control the "Safety Integrated basic functions" with isolation
• Safe Torque Off (STO) and
• Safe Stop 1 (SS1) (time-controlled)
over a wide voltage range from DC/AC 24 V to 240 V (terminology according to IEC 61800-5-2).
As a consequence, the STO and SS1 safety functions can be
flexibly controlled by the plant signal voltages.
The integrated safety functions, starting from the Safety Integrated (SI) input terminals of the components (Control Unit and
Power Module), satisfy the requirements of EN 61800-5-2,
EN 60204-1, DIN EN ISO 13849-1 Category 3 for Performance
Level (PL) d and IEC 61508 SIL 2.
With option K82, the requirements specified in EN 61800-5-2,
EN 60204-1, DIN EN ISO 13849-1 Category 3 for Performance
Level (PL) d and IEC 61508 SIL 2 are fulfilled.
The Safety Integrated functions using option K82 are only available in conjunction with certified components and software versions.
The Safety Integrated functions of SINAMICS are generally certified by independent institutes. An up-to-date list of certified
components is available on request from your local Siemens office.
K88
SBA Safe Brake Adapter, 230 V AC
Safe Brake Control (SBC) is a safety function that is used in
safety-related applications. In the no-current state, the brake
acts on the drive motor using spring force. The brake is released
when current flows in it (low active).
The SBA Safe Brake Adapter is installed in the converter cabinet
in the factory. An infeed is connected to terminal -X12 on the SBA
Safe Brake Adapter for the power supply. For control, a connection is also made between the SBA and the Control Interface
Module in the factory using a cable harness.
On the plant side, to control the brake, a connection must be
made between terminal -X14 on the SBA Safe Brake Adapter
and the brake.
For a description of the SBA Safe Brake Adapter, see
SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units, Supplementary system
components.
K95
CU320-2 PN Control Unit (PROFINET)
Instead of the CU320-2 DP Control Unit (PROFIBUS) supplied
as standard, the converter is supplied with a CU320-2 PN
(PROFINET).
For a description of the CU320-2 Control Unit, see
SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units, Supplementary system
components.
L00
Use in the first environment according to EN 61800-3,
Category C2 (TN systems or TT systems with grounded neutral point)
To limit the emitted interference, the converters are equipped
as standard with a radio interference suppression filter that conforms to the limits defined in Category C3. SINAMICS G150 converters equipped with a line filter also meet the limits for use in
the first environment (Category C2) according to EN 61800-3 1).
SINAMICS G150 units comply with the noise immunity requirements defined in this standard for the first and second environments.
In conjunction with line reactors, line filters also limit the conducted interference emitted by the Power Modules to the limit
values of Category C2 defined in product standard EN 61800-3.
For converter power ratings > 500 kW, option L23 must also be
ordered (not required when option L01 has been selected).
To allow the power cable shield to be connected in conformance
with EMC requirements, an additional EMC shield bus (option
M70) is installed at the converter input and output. A separate
order is not required in this case.
K87
TM54F Terminal Module
The TM54F Terminal Module is a terminal expansion module with
safe digital inputs and outputs for controlling the Safety Integrated functions.
The TM54F provides four fail-safe digital outputs and ten failsafe digital inputs. A fail-safe digital output consists of one
24 V DC switching output, one output switching to ground and
one digital input to check the switching state. A fail-safe digital
input consists of two digital inputs.
For a description of the TM54F Terminal Module, see
SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units, Supplementary system
components.
1)
Applies to motor cable lengths < 100 m.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
4/19
4
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Options (continued)
L01
Clean Power version with integrated Line Harmonics Filter
compact
Power loss, width and weight of the SINAMICS G150 Clean
Power converter cabinet units
SINAMICS G150
Clean Power
6SL3710-...
Type
rating
Power loss
at 50 Hz/60 Hz 1)
Width
Weight
Z = +L01
kW
kW
mm
kg
1GE32-1AA3-Z
110
5.36/4.52
1200
685
1GE32-6AA3-Z
132
6.26/5.34
1200
685
1GE33-1AA3-Z
160
7.38/6.57
1200
940
1GE33-8AA3-Z
200
8.28/7.17
1400
940
1GE35-0AA3-Z
250
10.03/9.01
1400
955
1GE36-1AA3-Z
315
12.77/12.2
1800
1115
1GE37-5AA3-Z
400
15.22/14.5
1800
1170
1GE38-4AA3-Z
450
15.72/15
1800
1200
1GE41-0AA3-Z
560
22.07/21.45
2200
1580
2GE41-1AA3-Z
630
25.34/24.4
3600
2430
2GE41-4AA3-Z
710
30.24/29
3600
2550
2GE41-6AA3-Z
900
31.14/30
3600
2970
1GF31-8AA3-Z
110
6.93/6.5
1200
705
1GF32-2AA3-Z
132
7.33/6.9
1200
705
1GF32-6AA3-Z
160
9.68/8.95
1200
755
1GF33-3AA3-Z
200
10.78/9.95
1200
755
1GF34-1AA3-Z
250
13.97/13.1
1800
1130
1GF34-7AA3-Z
315
13.67/13.9
1800
1130
1GF35-8AA3-Z
400
16.07/16.2
1800
1270
1GF37-4AA3-Z
500
19.32/19.6
2200
1730
1GF38-1AA3-Z
560
20.72/20.9
2200
1730
2GF38-6AA3-Z
630
27.14/27.8
3600
2460
2GF41-1AA3-Z
710
31.94/32.4
3600
2460
2GF41-4AA3-Z
1000
37.04/39.2
4400
3780
1GH28-5AA3-Z
75
3.71
1200
655
Option L01 always requires electrical separation from the line
supply, this means for converters in a single circuit, for converter
currents ≤ 800 A, option L13 and for converter currents > 800 A,
option L26. For converters with power units connected in parallel, electrical separation from the line supply is included as standard.
1GH31-0AA3-Z
90
4.11
1200
655
1GH31-2AA3-Z
110
4.96
1200
695
1GH31-5AA3-Z
132
5.06
1200
695
1GH31-8AA3-Z
160
6.93
1200
935
1GH32-2AA3-Z
200
7.33
1200
935
SINAMICS G150 Clean Power with integrated Line Harmonics
Filter is available for power ratings up to 1500 kW in all available
degrees of protection up to IP54 (see options M21 to M54).
1GH32-6AA3-Z
250
9.68
1200
975
1GH33-3AA3-Z
315
10.78
1200
975
1GH34-1AA3-Z
400
13.97
1800
1150
Notice:
1GH34-7AA3-Z
450
14.97
1800
1150
When using option L01 on 60 Hz line supplies, a restricted voltage tolerance of +8% applies!
1GH35-8AA3-Z
560
18.17
1800
1250
1GH37-4AA3-Z
710
20.12
2200
1900
Note:
1GH38-1AA3-Z
800
21.32
2200
1940
Option L01 is not available for converters > 1500 kW with power
units connected in parallel and cannot be combined with the following options:
• L22 (without line reactor)
• L23 (line reactor uk = 2%)
• M66 (marine version)
2GH41-1AA3-Z
1000
36.04
3600
2560
2GH41-4AA3-Z
1350
39.84
4400
3780
2GH41-5AA3-Z
1500
42.24
4400
3860
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
500 ... 600 V 3 AC
4
Instead of the line reactor, a line harmonics filter is integrated in
the control cabinet; this minimizes the harmonics that occur due
to the principle of operation. As a consequence, the unit fully
complies with the limit values stipulated in standard IEEE 519:
1992 without any exceptions (precondition: uk ≤ 5% or
RSC ≥ 20).
660 ... 690 V 3 AC
1)
4/20
Siemens D 11 · 2015
Associated voltages for 50 Hz/60 Hz, see Section Technical specifications.
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Options (continued)
L07
dv/dt filter compact plus Voltage Peak Limiter
L10
dv/dt filter plus Voltage Peak Limiter
dv/dt filters compact plus VPL (Voltage Peak Limiter) limit the
voltage rate-of-rise dv/dt to values of < 1600 V/μs and the typical
voltage peaks to the following values in accordance with the limit
value curve A according to IEC 60034-25: 2007:
• < 1150 V at Uline < 575 V
• < 1400 V at 660 V < Uline < 690 V
dv/dt filters plus VPL (Voltage Peak Limiter) limit the voltage rateof-rise dv/dt to values < 500 V/μs and the typical voltage peaks
to the following values in accordance with the limit value curve
according to IEC/TS 60034-17: 2006:
• < 1000 V at Uline < 575 V
• < 1250 V at 660 V < Uline < 690 V
The dv/dt filter compact plus VPL functionally consists of two
components that are supplied as a compact mechanical unit,
the dv/dt reactor and the voltage limiting network (VPL), which
limits voltage peaks and feeds back the energy to the DC link. It
is so compact that it can be completely integrated into the cabinet, even for high power ratings. A supplementary cabinet is not
required.
The dv/dt filter plus VPL functionally consists of two components,
the dv/dt reactor and the voltage limiting network (VPL), which
limits voltage peaks and feeds the energy back to the DC link.
By using a dv/dt filter compact plus VPL, standard motors with
standard insulation and without insulated bearings can be used
with supply voltages up to 690 V in converter operation.
Voltage range
Installation of the dv/dt filter Installation of the dv/dt filter
plus VPL within the conver- plus VPL in an additional
ter cabinet unit
cabinet
V
kW
kW
380 ... 480
110 ... 250
315 ... 900
500 ... 600
110 ... 200
250 ... 1000
660 ... 690
75 ... 315
400 ... 2700
dv/dt filters compact plus VPL are designed for the following
maximum motor cable lengths:
• Shielded cables: 100 m (e.g. Protodur NYCWY)
• Unshielded cables: 150 m (e.g. Protodur NYY)
For longer cable lengths (> 100 m shielded, >150 m unshielded), the dv/dt filter plus VPL (option L10) should be used.
Notice:
• Operation with output frequencies < 10 Hz is permissible for
max. 5 min.
• The maximum permissible output frequency is 150 Hz.
The appropriate information in the SINAMICS Low Voltage
Engineering Manual should also be carefully observed.
Note:
Option L07 cannot be combined with the following options:
• L08 (motor reactor)
• L10 (dv/dt filter plus VPL)
• L15 (sine-wave filter)
• M78 (motor connection from above)
L08
Motor reactor
Motor reactors reduce the voltage load on the motor windings by
reducing the voltage gradients at the motor terminals that occur
during converter operation. At the same time, the capacitive
charge/discharge currents that place an additional load on the
converter output when long motor cables are used, are reduced.
The maximum permissible output frequency when a motor reactor is used is 150 Hz.
Depending on the converter output rating, option L10 can be accommodated in the converter cabinet unit or an additional cabinet of 400 mm or 600 mm width is required.
By using a dv/dt filter plus VPL, standard motors with standard
insulation and without insulated bearings can be used with supply voltages up to 690 V in converter operation.
dv/dt filters plus VPL are designed for the following maximum
motor cable lengths:
• Shielded cables: 300 m (e.g. Protodur NYCWY)
• Unshielded cables: 450 m (e.g. Protodur NYY)
For cable lengths < 100 m shielded or < 150 m unshielded, the
dv/dt filter compact plus VPL (option L07) can be advantageously used.
The appropriate information in the SINAMICS Low Voltage
Engineering Manual should also be carefully observed.
Note:
Option L10 cannot be combined with the following options:
• L07 (dv/dt filter compact plus VPL)
• L08 (motor reactor)
• L15 (sine-wave filter)
• M78 (motor connection from above)
Motor reactors are designed for the following maximum motor
cable lengths:
• Shielded cables: 300 m (e.g. Protodur NYCWY)
• Unshielded cables: 450 m (e.g. Protodur NYY)
Note:
Option L08 cannot be combined with the following options:
• L07 (dv/dt filter compact plus VPL)
• L10 (dv/dt filter plus VPL)
• L15 (sine-wave filter)
• M78 (motor connection from above)
Siemens D 11 · 2015
4/21
4
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Options (continued)
L13
Line contactor (for currents ≤ 800 A for single connection)
L19
Connection for external auxiliary equipment
SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units in a single connection
do not have a line contactor as standard. Option L13 is required
if a switching element is required for disconnecting the cabinet
from the supply (required for EMERGENCY OFF). The contactor
is controlled and powered inside the converter. For devices with
rated input currents > 800 A in single connection, the function of
option L13 is provided by option L26.
An outgoing, controlled feeder fused with max. 10 A for external
auxiliary equipment (e.g. motor external fan).
Note:
4
5
6
Meaning
Range
1
L1
380 ... 690 V AC
2
L2
380 ... 690 V AC
Checkback contact (NO contact), contactor closed
3
L3
380 ... 690 V AC
Checkback contact (NC contact), contactor closed
11
Contactor control
230 V AC
Common potential
12
Contactor control
230 V AC
13
Feedback signal, circuit breaker
230 V AC / 0.5 A;
24 V DC / 2 A
14
Feedback signal, circuit breaker
230 V AC / 0.5 A;
24 V DC / 2 A
15
Feedback signal, contactor
230 V AC / 6 A
16
Feedback signal, contactor
230 V AC / 6 A
PE
PE
Meaning
L15
Sine-wave filter
4
Sine-wave filters are available in the voltage range 380 V to 480
V up to a type rating of 250 kW, and in the voltage range 500 V
to 600 V up to a type rating of 132 kW.
The sine-wave filter at the converter output supplies almost perfect sinusoidal voltages to the motor so that standard motors can
be used without special insulation and without insulated bearings. The sine-wave filter also reduces the converter-related
supplementary motor noise. The maximum permissible motor
supply cable length is limited to 300 m.
Notice:
In conjunction with the option L15, the pulse frequency of the
converter must be increased. This reduces the power available
at the converter output (for the derating factor, see SINAMICS
Low Voltage Engineering Manual). The modulation depth of the
output voltage decreases to approx. 85% (380 V to 480 V) or approx. 83% (500 V to 600 V). The maximum output frequency is
150 Hz (for 380 V to 480 V) or 115 Hz (for 500 V to 600 V). It
should be noted that the reduced voltage at the motor terminals
compared to the rated motor voltage means that the motor
switches to field weakening mode earlier.
Note:
Option L15 cannot be combined with the following options:
• L07 (dv/dt filter compact plus VPL)
• L08 (motor reactor)
• L10 (dv/dt filter plus VPL)
• M78 (motor connection from above)
4/22
The outgoing feeder can be controlled internally by the converter or externally.
Terminal
-X155:
For converters with power units connected in parallel, the line
contactor is included as standard.
Terminal
-X50:
The voltage is tapped at the converter input upstream of the
main contactor / circuit breaker and, therefore, has the same
level as the supply voltage.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
L21
Surge suppression
In ungrounded IT systems, the line voltage is not permanently
connected to the ground potential because of the missing
ground connection of the supply network. Therefore, when a
ground fault occurs during operation, a voltage against ground
increased by a factor of 2 can occur. For this reason, it is recommended that a surge suppression against ground be installed
for operation on IT systems. The surge suppression option includes the installation of line-side surge arresters and upstream
fuses for each system phase. The signaling contacts of the
surge arresters are connected in series for the monitoring and
connected to a customer interface.
Note:
Option L21 does not include the installation of an insulation monitor for the IT system. An insulation monitor should always be ordered separately as option L87 when the supplying IT system is
not monitored at another position (e.g. at the transformer outgoing feeder). Only one insulation monitor can be used in each galvanically coupled network.
Option L21 also does not include the factory-side removal of the
metal bracket which establishes the connection to ground of the
radio interference suppression filter installed as standard. The
metal bracket should therefore be removed during the installation or commissioning of the converter if the device is to be operated on an ungrounded IT system.
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Options (continued)
L22
Scope of delivery without line reactor
(for converters ≤ 500 kW)
L23
Line reactor uk = 2% (for converters > 500 kW)
The line reactor is included as standard in converters up to
500 kW. For converter power ratings > 500 kW, including the
parallel connections, the line reactor (uK = 2%) is optionally
available, as in this power range, the converter is often connected to the medium-voltage line supply via transformers that
are adapted to the converter rating.
A line reactor is needed for high short-circuit power levels, partly
to protect the actual converter against excessive harmonic currents, and thus against overload, and partly to limit the line harmonics to the permissible values. The harmonic currents are limited by the complete inductance comprising the line reactor and
line supply cable inductance. Line reactors can be omitted if the
line supply cable inductance is increased sufficiently, i.e. the
RSC value must be sufficiently small.
RSC = Relative Short-Circuit power: Ratio of short-circuit power
SK line at the supply connection point to fundamental apparent
output Sconv of the connected converters (according to
EN 50178/VDE 0160).
Connection point of the
converter
S k line
Line
Converter
G_D011_EN_00023c
Mains supply cable
inductance
Line reactor
The following applies for SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet
units:
Type rating
Line reactor can be omitted
Line reactor required
kW
For RSC
Order code
(option)
For RSC
Order code
(option)
<200
≤43
L22
>43
–
200 ... 500
≤33
L22
>33
–
≥500
≤20
–
>20
L23
It is recommended that a line reactor is always connected on the
line side of the converter, as in practice, it is often not known on
which supply configuration individual converters are to be operated, i.e. which supply short-circuit power is present at the converter connection point.
The line reactor can only be omitted (option L22) if the values for
RSC are lower than those shown in the table. This is the case, as
shown in the following diagram, when the converter is connected to the line supply via a transformer with the appropriate
rating.
Connection point of the
transformer
S
k2 line
A line reactor (option L23) is always required when
• For cabinet units > 500 kW, the RSC ratio is > 20, or
• Several converters are connected to the same line connection
point
• For cabinet units in a parallel connection, the line supply is not
fed-in through a three-winding transformer, or
• A line filter is used
For further information, please refer to the SINAMICS Low Voltage Engineering Manual.
Note:
When option L01 is selected, a line reactor is not required
(options L22/L23 and L01 cannot be combined).
L26
Main switch incl. fuses or circuit breakers
A switch disconnector with fuses is available as main switch for
converters in single connection with ratings up to 800 A. With
currents above 800 A, a circuit breaker is used instead of a
switch disconnector. The circuit breaker is controlled and supplied within the converter.
Option L26 is included as standard for converters with power
units connected in parallel and a rated input current of ≥ 1500 A.
Circuit breakers are installed in this case. For rated input currents < 1500 A, by selecting option L26, main switches including
fuses are installed in addition to the line contactors provided as
standard.
L45
EMERGENCY OFF pushbutton installed in the cabinet door
Option L45 only includes the EMERGENCY OFF pushbutton.
This is fitted with a protective collar in the cabinet door of the
converter. The contacts of the pushbutton are brought out and
connected to a terminal block. The EMERGENCY OFF functions,
Category 0 or 1, can be activated in conjunction with options
L57, L59 and L60 .
Notice:
By pressing the EMERGENCY OFF pushbutton, in compliance
with IEC 60204-1 (VDE 0113), the motor is stopped – either uncontrolled or controlled depending on the selected Category 0
or 1 – and the converter disconnected from the line supply. Auxiliary voltages such as the supply for an external fan or anti-condensation heating may still be present. Certain areas within the
converter also remain live (under voltage), such as the control or
auxiliary equipment. If complete disconnection of all voltages is
required, the EMERGENCY OFF pushbutton must be incorporated into a protective system to be implemented by the customer. For this purpose, an NC contact is provided at terminal
-X120.
The EMERGENCY OFF button is preconfigured at the factory
only when one of the options L57 to L60 is selected simultaneously. Additional wiring must be provided at the plant.
Connection point of the
converter
S transf
Line
S k1
Converter
Mains supply cable
inductance
uk transf %
G_D011_EN_00022c
As high-rating converters are usually connected to medium-voltage supply systems via transformers to reduce their harmonic
effects on the supply, cabinet units over 500 kW are not
equipped with line reactors as standard.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
4/23
4
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Options (continued)
L50
Cabinet lighting with service socket
L59
EMERGENCY STOP Category 1, 230 V AC
With option L50, cabinet lighting is included with an additional
service socket for a SCHUKO connector (connector type F)
according to CEE 7/4. The power supply for the cabinet lighting
and the service socket is external and must be fuse-protected
for max. 10 A.
EMERGENCY STOP Category 1 for controlled stopping according to EN 60204-1.
The cabinet lighting consists of an LED hand lamp with On/Off
switch and with magnetic fasteners on an approx. 3 m long connecting cable. The lamp is factory-positioned in the cabinet door
at a defined marking, and the connecting cable is wound on the
associated mount.
L55
Anti-condensation heating for cabinet
The anti-condensation heating is recommended at low ambient
temperatures and high levels of humidity to prevent condensation. A 100 W cabinet heater is installed in each cabinet section
(two heaters are installed per cabinet with cabinet section widths
of between 800 mm and 1200 mm).
The power supply for the anti-condensation heating (110 V to
230 V AC, at terminal block -X240) must be provided externally
and fused with max. 16 A.
4
Terminal
-X240:
Meaning
1
L1 (110 ... 230 V AC)
2
N
3
PE
L57
EMERGENCY OFF Category 0, 230 V AC or 24 V DC
EMERGENCY OFF Category 0 for uncontrolled stopping
according to EN 60204-1.
The function includes interrupting the power supply for the converter via the line contactor and bypassing the microprocessor
controller using a safety combination according to EN 60204-1.
The motor coasts to a standstill. When delivered, the pushbutton
circuit is preset to 230 V AC. Jumpers must be appropriately set
when using 24 V DC.
Notice:
Option L57 always requires electrical separation from the line
supply, this means for converters in a single circuit, for converter
currents ≤ 800 A, option L13 and for converter currents > 800 A,
option L26. For converters with power units connected in parallel, electrical separation from the line supply is included as standard.
Terminal
-X120:
Meaning
7
Loop in the EMERGENCY OFF pushbutton from the plant side;
remove jumper 7-8!
8
Loop in the EMERGENCY OFF pushbutton from the plant side;
remove jumper 7-8!
15
"On" for monitored start; remove jumper 15-16!
16
17
18
4/24
The function stops the drive using a fast stop along a down ramp
that is parameterized by the user. The power supply to the converter is then interrupted as described for EMERGENCY OFF
Category 0.
In order to maintain the specified stopping times, it may be
necessary to use a braking unit.
Notice:
Option L59 always requires electrical separation from the line
supply, this means for converters in a single circuit, for converter
currents ≤ 800 A, option L13 and for converter currents > 800 A,
option L26. For converters with power units connected in parallel, electrical separation from the line supply is included as standard.
Terminal
-X120:
Meaning
7
Loop in the EMERGENCY OFF pushbutton from the plant side;
remove jumper 7-8!
8
Loop in the EMERGENCY OFF pushbutton from the plant side;
remove jumper 7-8!
15
"On" for manual start; remove jumper 15-16!
16
"On" for manual start; remove jumper 15-16!
17
Checkback signal, "Safety combination has tripped"
18
Checkback signal, "Safety combination has tripped"
L60
EMERGENCY STOP Category 1, 24 V DC
EMERGENCY STOP Category 1 for controlled stopping according to EN 60204-1.
The function stops the drive using a fast stop along a down ramp
that is parameterized by the user. The power supply to the converter is then interrupted as described for EMERGENCY OFF
Category 0.
In order to maintain the specified stopping times, it may be necessary to use a braking unit.
Notice:
Option L60 always requires electrical separation from the line
supply, this means for converters in a single circuit, for converter
currents ≤ 800 A, option L13 and for converter currents > 800 A,
option L26. For converters with power units connected in parallel, electrical separation from the line supply is included as standard.
Terminal
-X120:
Meaning
7
Loop in the EMERGENCY OFF pushbutton from the plant side;
remove jumper 7-8!
8
Loop in the EMERGENCY OFF pushbutton from the plant side;
remove jumper 7-8!
"On" for monitored start; remove jumper 15-16!
15
"On" for manual start; remove jumper 15-16!
Checkback signal, "Safety combination has tripped"
16
"On" for manual start; remove jumper 15-16!
Checkback signal, "Safety combination has tripped"
17
Checkback signal, "Safety combination has tripped"
18
Checkback signal, "Safety combination has tripped"
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Options (continued)
L61, L62
Braking units
The following braking units are available for SINAMICS G150
converters – depending on the converter type:
Braking units may be required for drives in which motors might
operate in generator mode, but have no facility for feeding energy back into the supply system.
Option
The braking unit comprises two components:
• A Braking Module that is installed in the converter cabinet
• A braking resistor to be mounted externally (IP20 degree of
protection).
The braking unit functions as an autonomous unit, and does not
require an external power supply. The braking energy is converted into heat in the braking resistor that must be mounted externally.
SINAMICS
Braking Module
G150 converter cabinet
units
Braking
resistor RB
Type rating
PDB
P40
P20
P15
kW
kW
kW
kW
kW
Ω
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
L61
110 ... 132
25
50
100
125
4.4 ±7.5 %
L62
160 ... 900
50
100
200
250
2.2 ±7.5 %
50
100
200
250
3.4 ±7.5 %
3500 ... 600 V AC
L62
110 ... 1000
A max. cable length of 100 m is permissible between the Braking
Module and the braking resistor. This allows the braking resistor
to be mounted externally so that heat losses can be dissipated
outside the converter enclosure.
660 ... 690 V 3 AC
The braking resistor is connected to terminal block –X5 on the
converter cabinet unit:
PDB: Rated power (continuous braking power)
P40: 40 s power in relation to a braking interval of 90 s
P20: 20 s power in relation to a braking interval of 90 s
P15: 15 s power in relation to a braking interval of 90 s
Terminal
-X5:
Meaning
1
Braking resistor connection
2
Braking resistor connection
P/P20
G_D011_EN_00328
1.50
1.00
P20
50
100
125
9.8 ±7.5 %
50
100
200
250
4.9 ±7.5 %
If more braking power is required than provided by the braking
units listed here, then braking units may be connected in parallel
for higher converter outputs (on request).
For further information, please refer to the SINAMICS Low
Voltage Engineering Manual.
If L01 (line harmonics filter) is in use, after the converter
has been switched off, as a result of the principle of operation,
a waiting period of at least 30 seconds must be allowed to
elapse before switching on again. With option L76, the wait time
is shortened to approx. 3 s.
0.75
P40
PDB
0.25
0
10 15 20 30
25
160 ... 2700
L76
Quick start (for option L01)
P15
0.50
75 ... 132
L62
A second 50 kW braking unit can be used in converters with
power units connected in parallel in order to increase the braking power. In this case, a Braking Module is assigned to each
braking resistor. You can order a second braking unit by selecting option L62 twice.
Characteristic curves
1.25
L61
40
50
60
70
80
90
100 s
t
PDB = Rated power
P15 = 5 x PDB = Power which is permissible every 90 s for 15 s
P20 = 4 x PDB = Power which is permissible every 90 s for 20 s
P40 = 2 x PDB = Power which is permissible every 90 s for 40 s
L83
Thermistor motor protection device (alarm)
Thermistor motor protection device for PTC thermistors (PTC resistors, type A) for alarm. The thermistor motor protection device
is supplied with power and evaluated internally in the converter.
Terminal
-F127:
Meaning
T1
Sensor circuit connection
T2
Sensor circuit connection
Load diagram for Braking Modules and braking resistors
Information about possible duty cycles of the braking units and
other configuration notes are contained in the SINAMICS Low
Voltage Engineering Manual.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
4/25
4
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Options (continued)
L84
Thermistor motor protection device (trip)
M06
Base 100 mm high, RAL 7022
Thermistor motor protection device for PTC thermistors (PTC resistors, type A) for trip. The thermistor motor protection device is
supplied with power and evaluated internally in the converter.
The additional cabinet base allows larger bending radii for cables (cable inlet from below) and enables them to be routed
within the cabinet base.
Terminal
-F125:
Meaning
T1
Sensor circuit connection
T2
Sensor circuit connection
L86
Pt100 evaluation unit
The Pt100 evaluation unit can monitor up to six sensors. The sensors can be connected using a two-wire or three-wire system.
The limit values can be freely programmed for each channel.
In the factory setting, the measuring channels are subdivided
into two groups, each with three channels. With motors, for example, this means that three Pt100s in the stator windings and
two Pt100s in the motor bearings can be monitored. Unused
channels can be hidden via parameters.
The output relays are integrated into the internal fault and shutdown sequence of the converter.
4
L87
Insulation monitoring
An insulation monitor must be used if the converter is connected
to an ungrounded line supply. The device monitors the entire
galvanically coupled circuit for insulation faults.
An alarm is output in the event of a fault.
Notice:
Only one insulation monitor can be used in each galvanically
coupled network.
As there are different response strategies when a ground fault
occurs in an ungrounded system, output relays of the insulation
monitor are provided for integration in a plant-side control. It is
also possible to integrate the outputs into the converter monitoring system on the plant side.
The cabinet base is supplied in RAL 7022 as standard. A special
paint finish is not available for the base. It is delivered completely
assembled with the cabinet. The height of the operator panel
changes accordingly.
M07
Cable marshalling space 200 mm high, RAL 7035
The cable marshalling space is made of strong sheet steel and
allows cables to be connected more flexibly (entry from below).
It also allows routing of cables within the marshalling compartment. It is delivered completely assembled with the cabinet. The
height of the operator panel changes accordingly.
Note:
The cable compartment is painted as standard with RAL 7035.
If a special color is requested for the cabinet (order code Y09),
the cable-marshaling space is also painted in this color.
M13
Line connection from above
The control cabinet is provided with an additional roof section to
allow a line connection from above. The connection lugs for the
power cables, the clamping bar for mechanically securing the
cables, an EMC shield bus, and a PE busbar are located within
this roof section.
This increases the cabinet height by 405 mm. The busbars for
the connection from above are delivered completely pre-installed. For transport reasons, the roof sections are delivered
separately and must be fitted on site. Crane transport assemblies (option M90) can still be used.
However, they must be removed on site before the roof sections
can be installed. Use of rope spreaders should be considered in
the case of small crane hook heights.
Terminal
-A1-A101:
Meaning
11
Signaling relay ALARM 1
An undrilled aluminum mounting plate (5 mm thick) is provided
in the roof section for feeding in the cables. Depending on the
number of cables and the cross-sections used, holes for attaching cable glands for feeding in the cables must be drilled in this
mounting plate on site.
12
Signaling relay ALARM 1
Notice:
14
Signaling relay ALARM 1
21
Signaling relay ALARM 2
22
Signaling relay ALARM 2
The control cables are still connected from below. When option
M13 is selected, the standard line connection from below is omitted.
24
Signaling relay ALARM 2
M+
External kΩ display, 0 – 400 µA
M-
External kΩ display, 0 – 400 µA
R1
External reset button (NC contact or wire jumper, otherwise the
error message is not stored)
R2
External reset button (NC contact or wire jumper)
T1
External test button
T2
External test button
Insulation monitoring can be supplied on request for converter
cabinet units with power units connected in parallel.
4/26
Siemens D 11 · 2015
The degree of protection of the roof sections is IP21. In combination with options M23, M43 and M54 , additional plastic ventilation grilles and filter elements are provided.
Note:
The roof sections are painted in RAL 7035 as standard. If a special color is requested for the cabinet (order code Y09), the roof
sections are also painted in this color. Ventilation grilles used
with IP23, IP43 and IP54 degrees of protection are in RAL 7035
and cannot be painted.
Option M13 is not available for converters > 1500 kW with power
units connected in parallel.
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Options (continued)
M21
Degree of protection IP21
M70
EMC shield bus (cable connection from below)
Cabinet version in IP20, but with additional top cover or canopy.
This increases the cabinet height by 250 mm.
The EMC shield bus is used to connect shielded line and motor
supply cables. The EMC shield bus is included as standard with
option L00 (RFI suppression filter).
For transport reasons, the top covers or canopies are delivered
separately and must be fitted on site.
Note:
M75
PE busbar (cable connection from below)
The top covers or canopies are painted in RAL 7035 as standard. If a special color is requested for the cabinet (order code
Y09), the top covers or canopies will also be painted this color.
The PE busbar is used to connect and secure PE cables. The
PE busbar is contained as standard in version A. For version C,
the PE busbar can be ordered separately as option M75.
M23/M43/M54
Degree of protection IP23/IP43/IP54
M78
Motor connection from above
When M23, M43 or M54 is selected, the converter is equipped
with a roof section. This increases the cabinet height by 400 mm.
The control cabinet is provided with an additional roof section for
a motor connection from above. The connection lugs for the
power cables, the clamping bar for mechanically securing the
cables, an EMC shield bus, and a PE busbar are located within
this roof section.
For transport reasons, the roof sections are delivered separately
and must be fitted on site.
Note:
The roof sections are painted in RAL 7035 as standard. If a special color is requested for the cabinet (order code Y09), the roof
sections are also painted in this color. The molded plastic parts
(e.g. ventilation grilles) are in RAL 7035 and cannot be painted.
M66
Marine version
For compliance with the requirements of the classification institutes:
• Lloyds Register
• American Bureau of Shipping
• Germanischer Lloyd
• Bureau Veritas
• Det Norske Veritas
• Chinese Classification Society
This option includes a strengthened mechanical version of the
cabinet, handles (handrail) below the operator panel and mechanical locking of the cabinet doors. The cabinet has degree of
protection IP23 (option M23) and includes a cabinet anti-condensation heater (option L55). To attach the converter to the
ship's deck, a welding frame (5 mm high) is supplied separately.
Option M66 is not available for converters > 1500 kW with power
units connected in parallel.
Note:
A combination with options M21, M23 and L01 or L55 is not possible. If the converter is used for a safety-relevant drive on a ship,
then individual certification is also required (see options E11 to
E71) – these include option M66.
This increases the cabinet height by 405 mm. The busbars for
the connection from above are delivered completely pre-installed. For transport reasons, the roof sections are delivered
separately and must be fitted on site. Crane transport assemblies (option M90) can still be used. However, they must be removed on site before the roof sections can be installed.
An undrilled aluminum mounting plate (5 mm thick) is provided
in the roof section for feeding in the cables. Depending on the
number of cables and the cross-sections used, holes for attaching cable glands for feeding in the cables must be drilled in this
mounting plate on site.
Notice:
The control cables are still connected from below. When option
M78 is selected, the standard motor connection from below is
omitted. A combination with motor-side options L07, L08, L10
and L15 is not possible. If option L61 or L62 is selected at the
same time as option M78, the braking-resistor should also be
connected from above.
The degree of protection of the roof sections is IP21. In combination with options M23, M43 and M54 , additional plastic ventilation grilles and filter elements are provided.
Note:
The roof sections are painted in RAL 7035 as standard. If a special color is requested for the cabinet (order code Y09), the roof
sections are also painted in this color. Ventilation grilles used
with IP23, IP43 and IP54 degrees of protection are in RAL 7035
and cannot be painted.
Option M78 is not available for converters > 1500 kW with power
units connected in parallel
M90
Crane transport assembly (top-mounted)
For single cabinets up to a width of 600 mm, the crane transport
assembly consists of transport eyebolts. For cabinet widths of
800 mm and wider, transport rails are used.
Rope spreaders should be used for low crane hook heights.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
4/27
4
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Options (continued)
M91
Marking of all control cable conductor ends
Y32
Two-line label for system identification, 40 × 180 mm
When this option is selected, all control cables or conductor
ends (including all customer-specific options) are labeled
throughout the cabinet.
Resopal labels (white with black lettering) for identifying the control cabinets are available. The labels are stuck to the cabinet
door.
T58, T60, T80, T85, T91
Rating plate data
Dimensions H × W: 40 × 180 mm
The standard version of the rating plate is in English/German.
Field 1: Max. 9 characters, font size 10 mm
Field 2: Max. 9 characters, font size 10 mm
Field 3: Max. 20 characters, font size 10 mm.
The text must be specified in plain text when ordering.
A rating plate in another language can be selected using the
following order code for the option.
Order code Rating plate language
T58
English/French
T60
English/Spanish
T80
English/Italian
T85
English/Russian
T91
English/Chinese
90
+D4Z01R04 -31FA011
infeed roller FS
Field 1
40
Field 3
180
Y09
Special cabinet paint finish
4
Field 2
The converter cabinet units are delivered in RAL7035 as standard. The special paint finish must be specified in plain text
when ordering. All RAL colors which are available as powder
coatings can be selected.
Y33
Four-line label for system identification, 40 × 180 mm
Resopal labels (white with black lettering) for identifying the control cabinets are available. The labels are stuck to the cabinet
door.
Note:
Dimensions H × W: 40 × 180 mm
If options such as cable marshalling space (order code M07),
top covers or canopies (order code M21), roof sections (order
codes M23/M43/M54) or cable connection from above (order
codes M13/M78) are ordered for the converter cabinet units,
they will also be supplied in the paint finish specified in the order.
The molded plastic parts (e.g. ventilation grilles) are in RAL 7035
and cannot be painted.
The text must be specified in plain text when ordering.
Field 1: Max. 9 characters, font size 10 mm
Field 2: Max. 20 characters, font size 6 mm
Field 3: Max. 20 characters, font size 6 mm
Field 4: Max. 20 characters, font size 6 mm
Field 5: Max. 20 characters, font size 6 mm
Y31
One-line label for system identification, 40 × 80 mm
Resopal labels (white with black lettering) for identifying the control cabinets are available. The labels are stuck to the cabinet
door.
Dimensions H × W: 40 × 80 mm
Field 1: Max. 9 characters, font size 10 mm.
Field 1
80
4/28
Siemens D 11 · 2015
+D4Z01R04
Field 1
-31 FA011 Short text 1 Field 2
-31FA012 Short text 2 Field 3
-31FA013 Short text 3 Field 4
-31FA014 Short text 4 Field 5
180
The text must be specified in plain text when ordering.
+D4Z01R04
80
40
40
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Technical specifications
The most important directives and standards are listed below.
These are used as basis for the SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units and they must be carefully observed to achieve an
EMC-compliant configuration that is safe both functionally and in
operation.
European directives
2006/95/EC
Low-voltage directive:
Directive of the European Parliament and Council of December 12, 2006, on the approximation of the laws of the
member states relating to electrical equipment designed for use within certain voltage limits
2006/42/EC
Machinery directive:
Directive of the European Parliament and Council of May 17, 2006 on machinery and for changing Directive 95/16/EC
(amendment)
2004/108/EC
EMC directive:
Directive of the European Parliament and Council of December 15, 2004, which repeals directive 89/336/EEC, on the
approximation of laws of the member states relating to electromagnetic compatibility
European standards
EN ISO 3744
Acoustics – Determination of the sound power level and sound energy level for noise sources that result from sound
pressure measurements – envelope surface procedure of the accuracy class 2 for a largely free sound field over a
reflecting plane
EN ISO 13849-1
Safety of machinery – Safety-related parts of control systems
Part 1: General design principles (ISO 13849-1:2006) (replaced EN 954-1)
EN 60146-1-1
Semiconductor converters – General requirements and line-commutated converters
4
Part 1-1: Specification of basic requirements
EN 60204-1
Electrical equipment of machines
Part 1: General definitions
EN 60529
Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP code)
EN 61508-1
Functional safety of electrical/electronic/programmable electronic safety-related systems
Part 1: General requirements
EN 61800-2
Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems
Part 2: General requirements – Rating specifications for the measurement of low-voltage adjustable frequency AC
power drive systems
EN 61800-3
Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems
Part 3: EMC product standard including special test procedure
EN 61800-5-1
Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems
Part 5: Safety requirements
Main section 1: Electrical and thermal requirements
EN 61800-5-2
Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems
Part 2: Safety requirements – Functional safety (IEC 61800-5-2:2007)
Siemens D 11 · 2015
4/29
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Technical specifications (continued)
General technical specifications
Electrical specifications
Line voltages and power
ranges
Single connection
Parallel connection
• 380 ... 480 V 3 AC ±10% (-15% < 1 min)
110 ... 560 kW
630 ... 900 kW
• 500 ... 600 V 3 AC ±10% (-15% < 1 min)
110 ... 560 kW
630 ... 1000 kW
• 660 ... 690 V 3 AC ±10% (-15% < 1 min)
75 ... 800 kW
1000 ... 2700 kW
Line system configurations
Grounded TN/TT systems or ungrounded IT systems (a grounded line conductor is not permissible in 690 V line supplies)
Line frequency
47 ... 63 Hz
Output frequency
0 ... 550 Hz1)
Line power factor
- Fundamental
- Total
> 0.96
0.75 ... 0.93
Efficiency
> 98%
Overvoltage category
III according to EN 61800-5-1
Control method
Vector control with and without encoder or V/f control
Fixed speeds
15 fixed speeds plus 1 minimum speed, parameterizable
(in the default setting, 3 fixed setpoints plus 1 minimum speed are selectable using terminal block / PROFIBUS)
Speed ranges that can be
skipped
4, parameterizable
Setpoint resolution
0.001 rpm digital
12-bit analog
4
Braking operation
Optional via braking unit
Mechanical specifications
Degree of protection
IP20 (higher degrees of protection up to IP54 optional)
Protection class
I according to EN 61800-5-1
Touch protection
EN 50274 / BGV A3 when used for the intended purpose
Cabinet system
Rittal TS8, doors with double-bit key, three-section base plates for cable entry
Paint finish
RAL 7035 (indoor requirements)
Cooling method
Forced air cooling AF according to EN 60146
Ambient conditions
Storage
Transport
Operation
Ambient temperature
-25 ... +55° C
-25 ... +70° C
as of -40° C for 24 hours
0 ... +40° C
to +50° C see derating data
Relative humidity
(condensation not
permissible)
5 ... 95%
5 ... 95%
at 40° C
5 ... 95%
Class 1K4 according to EN 60721-3-1
Class 2K3 according to EN 60721-3-2
Class 3K3 according to EN 60721-3-3
Environmental class / harm- Class 1C2 according to EN 60721-3-1
ful chemical substances
Organic/biological
influences
Class 1B1 according to EN 60721-3-1
Class 2C2 according to EN 60721-3-2 Class 3C2 according to EN 60721-3-3
Class 2B1 according to EN 60721-3-2
Class 3B1 according to EN 60721-3-3
Degree of pollution
2 according to EN 61800-5-1
Installation altitude
Up to 2000 m above sea level without derating; > 2000 m see derating data
Mechanical stability
Storage
Transport
Operation
Vibratory load
- Deflection
- Acceleration
1.5 mm at 5 ... 9 Hz
5 m/s2 at > 9 ... 200 Hz
3.1 mm at 5 ... 9 Hz
10 m/s2 at > 9 ... 200 Hz
0.075 mm at 10 ... 58 Hz
10 m/s2 at > 58 … 200 Hz
Class 1M2 according to EN 60721-3-1
Class 2M2 according to EN 60721-3-2 –
40 m/s2 for 22 ms
100 m/s2 for 11 ms
Class 1M2 according to EN 60721-3-1
Class 2M2 according to EN 60721-3-2 Class 3M4 according to EN 60721-3-3
Shock load
- Acceleration
100 m/s2 for 11 ms
Compliance with standards
CE marking
According to EMC Directive No. 2004/108/EC and Low Voltage Directive No. 2006/95/EC and
Machinery Directive No. 2006/42/EC for functional safety
Radio interference
suppression
The SINAMICS G150 converter systems are not designed for connection to the public power network ("first environment").
Radio interference suppression is compliant with the EMC product standard for variable-speed drives EN 61800-3, "Second
environment" (industrial networks). EMC disturbances can occur when connected to the public power networks. However, if
supplementary measures are taken (e.g. line filter, see option L00) operation in the "first environment" is possible. 2)
Deviations from the specified classes are underlined.
4/30
Siemens D 11 · 2015
1)
The output frequency is also affected by the selected control method and
the pulse frequency. For further information, please refer to the SINAMICS
Low Voltage Engineering Manual.
2)
Applies to motor cable lengths < 100 m.
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Technical specifications for single connection
Line voltage
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units
6SL3710-1GE..-....
Single connection
32-1.A3
32-6.A3
33-1.A3
33-8.A3
35-0.A3
36-1.A3
37-5.A3
38-4.A3
41-0.A3
Type rating
• For IL at 50 Hz 400 V 1)
• For IH at 50 Hz 400 V 1)
• For IL at 60 Hz 460 V 2)
• For IH at 60 Hz 460 V 2)
kW
kW
hp
hp
110
90
150
125
132
110
200
150
160
132
250
200
200
160
300
250
250
200
400
350
315
250
500
350
400
315
600
450
450
400
600
500
560
450
800
700
Output current
• Rated current In
• Base-load current IL3)
• Base-load current IH4)
A
A
A
210
205
178
260
250
233
310
302
277
380
370
340
490
477
438
605
590
460
745
725
570
840
820
700
985
960
860
A
A
A
229
335
1.1
284
410
1.1
338
495
1.35
395
606
1.35
509
781
1.35
629
967
1.4
775
1188
1.4
873
1344
1.4
1024
1573
1.5
Rated short-circuit
current
according to IEC 7)
kA
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
84
84
Minimum short-circuit
current 8)
A
3000
3600
4400
4400
8000
10000
10500
16000/1800 9) 18400/2000 9)
Power loss, max. 10)
• At 50 Hz 400 V
• At 60 Hz 460 V
kW
kW
2.9
2.54
3.8
3.36
4.4
4.07
5.3
4.67
6.4
5.96
8.2
8.3
9.6
9.7
10.1
10.2
14.4
14.7
Cooling air requirement
m3/s
0.17
0.23
0.36
0.36
0.36
0.78
0.78
0.78
1.48
Sound pressure level
LpA (1 m) at 50/60 Hz
dB
67/68
69/73
69/73
69/73
69/73
70/73
70/73
70/73
72/75
m
m
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
mm
800/400
800/400
800/400
1000/400
1000/400
1200/600
1200/600
1200/600
1600/1000
mm
mm
2000
600
2000
600
2000
600
2000
600
2000
600
2000
600
2000
600
2000
600
2000
600
kg
460/225
460/225
670/300
670/300
670/300
750/670
750/670
780/670
1100/880
Input current
• Rated input current 5)
• Input current, max.
• Current requirement,
24 V DC auxiliary
power supply 6)
Cable lengths
between converter and
motor 11)
• Shielded
• Unshielded
Dimensions
• Width for
version A/C
• Height 12)
• Depth
Weight, approx.
(degree of protection IP20,
without options) for
version A/C
4
Note: The power data in hp units is based on the NEC/CEC standards for the North American market.
For information on the line connection, motor connection and cabinet grounding, see Section Configuration.
1)
2)
3)
Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based on IL or IH
for 3 AC 50 Hz 400 V.
7)
In conjunction with the specified fuses or circuit breakers.
8)
Minimum current required for reliably triggering the protective devices.
Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based on IL or IH
for 3 AC 60 Hz 460 V.
9)
For option L26 (version A) the low value applies.
10)
The specified power losses are the maximum values for a utilization of
100%. The values are lower under normal operating conditions.
11)
Longer cable lengths for specific configurations are available on request.
12)
Version A: The cabinet height increases by
– 250 mm for degree of protection IP21
– 400 mm for degrees of protection IP23, IP43 and IP54
– 405 mm for options M13 and M78
Version C: The cabinet height increases by
– 250 mm for degree of protection IP21
– 400 mm for degrees of protection IP23, IP43 and IP54
The base-load current IL is based on a load cycle of 110% for 60 s or
150% for 10 s with a load cycle duration of 300 s. See Characteristic
curves, Section Overload capability.
4)
The base-load current IH is based on a duty cycle of 150% for 60 s or
160% for 10 s with a duty cycle duration of 300 s. See Characteristic
curves, Section Overload capability.
5)
The currents listed here are based on the rated output current.
6)
If the drive control is to remain active after a main infeed failure, the converter
must be externally supplied with 24 V DC.
The following must also be taken into account:
– CU320-2: 1 A
– TM31: 0.5 A
– AOP30: 0.2 A
– SMC: 0.6 A
– Current requirement of digital inputs/outputs.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
4/31
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Technical specifications (continued)
4
Line voltage
500 ... 600 V 3 AC
SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units
6SL3710-1GF..-....
Single connection
31-8.A3
32-2.A3
32-6.A3
33-3.A3
34-1.A3
34-7.A3
35-8.A3
37-4.A3
38-1.A3
Type rating
• For IL at 50 Hz 500 V 1)
• For IH at 50 Hz 500 V 1)
• For IL at 60 Hz 575 V 2)
• For IH at 60 Hz 575 V 2)
kW
kW
hp
hp
110
90
150
150
132
110
200
200
160
132
250
200
200
160
300
250
250
200
400
350
315
250
450
450
400
315
600
500
500
450
700
700
560
500
800
700
Output current
• Rated current In
• Base-load current IL3)
• Base-load current IH4)
A
A
A
175
171
157
215
208
192
260
250
233
330
320
280
410
400
367
465
452
416
575
560
514
735
710
657
810
790
724
Input current
• Rated input current 5)
A
• Input current, max.
A
• Current requirement, 24 V DC A
6)
auxiliary power supply
191
279
1.35
224
341
1.35
270
410
1.35
343
525
1.4
426
655
1.4
483
740
1.4
598
918
1.4
764
1164
1.5
842
1295
1.5
Rated short-circuit current
according to IEC 7)
kA
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
84
84
Minimum short-circuit
current 8)
A
2400
3000
3600
5200
5200
6200
8400
10500
10400/1800 9)
Power loss, max. 10)
• At 50 Hz 500 V
• At 60 Hz 575 V
kW
kW
3.8
3.2
4.2
3.6
5
4.1
6.1
5.1
8.1
6.7
7.8
7.5
8.7
8.4
12.7
12.5
14.1
13.8
Cooling air requirement
m3/s
0.36
0.36
0.36
0.36
0.78
0.78
0.78
1.48
1.48
Sound pressure level
LpA (1 m) at 50/60 Hz
dB
69/73
69/73
69/73
69/73
72/75
72/75
72/75
72/75
72/75
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
mm
800/400
800/400
800/400
800/400
1200/600
1200/600
1200/600
1600/1000 1600/1000
mm
mm
2000
600
2000
600
2000
600
2000
600
2000
600
2000
600
2000
600
2000
600
2000
600
460/300
460/300
460/300
460/300
750/670
750/670
860/670
1150/940
1150/960
Cable lengths
between converter and motor 11)
• Shielded
m
m
• Unshielded
Dimensions
• Width for
version A/C
• Height 12)
• Depth
Weight, approx.
kg
(degree of protection IP20,
without options) for version A/C
Note: The power data in hp units is based on the NEC/CEC standards for the North American market.
For information on the line connection, motor connection and cabinet grounding, see Section Configuration.
1)
2)
3)
Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based on IL or IH
for 3 AC 50 Hz 400 V.
7)
In conjunction with the specified fuses or circuit breakers.
8)
Minimum current required for reliably triggering the protective devices.
Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based on IL or IH
for 3 AC 60 Hz 460 V.
9)
For option L26 (version A) the low value applies.
10)
The specified power losses are the maximum values for a utilization of
100%. The values are lower under normal operating conditions.
11)
Longer cable lengths for specific configurations are available on request.
12)
Version A: The cabinet height increases by
– 250 mm for degree of protection IP21
– 400 mm for degrees of protection IP23, IP43 and IP54
– 405 mm for options M13 and M78
Version C: The cabinet height increases by
– 250 mm for degree of protection IP21
– 400 mm for degrees of protection IP23, IP43 and IP54
The base-load current IL is based on a load cycle of 110% for 60 s or
150% for 10 s with a load cycle duration of 300 s. See Characteristic
curves, Section Overload capability.
4)
The base-load current IH is based on a duty cycle of 150% for 60 s or
160% for 10 s with a duty cycle duration of 300 s. See Characteristic
curves, Section Overload capability.
5)
The currents listed here are based on the rated output current.
6)
If the drive control is to remain active after a main infeed failure, the converter
must be externally supplied with 24 V DC.
The following must also be taken into account:
– CU320-2: 1 A
– TM31: 0.5 A
– AOP30: 0.2 A
– SMC: 0.6 A
– Current requirement of digital inputs/outputs.
4/32
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Line voltage
660 ... 690 V 3 AC
SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units
6SL3710-1GH..-....
Single connection
28-5.A3
31-0.A3
31-2.A3
31-5.A3
31-8.A3
32-2.A3
32-6.A3
Type rating
• For IL at 50 Hz 690 V 1)
• For IH at 50 Hz 690 V 1)
kW
kW
75
55
90
75
110
90
132
110
160
132
200
160
250
200
Output current
• Rated current In
• Base-load current IL 2)
• Base-load current IH 3)
A
A
A
85
80
76
100
95
89
120
115
107
150
142
134
175
171
157
215
208
192
260
250
233
93
131
1.1
109
155
1.1
131
188
1.1
164
232
1.1
191
279
1.35
224
341
1.35
270
410
1.35
Input current
• Rated input current 4)
A
• Input current, max.
A
• Current requirement, 24 V DC A
auxiliary power supply 5)
Rated short-circuit current
according to IEC 6)
kA
65
65
65
65
65
65
65
Minimum
short-circuit current 7)
A
1500
1500
1200
1600
2400
3000
3600
Power loss, max. 8)
at 50 Hz 690 V
kW
1.7
2.1
2.7
2.8
3.8
4.2
5
Cooling air requirement
m3/s
0.17
0.17
0.17
0.17
0.36
0.36
0.36
Sound pressure level
LpA (1 m) at 50/60 Hz
dB
67/68
67/68
67/68
67/68
67/73
67/73
67/73
Cable lengths
between converter and motor 9)
• Shielded
m
m
• Unshielded
Dimensions
• Width for
version A/C
• Height 10)
• Depth
4
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
mm
800/400
800/400
800/400
800/400
800/400
800/400
800/400
mm
mm
2000
600
2000
600
2000
600
2000
600
2000
600
2000
600
2000
600
460/225
460/225
460/225
460/225
670/300
670/300
670/300
Weight, approx.
kg
(degree of protection IP20,
without options) for version A/C
Note: The power data in hp units is based on the NEC/CEC standards for the North American market.
For information on the line connection, motor connection and cabinet grounding, see Section Configuration.
1)
Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based on IL or IH
for 3 AC 50 Hz 400 V.
6) In conjunction with the specified fuses or circuit breakers.
7)
2)
Minimum current required for reliably triggering the protective devices.
The base-load current IL is based on a load cycle of 110% for 60 s or
150% for 10 s with a load cycle duration of 300 s. See Characteristic
curves, Section Overload capability.
8)
The specified power losses are the maximum values for a utilization of
100%. The values are lower under normal operating conditions.
3)
9)
The base-load current IH is based on a duty cycle of 150% for 60 s or
160% for 10 s with a duty cycle duration of 300 s. See Characteristic
curves, Section Overload capability.
Longer cable lengths for specific configurations are available on request.
10)
Version A: The cabinet height increases by
– 250 mm for degree of protection IP21
– 400 mm for degrees of protection IP23, IP43 and IP54
– 405 mm for options M13 and M78
Version C: The cabinet height increases by
– 250 mm for degree of protection IP21
– 400 mm for degrees of protection IP23, IP43 and IP54
4)
The currents listed here are based on the rated output current.
5)
If the drive control is to remain active after a main infeed failure, the converter
must be externally supplied with 24 V DC.
The following must also be taken into account:
– CU320-2: 1 A
– TM31: 0.5 A
– AOP30: 0.2 A
– SMC: 0.6 A
– Current requirement of digital inputs/outputs.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
4/33
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Technical specifications (continued)
4
Line voltage
660 ... 690 V 3 AC
SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units
6SL3710-1GH..-....
Single connection
33-3.A3
34-1.A3
34-7.A3
35-8.A3
37-4.A3
38-1.A3
Type rating
• For IL at 50 Hz 690 V 1)
• For IH at 50 Hz 690 V 1)
kW
kW
315
250
400
315
450
400
560
450
710
560
800
710
Output current
• Rated current In
• Base-load current IL 2)
• Base-load current IH 3)
A
A
A
330
320
280
410
400
367
465
452
416
575
560
514
735
710
657
810
790
724
Input current
• Rated input current 4)
A
• Input current, max.
A
• Current requirement, 24 V DC A
auxiliary power supply 5)
343
525
1.35
426
655
1.4
483
740
1.4
598
918
1.4
764
1164
1.5
842
1295
1.5
Rated short-circuit current
according to IEC 6)
kA
65
65
84
84
85
85
Minimum
short-circuit current 7)
A
5200
5200
6200
8400
10500
10400/1800 8)
Power loss, max. 9)
at 50 Hz 690 V
kW
6.1
8.1
9.1
10.8
13.5
14.7
Cooling air requirement
m3/s
0.36
0.78
0.78
0.78
1.48
1.48
Sound pressure level
LpA (1 m) at 50/60 Hz
dB
67/73
72/75
72/75
72/75
72/75
72/75
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
mm
800/400
1200/600
1200/600
1200/600
1600/1000
1600/1000
mm
mm
2000
600
2000
600
2000
600
2000
600
2000
600
2000
600
670/300
780/670
780/670
840/670
1320/940
1360/980
Cable lengths
between converter and motor 10)
• Shielded
m
m
• Unshielded
Dimensions
• Width for
version A/C
• Height 11)
• Depth
Weight, approx.
kg
(degree of protection IP20,
without options) for version A/C
Note: The power data in hp units is based on the NEC/CEC standards for the North American market.
For information on the line connection, motor connection and cabinet grounding, see Section Configuration.
1)
Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based on IL or IH
for 3 AC 50 Hz 690 V.
6) In conjunction with the specified fuses or circuit breakers.
7)
2)
Minimum current required for reliably triggering the protective devices.
The base-load current IL is based on a load cycle of 110% for 60 s or
150% for 10 s with a load cycle duration of 300 s. See Characteristic
curves, Section Overload capability.
8)
For option L26 (version A) the low value applies.
9)
The specified power losses are the maximum values for a utilization of
100%. The values are lower under normal operating conditions.
10)
Longer cable lengths for specific configurations are available on request.
11)
Version A: The cabinet height increases by
– 250 mm for degree of protection IP21
– 400 mm for degrees of protection IP23, IP43 and IP54
– 405 mm for options M13 and M78
Version C: The cabinet height increases by
– 250 mm for degree of protection IP21
– 400 mm for degrees of protection IP23, IP43 and IP54
3)
The base-load current IH is based on a duty cycle of 150% for 60 s or
160% for 10 s with a duty cycle duration of 300 s. See Characteristic
curves, Section Overload capability.
4)
The currents listed here are based on the rated output current.
5)
If the drive control is to remain active after a main infeed failure, the converter
must be externally supplied with 24 V DC.
The following must also be taken into account:
– CU320-2: 1 A
– TM31: 0.5 A
– AOP30: 0.2 A
– SMC: 0.6 A
– Current requirement of digital inputs/outputs.
4/34
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Technical specifications (continued)
Technical specifications for parallel connection
SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units,
version A
6SL3710-2GE..-....
SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units,
version A
6SL3710-2GF..-....
Parallel connection
41-1AA3
38-6AA3
Line voltage
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Type rating
• For IL1)
• For IH1)
• For IL at 60 Hz 460 V
or 575 V 2)
• For IH at 60 Hz 460 V
or 575 V 2)
41-4AA3
41-6AA3
41-1AA3
41-4AA3
500 ... 600 V 3 AC
kW
kW
hp
630
500
900
710
560
1000
900
710
1250
630
560
900
710
630
1000
1000
800
1250
hp
700
900
1000
800
900
1000
A
A
A
1120
1092
850
1380
1340
1054
1560
1516
1294
860
836
770
1070
1036
950
1360
1314
1216
Input current
• Rated input current 3)6)
A
• Input current, max.
A
• Current requirement, 24 V DC A
7)
auxiliary power supply
1174
1800
2.8
1444
2215
2.8
1624
2495
3
904
1388
2.8
1116
1708
2.8
1424
2186
3
Output current
• Rated current In 3)
• Base-load current IL3)4)
• Base-load current IH3)5)
Rated short-circuit current
according to IEC 8)
kA
2 × 65
2 × 65
2 × 65
2 × 65
2 × 65
2 × 84
Minimum
short-circuit current 9)
A
2 × 1000
2 × 10500
2 × 1800
2 × 6200
2 × 8400
2 × 10500
Power loss, max.
• At 50 Hz 400 V / 500 V
• At 60 Hz 460 V / 575 V
kW
kW
16.2
16.6
19
19.4
19.9
20.4
15.4
15
17.2
16.8
23.8
25
Cooling air requirement
m3/s
1.56
1.56
1.56
1.56
1.56
2.96
Sound pressure level
LpA (1 m) at 50/60 Hz
dB
73/76
73/76
73/76
75/78
75/78
75/78
Cable lengths
between converter and motor 11)
• Shielded
m
m
• Unshielded
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
Dimensions
• Width 12)
• Height 13)
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
2400
2000
600
2400
2000
600
2400
2000
600
2400
2000
600
2400
2000
600
3200
2000
600
kg
1700
1710
2130
1700
1700
2620
4
10)
Weight, approx.
(degree of protection IP20,
without options)
Note: The power data in hp units is based on the NEC/CEC standards for the North American market.
For information on the line connection, motor connection and cabinet grounding, see Section Configuration.
1)
Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based on IL or IH
for 3 AC 50 Hz 400 V, 500 V or 690 V.
8)
In conjunction with the specified fuses or circuit breakers.
9)
2)
Minimum current required for reliably triggering the protective devices.
Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based on IL or IH
for 3 AC 60 Hz 460 V or 575 V.
10)
3)
The specified power losses are the maximum values for a utilization of
100%. The values are lower under normal operating conditions.
The currents listed here are the aggregate current of the two converter
sections.
11)
Longer cable lengths for specific configurations are available on request.
12)
Power units connected in parallel are shipped as two transport units.
13)
Version A: The cabinet height increases by
– 250 mm for degree of protection IP21
– 400 mm for degrees of protection IP23, IP43 and IP54
– 405 mm for options M13 and M78
4)
The base-load current IL is based on a load cycle of 110% for 60 s or 150%
for 10 s with a load cycle duration of 300 s. See Characteristic curves,
Section Overload capability.
5)
The base-load current IH is based on a duty cycle of 150% for 60 s or
160% for 10 s with a duty cycle duration of 300 s. See Characteristic
curves, Section Overload capability.
6)
The currents listed here are based on the rated output current.
7)
If the drive control is to remain active after a main infeed failure, the converter
must be externally supplied with 24 V DC.
The following must also be taken into account:
– CU320-2: 1 A
– TM31: 0.5 A
– AOP30: 0.2 A
– SMC: 0.6 A
– Current requirement of digital inputs/outputs.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
4/35
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Technical specifications (continued)
SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units, version A
6SL3710-2GH..-....
Parallel connection
41-1AA3
Line voltage
660 ... 690 V 3 AC
Type rating
• For IL1)
• For IH1)
• For IL at 60 Hz 460 V
or 575 V 2)
• For IH at 60 Hz 460 V
or 575 V 2)
41-5AA3
41-8EA3
42-0EA3
42-2EA3
42-4E A3
42-7E A3
kW
kW
hp
1000
900
–
1350
1200
–
1500
1350
–
1750
1500
–
1950
1750
–
2150
1950
–
2400
2150
–
2700
2400
–
hp
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
A
A
A
1070
1036
950
1360
1314
1216
1500
1462
1340
1729
1720
1547
1948
1940
1742
2158
2150
1930
2413
2390
2158
2752
2685
2463
Input current
• Rated input current 3) 6)
A
A
• Input current, max.
• Current requirement, 24 V DC A
7)
auxiliary power supply
1116
1708
2.8
1424
2186
2.8
1568
2406
3
1800
2765
4.7
2030
3115
4.7
2245
3450
4.7
2510
3860
4.7
2865
4400
6
Output current
• Rated current In 3)
• Base-load current IL3) 4)
• Base-load current IH3) 5)
4
41-4AA3
Rated short-circuit current
according to IEC 8)
kA
2 × 65
2 × 84
2 × 84
2 × 85
2 × 85
2 × 85
2 × 85
2 × 85
Minimum
short-circuit current 9)
A
2 × 8400
2 × 10500
2 × 1800
2 × 1800
2 × 2000
2 × 2300
2 × 2500
2 × 3000
Power loss, max. 10)
at 50 Hz 690 V
kW
21.3
26.6
29
35
38
40
46
52
Cooling air requirement
m3/s
1.56
2.96
2.96
3.67
3.67
3.67
3.67
5.15
Sound pressure level
LpA (1 m) at 50/60 Hz
dB
75/78
75/78
75/78
75/78
75/78
75/78
75/78
75/78
Cable lengths
between converter and motor 11)
• Shielded
m
• Unshielded
m
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
300
450
Dimensions
• Width 12)
• Height 13)
• Depth
mm
mm
mm
2400
2000
600
3200
2000
600
3200
2000
600
3600
2000
600
3600
2000
600
3600
2000
600
3600
2000
600
4400
2000
600
kg
1700
2620
2700
3010
3010
3070
3860
4580
Weight, approx.
(degree of protection IP20,
without options)
Note: The power data in hp units is based on the NEC/CEC standards for the North American market.
For information on the line connection, motor connection and cabinet grounding, see Section Configuration.
1)
Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based on IL or IH
for 3 AC 50 Hz 400 V, 500 V or 690 V.
8)
In conjunction with the specified fuses or circuit breakers.
9)
2)
Minimum current required for reliably triggering the protective devices.
Rated output of a typical 6-pole standard induction motor based on IL or IH
for 3 AC 60 Hz 460 V or 575 V.
10)
3)
The specified power losses are the maximum values for a utilization of
100%. The values are lower under normal operating conditions.
The currents listed here are the aggregate current of the two converter
sections.
11)
Longer cable lengths for specific configurations are available on request.
4)
The base-load current IL is based on a load cycle of 110% for 60 s or 150%
for 10 s with a load cycle duration of 300 s. See Characteristic curves,
Section Overload capability.
5)
The base-load current IH is based on a duty cycle of 150% for 60 s or
160% for 10 s with a duty cycle duration of 300 s. See Characteristic
curves, Section Overload capability.
6)
The currents listed here are based on the rated output current.
7)
If the drive control is to remain active after a main infeed failure, the converter
must be externally supplied with 24 V DC.
The following must also be taken into account:
– CU320-2: 1 A
– TM31: 0.5 A
– AOP30: 0.2 A
– SMC: 0.6 A
– Current requirement of digital inputs/outputs.
4/36
Siemens D 11 · 2015
12)
Power units connected in parallel are shipped as two transport units.
13)
Version A: The cabinet height increases by
– 250 mm for degree of protection IP21
– 400 mm for degrees of protection IP23, IP43 and IP54
– 405 mm for options M13 and M78
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Characteristic curves
Derating data
SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units and the associated
system components are rated for an ambient temperature of
40° C and installation altitudes up to 2000 m above sea level.
At ambient temperatures > 40° C, the output current must be reduced. Ambient temperatures above 50° C are not permissible.
At installation altitudes > 2000 m above sea level, it must be
taken into account that the air pressure, and therefore air density,
decreases as the height increases. As a consequence, the cooling efficiency and the insulation capacity of the air also decrease.
Due to the reduced cooling efficiency, it is necessary, on the one
hand, to reduce the ambient temperature and on the other hand,
to lower heat loss in the converter cabinet unit by reducing the
output current, whereby ambient temperatures lower than 40° C
may be offset to compensate.
The following table lists the permissible output currents depending on the installation altitude and ambient temperature for the
various degrees of protection. The specified values already include a permitted compensation in respect of installation altitude
and ambient temperatures < 40° C (temperature at the air intake
of the converter cabinet unit).
The values apply under the precondition that it is guaranteed
that the cooling air, as specified in the technical data, flows
through the units as a result of the cabinet arrangement.
As additional measure for installation altitudes from 2000 m up
to 5000 m, an isolating transformer is required in order to reduce
transient overvoltages according to EN 60664-1.
For further information, please refer to the SINAMICS Low
Voltage Engineering Manual.
Current-derating factors for converter cabinet units depending on the ambient / air intake temperature, the installation altitude and
the degree of protection
Degree of
protection
IP20, IP21,
IP23 and IP43
Installation altitude
above sea level
Current derating factor (as a percentage of the rated current)
for an ambient / air intake temperature of
m
20 °C
25 °C
30 °C
35 °C
40 °C
0 ... 2000
2001 ... 2500
45 °C
50 °C
93.3 %
86.7 %
86.7 %
80 %
4
96.3 %
2501 ... 3000
100 %
98.7 %
3001 ... 3500
3501 ... 4000
96.3 %
4001 ... 4500
4501 ... 5000
IP54
97.5 %
98.2 %
0 ... 2000
93.3 %
2001 ... 2500
100 %
2501 ... 3000
3001 ... 3500
96.3 %
98.7 %
89.8 %
92.5 %
94.7 %
3501 ... 4000
96.3 %
4001 ... 4500
97.5 %
4501 ... 5000
93 %
90.7 %
92.1 %
Siemens D 11 · 2015
4/37
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Characteristic curves (continued)
Current derating depending on the pulse frequency
To reduce motor noise or to increase output frequency, the
pulse frequency can be increased relative to the factory setting
(1.25 kHz or 2 kHz). When the pulse frequency is increased, the
derating factor of the output current must be taken into account.
This derating factor must be applied to the currents specified in
the technical specifications.
For further information, please refer to the SINAMICS Low
Voltage Engineering Manual.
Derating factor of the output current depending on the pulse frequency for devices with a rated pulse frequency of 2 kHz
SINAMICS G150
Output current
Derating factor
at 2 kHz
for pulse frequency
kW
A
2.5 kHz
4 kHz
1GE32-1 . A3
110
210
95 %
82 %
1GE32-6 . A3
132
260
95 %
83 %
1GE33-1 . A3
160
310
97 %
88 %
1GE33-8 . A3
200
380
96 %
87 %
1GE35-0 . A3
250
490
94 %
78 %
6SL3710-...
Type rating
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
Derating factor of the output current depending on the pulse frequency for devices with a rated pulse frequency of 1.25 kHz
4
SINAMICS G150
Output current
Derating factor
at 1.25 kHz
for pulse frequency
kW
A
2 kHz
2.5 kHz
4 kHz
1GE36-1 . A3
315
605
83 %
72 %
64 %
1GE37-5 . A3
400
745
83 %
72 %
64 %
1GE38-4 . A3
450
840
87 %
79 %
64 %
1GE41-0 . A3
560
985
92 %
87 %
70 %
2GE41-1AA3
630
1120
83 %
72 %
64 %
2GE41-4AA3
710
1380
83 %
72 %
64 %
2GE41-6AA3
900
1560
87 %
79 %
64 %
1GF31-8 . A3
110
175
92 %
87 %
70 %
1GF32-2 . A3
132
215
92 %
87 %
70 %
1GF32-6 . A3
160
260
92 %
88 %
71 %
1GF33-3 . A3
200
330
89 %
82 %
65 %
1GF34-1 . A3
250
410
89 %
82 %
65 %
1GF34-7 . A3
315
465
92 %
87 %
67 %
1GF35-8 . A3
400
575
91 %
85 %
64 %
1GF37-4 . A3
500
735
87 %
79 %
64 %
1GF38-1 . A3
560
810
83 %
72 %
61 %
2GF38-6AA3
630
860
92 %
87 %
67 %
2GF41-1AA3
710
1070
91 %
85 %
64 %
2GF41-4AA3
1000
1360
87 %
79 %
64 %
6SL3710-...
Type rating
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
500 ... 600 V 3 AC
4/38
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Characteristic curves (continued)
SINAMICS G150
Output current
Derating factor
at 1.25 kHz
for pulse frequency
kW
A
2 kHz
2.5 kHz
4 kHz
1GH28-5 . A3
75
85
93 %
89 %
71 %
1GH31-0 . A3
90
100
92 %
88 %
71 %
1GH31-2 . A3
110
120
92 %
88 %
71 %
1GH31-5 . A3
132
150
90 %
84 %
66 %
1GH31-8 . A3
160
175
92 %
87 %
70 %
1GH32-2 . A3
200
215
92 %
87 %
70 %
1GH32-6 . A3
250
260
92 %
88 %
71 %
1GH33-3 . A3
315
330
89 %
82 %
65 %
1GH34-1 . A3
400
410
89 %
82 %
65 %
1GH34-7 . A3
450
465
92 %
87 %
67 %
1GH35-8 . A3
560
575
91 %
85 %
64 %
1GH37-4 . A3
710
735
87 %
79 %
64 %
1GH38-1 . A3
800
810
83 %
72 %
61 %
2GH41-1AA3
1000
1070
91 %
85 %
64 %
2GH41-4AA3
1350
1360
87 %
79 %
64 %
2GH41-5AA3
1500
1500
83 %
72 %
61 %
2GH41-8EA3
1750
1729
92 %
87 %
67 %
2GH42-0EA3
1950
1948
91 %
86 %
64 %
2GH42-2EA3
2150
2158
87 %
79 %
55 %
2GH42-4EA3
2400
2413
87 %
79 %
55 %
2GH42-7EA3
2700
2752
91 %
86 %
64 %
6SL3710-...
Type rating
660 ... 690 V 3 AC
Siemens D 11 · 2015
4
4/39
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Characteristic curves (continued)
Overload capability
The SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units have an overload
reserve in order to overcome breakaway torques, for example. If
larger surge loads occur, this must be taken into account in the
configuration. For drives with overload requirements, the appropriate base load current must, therefore, be used as a basis for
the required load.
The criterion for overload is that the drive is operated with its
base load current before and after the overload occurs on the
basis of a duty cycle duration of 300 s.
The base load current for a low overload IL is based on a duty
cycle of 110% for 60 s or 150% for 10 s.
The base load current for a high overload IH is based on a duty
cycle of 150% for 60 s or 160% for 10 s.
Converter current
10 s
1.5 x IL
Short-time current 150 %
Short-time current 110 %
Base-load current IL
for low overload
1.1 x IL
G_D213_EN_00035
Irated
IL
60 s
300 s
t
Low overload
Converter current
10 s
1.6 x IH
Short-time current 160 %
1.5 x IH
Short-time current 150 %
Rated current (continuous)
Base-load current IH for high overload
Irated
IH
G_D213_EN_00036
4
Rated current (continuous)
60 s
300 s
t
High overload
4/40
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Configuration
Cable cross-sections and connections
The following tables list the recommended and maximum possible cable connections at the line and motor ends for a single
connection (versions A and C) and a parallel connection
(version A).
The recommended cross-sections are based on the specified
fuses. They are valid for a three-conductor copper cable routed
horizontally in air with PVC insulation and a permissible conduc-
tor temperature of 70° C (e.g. Protodur NYY or NYCWY) at an
ambient temperature of 40° C and individual routing.
For deviating conditions (cable routing, cable accumulation, ambient temperature), the appropriate correction factors according
to IEC 60364-5-52 must be taken into account.
For further information, please refer to the SINAMICS Low
Voltage Engineering Manual.
Single connection
Type
rating
Converter cabinet unit
Line connection
SINAMICS G150,
versions A and C
Recommended crosssection 1)
Maximum
cable crosssection
IEC
IEC
IEC
IEC
kW
6SL3710-...
mm2
mm2
mm2
mm2
Motor connection
Fixing screws Recommended crosssection 1)
Maximum
cable crosssection
Cabinet grounding
Fixing screws Fixing screws Remark
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
110
1GE32-1 . A3
2 × 70
4 × 240
M12
2 × 50
2 × 150
M12
M12
132
1GE32-6 . A3
2 × 95
4 × 240
M12
2 × 70
2 × 150
M12
M12
160
1GE33-1 . A3
2 × 120
4 × 240
M12
2 × 95
2 × 150
M12
M12
200
1GE33-8 . A3
2 × 120
4 × 240
M12
2 × 95
2 × 150
M12
M12
250
1GE35-0 . A3
2 × 185
4 × 240
M12
2 × 150
2 × 240
M12
M12
315
1GE36-1 . A3
2 × 240
4 × 240
M12
2 × 185
4 × 240
M12
M12
400
1GE37-5 . A3
3 × 185
4 × 240
M12
2 × 240
4 × 240
M12
M12
Cu busbar
450
1GE38-4 . A3
4 × 150
8 × 240
M12
3 × 185
4 × 240
M12
M12
Cu busbar
560
1GE41-0 . A3
4 × 185
8 × 240
M12
4 × 185
6 × 240
M12
M12
Cu busbar
4
500 ... 600 V 3 AC
110
1GF31-8 . A3
120
4 × 240
M12
95
2 × 150
M12
M12
132
1GF32-2 . A3
2 × 70
4 × 240
M12
120
2 × 150
M12
M12
160
1GF32-6 . A3
2 × 95
4 × 240
M12
2 × 70
2 × 185
M12
M12
200
1GF33-3 . A3
2 × 120
4 × 240
M12
2 × 95
2 × 240
M12
M12
250
1GF34-1 . A3
2 × 185
4 × 240
M12
2 × 120
4 × 240
M12
M12
315
1GF34-7 . A3
2 × 185
4 × 240
M12
2 × 150
4 × 240
M12
M12
400
1GF35-8 . A3
2 × 240
4 × 240
M12
2 × 185
4 × 240
M12
M12
500
1GF37-4 . A3
3 × 185
8 × 240
M12
2 × 240
6 × 240
M12
M12
Cu busbar
560
1GF38-1 . A3
4 × 150
8 × 240
M12
3 × 185
6 × 240
M12
M12
Cu busbar
660 ... 690 V 3 AC
75
1GH28-5 . A3
50
4 × 240
M12
35
2 × 70
M12
M12
90
1GH31-0 . A3
50
4 × 240
M12
50
2 × 150
M12
M12
110
1GH31-2 . A3
70
4 × 240
M12
70
2 × 150
M12
M12
132
1GH31-5 . A3
95
4 × 240
M12
70
2 × 150
M12
M12
160
1GH31-8 . A3
120
4 × 240
M12
95
2 × 150
M12
M12
200
1GH32-2 . A3
2 × 70
4 × 240
M12
120
2 × 150
M12
M12
250
1GH32-6 . A3
2 × 95
4 × 240
M12
2 × 70
2 × 185
M12
M12
315
1GH33-3 . A3
2 × 120
4 × 240
M12
2 × 95
2 × 240
M12
M12
400
1GH34-1 . A3
2 × 185
4 × 240
M12
2 × 120
4 × 240
M12
M12
450
1GH34-7 . A3
2 × 185
4 × 240
M12
2 × 150
4 × 240
M12
M12
560
1GH35-8 . A3
2 × 240
4 × 240
M12
2 × 185
4 × 240
M12
M12
710
1GH37-4 . A3
3 × 185
8 × 240
M12
3 × 150
6 × 240
M12
M12
Cu busbar
800
1GH38-1 . A3
4 × 150
8 × 240
M12
3 × 185
6 × 240
M12
M12
Cu busbar
1)
The recommendations for the North American market in AWG or MCM
must be taken from the appropriate NEC (National Electrical Code) and
CEC (Canadian Electrical Code) standards.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
4/41
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Configuration (continued)
Parallel connection
Type
rating
kW
Converter cabinet unit
Line connection
SINAMICS G150,
version A
Recommended crosssection 1)
Maximum
cable crosssection
IEC
IEC
IEC
IEC
mm2
mm2
mm2
mm2
6SL3710-...
Motor connection
Fixing screws Recommended crosssection 1)
Maximum
cable crosssection
Schrankerdung
Fixing screws Fixing screws Remark
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
630
2GE41-1AA3
2 × 240
4 × 240
M12
2 × 185
4 × 240
M12
M12
710
2GE41-4AA3
3 × 185
4 × 240
M12
2 × 240
4 × 240
M12
M12
Cu busbar
900
2GE41-6AA3
4 × 150
8 × 240
M12
2 × 240
4 × 240
M12
M12
Cu busbar
500 ... 600 V 3 AC
630
2GF38-6AA3
2 × 185
4 × 240
M12
2 × 150
4 × 240
M12
M12
710
2GF41-1AA3
2 × 240
4 × 240
M12
2 × 185
4 × 240
M12
M12
1000
2GF41-4AA3
3 × 185
8 × 240
M12
2 × 240
6 × 240
M12
M12
Cu busbar
660 ... 690 V 3 AC
4
1000
2GH41-1AA3
2 × 240
4 × 240
M12
2 × 185
4 × 240
M12
M12
1350
2GH41-4AA3
3 × 185
8 × 240
M12
3 × 150
6 × 240
M12
M12
Cu busbar
1500
2GH41-5AA3
4 × 150
8 × 240
M12
3 × 185
6 × 240
M12
M12
Cu busbar
1750
2GH41-8EA3
2 × 4 × 150
2 × 8 × 240
M12
2 × 3 × 185
2 × 6 × 240
M12
M12
Cu busbar
1950
2GH42-0EA3
2 × 4 × 150
2 × 8 × 240
M12
2 × 3 × 185
2 × 6 × 240
M12
M12
Cu busbar
2150
2GH42-2EA3
2 × 4 × 150
2 × 8 × 240
M12
2 × 3 × 185
2 × 6 × 240
M12
M12
Cu busbar
2400
2GH42-4EA3
2 × 4 × 150
2 × 8 × 240
M12
2 × 3 × 185
2 × 6 × 240
M12
M12
Cu busbar
2700 2)
2GH42-7EA3
2 × 4 × 150
2 × 8 × 240
M12
3 × 3 × 185
3 × 6 × 240
M12
M12
Cu busbar
Note:
The recommended and maximum conductor cross-sections refer to one of the two converter sections in the parallel connection.
Minimum motor cable lengths for operation with power units connected in parallel
When using power units connected in parallel, the following motor cable lengths must be observed if a motor is connected with
only one winding system and no motor-side reactors or filters are
used:
Type rating
Converter cabinet unit
Minimum cable length
SINAMICS G150,
version A
m
kW
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
630
6SL3710-2GE41-1AA3
13
710
6SL3710-2GE41-4AA3
10
900
6SL3710-2GE41-6AA3
9
500 ... 600 V 3 AC
630
6SL3710-2GF38-6AA3
18
710
6SL3710-2GF41-1AA3
15
1000
6SL3710-2GF41-4AA3
13
660 ... 690 V 3 AC
1000
6SL3710-2GH41-1AA3
20
1350
6SL3710-2GH41-4AA3
18
1500
6SL3710-2GH41-5AA3
15
1750
6SL3710-2GH41-8EA3
12
1950
6SL3710-2GH42-0EA3
10
2150
6SL3710-2GH42-2EA3
8
2400
6SL3710-2GH42-4EA3
8
2700
6SL3710-2GH42-7EA3
8
4/42
Siemens D 11 · 2015
1)
The recommendations for the North American market in AWG or MCM
must be taken from the appropriate NEC (National Electrical Code) and
CEC (Canadian Electrical Code) standards.
2)
The motor-side inverter comprises three Motor Modules connected in
parallel.
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
75 kW to 2700 kW
■ Configuration (continued)
Cable cross-sections for line and motor connection
Cables must be connected in parallel for higher currents.
It is generally recommended to use shielded 3-conductor threephase cables between the converter and motor – and for higher
power ratings, symmetrical cables where possible. If required,
several of these cables can be connected in parallel. There are
two main reasons for this:
• Only then can the high IP55 degree of protection at the motor
terminal box be easily achieved. The reason for this is that
cables are routed into the terminal box through glands, and
the number of possible glands is restricted by the terminal box
geometry. Therefore single cables are less suitable.
• With symmetrical, 3-conductor, three-phase cables, the
summed ampere-turns over the cable outer diameter are
equal to zero and they can be routed in conductive, metal
cable ducts or racks without any significant currents (ground
current or leakage current) being induced in these
conductive, metal connections. The danger of induced
leakage currents and thus of increased cable sheath losses is
significantly higher with single-conductor cables.
Note:
The cable cross-section required depends on the current being
conducted in the cable. The permissible current load capability
of cables is defined, for example in IEC 60364-5-52. It depends
partly on the ambient conditions such as temperature, but also
on the routing method. It should be taken into account whether
cables are individually routed with relatively good cooling, or
whether several cables are routed together; in this case, cable
ventilation is significantly poorer, which can therefore result in
higher cable temperatures. Regarding this topic, reference is
made to the corresponding correction factors for these secondary conditions in IEC 60364-5-52.
For 3-conductor copper and aluminum cables with PVC insulation and a permissible conductor temperature of 70° C (e.g.
Protodur NYY or NYCWY), as well as an ambient temperature of
40° C, the cross-sections can be determined from the following
table, which is based on IEC 60364-5-52.
Current-carrying capacity according to IEC 60364-5-52 at 40° C
Cross-section of 3-conductor cable
Copper cable
Aluminum cable
Individual
routing
Several
Individual
cables next to routing
one another 1)
Several
cables next to
one another 1)
mm2
A
A
A
A
3 × 2.5
22
17
17
13
3×4
30
23
23
18
3×6
37
29
29
22
3 × 10
52
41
40
31
3 × 16
70
54
53
41
3 × 25
88
69
68
53
3 × 35
110
86
84
65
3 × 50
133
104
102
79
3 × 70
171
133
131
102
3 × 95
207
162
159
124
3 × 120
240
187
184
144
3 × 150
278
216
213
166
3 × 185
317
247
244
190
3 × 240
374
292
287
224
1)
The recommendations for the North American market in AWG or
MCM must be taken from the appropriate NEC (National Electrical Code) and CEC (Canadian Electrical Code) standards.
Grounding and protective conductor cross-section
The protective conductor must be dimensioned taking into
account the following data:
• In the case of a ground fault, no impermissibly high contact
voltages resulting from voltage drops on the PE conductor
caused by the ground fault current may occur (< 50 V AC or
< 120 V DC, IEC 61800-5-1, IEC 60364, IEC 60543).
• The protective conductor must not be excessively loaded by
any ground fault current it carries.
• If it is possible for continuous currents to flow through the
PE conductor when a fault occurs, the PE conductor crosssection must be dimensioned for this continuous current.
• The protective conductor cross-section must be selected
according to EN 60204-1, EN 60439-1, IEC 60364.
Cross-section, line conductor
Minimum cross-section,
external protective conductor
mm2
mm2
Bis 16
Minimum cross-section of line
conductor
16 ... 35
16
As of 35
Minimum half the cross-section of
line conductor
4
Note:
The recommendations for the North American market in AWG or
MCM must be taken from the appropriate NEC (National Electrical Code) and CEC (Canadian Electrical Code) standards.
• Switchgear and motors are usually grounded separately via a
local grounding electrode. With this constellation, the ground
fault current flows via the parallel ground connections and is
divided. In spite of the relatively low protective conductor
cross-sections used in accordance with the table above, no
inadmissible touch voltages occur with this grounding system.
However, from experience gained with different grounding
constellations, we recommend that the ground cable from the
motor returns directly to the converter. For EMC reasons and
to prevent bearing currents, symmetrical 3-conductor, threephase cables should be used where possible instead of
4-conductor cables, especially on drives in the higher power
range. For 3-conductor cables, the protective or PE conductor
must be routed separately or arranged symmetrically in the
motor cable. The symmetry of the PE conductor is achieved
using a conductor surrounding all phase conductors or using
a cable with a symmetrical arrangement of the three phase
conductors and three ground conductors. For more detailed
information on this topic, please refer to the SINAMICS Low
Voltage Engineering Manual.
• Through their high-speed control, the converters limit the load
current (motor and ground fault currents) to an rms value
corresponding to the rated current. Based on this, we
recommend that the cross-section of the protective conductor
to ground the cabinets be the same as for the line conductor.
Maximum nine cables may be routed directly next to one another horizontally on a cable tray.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
4/43
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
Line-side power components > Recommended fuses
■ Selection and ordering data
The fuses specified below are the recommended types for protecting the unit on the low-voltage distribution panel. If option
L26 (main switch or circuit breaker) has been selected, the converter already has integrated semiconductor protection. In this
case, a fuse of type 3NA can be used on the distribution panel.
If option L26 has not been selected, we strongly advise that
type 3NE fuses are used 1).
Further information on the fuses is provided in Catalog LV 10.
Single connection
Type rating
SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units
at 50 Hz,
at 60 Hz,
400 V, 500 V 460 V or
or 690 V
575 V
Versions A and C
kW
6SL3710-...
Article No.
A
hp
Fuse
with existing fuse switch disconnector
(option L26)
Rated current
Fuse
(incl. semiconductor protection)
without fuse switch disconnector
Frame size acc.
to IEC 60269-2
Rated current
Article No.
A
Frame size acc.
to IEC 60269-2
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
4
110
150
1GE32-1 . A3
3NA3144
250
2
3NE1230-2
315
1
132
200
1GE32-6 . A3
3NA3250
300
2
3NE1331-2
350
2
160
250
1GE33-1 . A3
3NA3254
355
3
3NE1334-2
500
2
200
300
1GE33-8 . A3
3NA3260
400
3
3NE1334-2
500
2
250
400
1GE35-0 . A3
3NA3372
630
3
3NE1436-2
630
3
315
500
1GE36-1 . A3
3NA3475
800
4
3NE1438-2
800
3
400
600
1GE37-5 . A3
3NA3475
800
4
3NE1448-2
850
3
450
600
1GE38-4 . A3
3NA3365
2 × 500
3
3NE1436-2
2 × 630
3
560
800
1GE41-0 . A3
3NA3472
2 × 630
3
3NE1437-2
2 × 710
3
500 ... 600 V 3 AC
110
150
1GF31-8 . A3
3NA3244-6
250
2
3NE1227-2
250
1
132
200
1GF32-2 . A3
3NA3252-6
315
2
3NE1230-2
315
1
160
250
1GF32-6 . A3
3NA3354-6
355
3
3NE1331-2
350
2
200
300
1GF33-3 . A3
3NA3365-6
500
3
3NE1334-2
500
2
250
400
1GF34-1 . A3
3NA3365-6
500
3
3NE1334-2
500
2
315
450
1GF34-7 . A3
3NA3352-6
2 × 315
3
3NE1435-2
560
3
400
500
1GF35-8 . A3
3NA3354-6
2 × 355
3
3NE1447-2
670
3
500
700
1GF37-4 . A3
3NA3365-6
2 × 500
3
3NE1448-2
850
3
560
800
1GF38-1 . A3
3NA3365-6
2 × 500
3
3NE1343-2
2 × 500
2
75
1GH28-5 . A3
3NA3132-6
125
1
3NE1022-2
125
00
90
1GH31-0 . A3
3NA3132-6
125
1
3NE1022-2
125
00
110
1GH31-2 . A3
3NA3136-6
160
1
3NE1224-2
160
1
132
1GH31-5 . A3
3NA3240-6
200
2
3NE1225-2
200
1
160
1GH31-8 . A3
3NA3244-6
250
2
3NE1227-2
250
1
200
1GH32-2 . A3
3NA3252-6
315
2
3NE1230-2
315
1
250
1GH32-6 . A3
3NA3354-6
355
3
3NE1331-2
350
2
315
1GH33-3 . A3
3NA3365-6
500
3
3NE1334-2
500
2
400
1GH34-1 . A3
3NA3365-6
500
3
3NE1334-2
500
2
450
1GH34-7 . A3
3NA3352-6
2 × 315
3
3NE1435-2
560
3
560
1GH35-8 . A3
3NA3354-6
2 × 355
3
3NE1447-2
670
3
710
1GH37-4 . A3
3NA3365-6
2 × 500
3
3NE1448-2
850
3
800
1GH38-1 . A3
3NA3365-6
2 × 500
3
3NE1334-2
2 × 500
2
660 ... 690 V 3 AC
Note: The power data in hp units is based on the NEC/CEC standards for the North American market.
1)
The double function fuses (3NE1) with operating class gS for cable and
semiconductor protection are recommended to protect the converter.
These fuses are specially adapted to the requirements of the semiconductors in the input rectifier
– Superfast
– Adapted to the limit current integral of the semiconductor
– Lower arc voltage
– Improved current limiting
4/44
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Drive converter cabinet units
Line-side power components > Recommended fuses
■ Selection and ordering data (continued)
Parallel connection (data for each converter subsystem)
Type rating
SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units
Fuse
with existing fuse switch disconnector
(option L26)
at 50 Hz,
400 V,
500 V or
690 V
at 60 Hz,
460 V or
575 V
Version A
Rated current
kW
hp
6SL3710-...
Article No.
A
Fuse (incl. semiconductor protection)
without fuse switch disconnector
Frame size acc.
to IEC 60269-2
Rated current
Article No.
A
Frame size acc.
to IEC 60269-2
380 ... 480 V 3 AC
630
900
2GE41-1AA3
3NA3475
800
4
3NE1438-2
800
3
710
1200
2GE41-4AA3
3NA3475
800
4
3NE1448-2
850
3
900
1200
2GE41-6AA3
3NA3365
2 × 500
3
3NE1436-2
2 × 630
3
500 ... 600 V 3 AC
630
900
2GF38-6AA3
3NA3352-6
2 × 315
3
3NE1435-2
560
3
710
1000
2GF41-1AA3
3NA3365-6
2 × 500
3
3NE1447-2
670
3
1000
1600
2GF41-4AA3
3NA3365-6
2 × 500
3
3NE1448-2
850
3
1000
2GH41-1AA3
3NA3354-6
2 × 355
3
3NE1447-2
670
3
1350
2GH41-4AA3
3NA3365-6
2 × 500
3
3NE1448-2
850
3
1500
2GH41-5AA3
3NA3365-6
2 × 500
3
3NE1334-2
2 × 500
2
1750
2GH41-8EA3
3NA3365-6
2 × 500
3
3NE1435-2
2 × 560
3
1950
2GH42-0EA3
3NA3362-6
3 × 425
3
3NE1436-3
2 × 630
3
2150
2GH42-2EA3
3NA3365-6
3 × 500
3
3NE1334-2
3 × 500
2
2400
2GH42-4EA3
3NA3365-6
3 × 500
3
3NE1334-2
3 × 500
2
2700
2GH42-7EA3
3NA3372
3 × 630
3
3NE1436-3
3 × 630
3
660 ... 690 V 3 AC
4
Note: The power data in hp units is based on the NEC/CEC standards for the North American market.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
4/45
© Siemens AG 2015
SINAMICS G150
Notes
4
4/46
Siemens D 11 · 2015
5
© Siemens AG 2015
Tools and configuration
5/2
SinaSave Energy Efficiency Tool
5/3
Drive Technology Configurator
5/4
SIZER for Siemens Drives
engineering tool
5/5
SIZER WEB ENGINEERING
engineering tool
5/6
STARTER
commissioning tool
5/8
SINAMICS Drive Control Chart
(SINAMICS DCC)
5/9
Drive ES Engineering Software
5/11
Configuration with EPLAN
5/13
Engineering Manual
Security information
Siemens provides products and solutions with industrial security functions
that support the secure operation of
plants, solutions, machines, equipment
and/or networks. They are important
components in a holistic industrial
security concept. With this in mind,
Siemens’ products and solutions
undergo continuous development.
Siemens recommends strongly that
you regularly check for product
updates.
For the secure operation of Siemens
products and solutions, it is necessary
to take suitable preventive action (e.g.
cell protection concept) and integrate
each component into a holistic, stateof-the-art industrial security concept.
Third-party products that may be in use
should also be considered. For more
information about industrial security,
visit
www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity
To stay informed about product updates
as they occur, sign up for a productspecific newsletter. For more information, visit
http://support.automation.siemens.com
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Tools and configuration
SinaSave Energy Efficiency Tool
■ Overview
■ More information
The SinaSave Energy Efficiency Tool calculates potential savings and payback periods on the basis of your specific operating conditions, providing valuable decision guidance with
respect to investment in energy-efficient technologies.
The drive systems to be compared and the relevant parameters
of the drive components are displayed graphically with
SinaSave version 6.0 and higher. The wide range of options for
comparing different control modes and comprehensive product
combinations for drive solutions for pump and fan applications
are useful additions. The portfolio of products includes
SIMOTICS motors and SINAMICS converters as well as SIRIUS
switching devices, offering a wide spectrum of possibilities for
comparison according to your requirements.
5
SinaSave offers a wide range of possiblities for comparison:
• Comparison of drive systems for pump and fan applications
with
- Throttle control (fixed speed; motor and switching device)
- Bypass control (fixed speed; motor and switching device)
- Speed control (variable speed; motor and converter)
• Comparison and evaluation of products in various energy
efficiciency classes
• Comparison of Siemens drive systems with third-party drive
components
Access to the SinaSave Energy Efficiency Tool
SinaSave can be used without registration and without login:
www.automation.siemens.com/sinasave
5/2
Siemens D 11 · 2015
More information about the amortization calculator for energyefficient drive systems is available at
www.siemens.com/sinasave
More information about services for energy saving is available
on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/energy-efficient-production
© Siemens AG 2015
Tools and configuration
Drive Technology Configurator
■ Overview
The Drive Technology Configurator (DT Configurator) helps you
to configure the optimum drive technology products for your application – starting with gear units, motors, inverters and the associated options and components and ending with controllers,
software licenses and connection technology. Whether with little
or detailed knowledge of products: You can easily, quickly and
efficiently configure your particular drive using product group
preselectors, targeted navigation through selection menus or by
entering article numbers directly to select the products.
In addition to all this, comprehensive documentation comprising
technical data sheets, 2D/3D dimensional drawings, operating
instructions, certificates etc. can be selected in the
DT Configurator. The products that you select can be directly
ordered by transferring a parts lists to the shopping cart of the
Industry Mall.
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
Interactive catalog CA 01
E86060-D4001-A510-D4-7600
on DVD-ROM
including Drive Technology Configurator,
English
■ More information
Online access to the Drive Technology Configurator
More information about the Drive Technology Configurator is
available on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/dtconfigurator
Offline access to the Drive Technology Configurator in the
Interactive Catalog CA 01
In addition, the Drive Technology Configurator is also included in
the interactive catalog CA 01 on DVD-ROM – the offline version
of the Siemens Industry Mall.
The Interactive Catalog CA 01 can be ordered from the relevant
Siemens sales office or via the Internet:
www.siemens.com/automation/CA01
Drive Technology Configurator for efficient drive configuration
with the following functions:
• Quick, efficient configuration of drive products and associated
components – gear units, motors, inverters, controllers,
connection technology
• Configuration of drive systems for pump, fan and compressor
applications from 1 kW to 2.6 MW
• Retrievable documentation for configured products and
components, such as
- Data sheets in up to 7 languages in PDF or RTF formats
- 2D/3D dimensional drawings in various formats
- Terminal box diagram and terminal connection diagram
- Operating instructions
- Certificates
- Starting calculation for SIMOTICS motors
- EPLAN macros
• Support for retrofit projects in conjunction with
Spares On Web (www.siemens.com/sow)
• Products can be ordered directly through the Siemens
Industry Mall
5
Access to the Drive Technology Configurator
The Drive Technology Configurator can be accessed without
registration and login:
www.siemens.com/dt-configurator
Siemens D 11 · 2015
5/3
© Siemens AG 2015
Tools and configuration
SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool
The configuration process produces the following results:
• A parts list of the required components (export to Excel,
use of the Excel data sheet for import to SAP)
• Technical specifications of the system
• Characteristic curves
• Comments on system reactions
• Mounting arrangement of drive and control components and
dimension drawings of motors
• Energy requirements of the configured application
■ Overview
These results are displayed in a results tree and can be reused
for documentation purposes.
Technological online help is available:
• Detailed technical specifications
• Information about the drive systems and their components
• Decision-making criteria for the selection of components
• Online help in English, French, German, Italian, Chinese and
Japanese
The following drives and controls can be engineered in a userfriendly way using the SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering
tool:
• SIMOTICS low-voltage motors, including servogeared motors
• SINAMICS low-voltage drive systems
• Motor starters
• SINUMERIK CNC
• SIMOTION Motion Control system
• SIMATIC Technology
5
It provides support when selecting the technologies involved in
the hardware and firmware components required for a drive
task. SIZER for Siemens Drives supports the complete configuration of the drive system, from basic single drives to demanding
multi-axis applications.
SIZER for Siemens Drives supports all of the configuring steps in
a workflow:
• Configuring the power supply
• Designing the motor and gearbox, including calculation of
mechanical transmission elements
• Configuring the drive components
• Compiling the required accessories
• Selecting the line-side and motor-side power options, e.g.
cables, filters, and reactors
When SIZER for Siemens Drives was being designed, particular
importance was placed on a high degree of usability and a universal, function-based approach to the drive application. The
extensive user guidance makes using the tool easy. Status
information keeps you continually informed about the progress
of the configuration process.
The SIZER for Siemens Drives user interface is available in
English, French, German and Italian.
The drive configuration is saved in a project. In the project, the
components and functions used are displayed in a hierarchical
tree structure.
The project view permits the configuration of drive systems and
the copying/inserting/modifying of drives already configured.
5/4
Siemens D 11 · 2015
System requirements
• PG or PC with Pentium III min. 800 MHz
(recommended > 1 GHz)
• 512 MB RAM (1 GB RAM recommended)
• At least 4.1 GB of free hard disk space
• An additional 100 MB of free hard disk space on
Windows system drive
• Screen resolution 1024 × 768 pixels
(1280 × 1024 pixels recommended)
• Operating system:
- Windows 7 Professional (32/64 bit)
- Windows 7 Enterprise (32/64 bit)
- Windows 7 Ultimate (32/64 bit)
- Windows 7 Home (32/64 bit)
- Windows 8.1 Professional (32/64 bit)
- Windows 8.1 Enterprise (32/64 bit)
• Microsoft Internet Explorer V5.5 SP2
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
SIZER for Siemens Drives
engineering tool
on DVD-ROM
6SL3070-0AA00-0AG0
English, French, German, Italian
■ More information
The SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool is available free
on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/sizer
© Siemens AG 2015
Tools and configuration
SIZER WEB ENGINEERING tool
■ Overview
SIZER WEB ENGINEERING is used to engineer motors, converters and drive systems in various applications and covering a
wide power range starting below 1 kW up to 30 MW and above.
Engineering can be performed by entering parameters for the
motor, converter or system – as well as entering parameters for
your particular application.
You obtain comprehensive technical documentation
(e.g. 3D models) including pricing information as result.
Based on an integrated inquiry function, the tool also offers
special individual solutions for your drive applications.
SIZER WEB ENGINEERING supports you from inquiry, through
the product and drive system engineering, to an individual quotation, provides pricing information and finally transfers the engineered products to the shopping cart of the Industry Mall. The
seamless support of the process helps you to save time and
increase productivity as all data have to be entered once only.
The input data as well as the result can be reused for the inquiry
and ordering.
SIZER WEB ENGINEERING is the platform to flexibly engineer
your drive tasks and manage your projects in a user-friendly
fashion interacting with other tools, namely Drive Technology
Configurator and SIZER for Siemens Drives.
■ Function
You can quickly find a solution for your drive task with the webbased tool: menu-prompted workflows navigate you through the
technical selection and dimensioning of products and drive systems, including the accessories. Based on an integrated inquiry
functionality, SIZER WEB ENGINEERING also offers you special
customized solutions for applications which cannot be addressed using "Standard Products"; i.e. the focus is on flexibility
and customized solutions.
In addition to the products from the low-voltage range, you can
also configure high voltage motors, medium voltage systems
and DC converters for your projects. Comprehensive documentation, such as data sheets, startup calculations for low-voltage
and high-voltage motors, 2D dimensional drawings and 3D CAD
models, offer documentation, and a lot more are integrated in the
tool.
Access to the SIZER WEB ENGINEERING tool
After successful registration and approval, SIZER WEB
ENGINEERING is available at:
5
www.siemens.com/sizer-we
■ More information
• Further information on the SIZER WEB ENGINEERING tool is
available on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/sizer-we
• Home page "Selection and engineering tools":
www.siemens.com/engineering-tools
Siemens D 11 · 2015
5/5
© Siemens AG 2015
Tools and configuration
STARTER commissioning tool
In addition, the following functions are available for optimization
purposes:
• Self-optimization of the controller settings
(depending on drive unit)
• Setup and evaluation of trace recordings 1)
Tool function for recording 2 × 8 signals with
- Measuring cursor function
- Extensive trigger functions
- Several Y scales
- Sampling times in the current controller cycle clock
■ Overview
Diagnostics functions provide information about:
• Control/status words
• Parameter status
• Operating conditions
• Communication states
The user-friendly STARTER commissioning tool can be used for:
• Commissioning
• Optimization
• Diagnostics
This software can be operated as a standalone PC application,
or integrated as a TIA-compatible program in SIMATIC STEP 7,
or highly integrated into the SCOUT Engineering System
(for SIMOTION). The basic functions and handling are the same
in both cases.
In addition to the SINAMICS drives, STARTER also supports
MICROMASTER 4 devices.
5
The project wizards can be used to create the drives within the
structure of the project tree.
Beginners are supported by solution-based dialog guidance,
whereby a standard graphics-based display maximizes clarity
when setting the drive parameters.
First commissioning is guided by a wizard which makes all the
basic settings in the drive. Therefore, getting a motor up and running is merely a question of setting a few of the drive parameters
as part of the drive configuration process.
The individual settings required are made using graphics-based
parameterization screens, which also precisely visualize the
principle of operation of the drive.
Examples of individual settings that can be made include:
• How terminals are used
• Bus interface
• Setpoint channel (e.g., fixed setpoints)
• Closed-loop speed control (e.g., ramp-function generator,
limits)
• BICO interconnections
• Diagnostics
For experts, the expert list can be used to specifically and
quickly access individual parameters at any time. An individual
compilation of frequently used parameters can be saved in dedicated user lists and watch tables.
1)
Depending on drive unit.
Not supported for MICROMASTER 4, SINAMICS G110,
SINAMICS G120 <firmware V4.4, SINAMICS G110D and
SINAMICS G120D <firmware V4.5.
5/6
Siemens D 11 · 2015
Performance features
• User-friendly: Only a small number of settings need to be
made for successful first commissioning: The motor starts to
rotate
• Solution-oriented dialog-based user guidance simplifies
commissioning
• Self-optimization functions reduce manual effort for optimization.
Minimum system requirements
The following minimum requirements must be complied with:
• Hardware
- PG or PC with Pentium III min. 1 GHz
(recommended >1 GHz)
- Work memory 1 GB (2 GB recommended)
- Screen resolution 1024 × 768 pixels, 16-bit color depth
- Free hard disk memory: min. 3 GB
• Software
- Microsoft Internet Explorer V6.0 or higher
- 32-bit operating systems:
Microsoft Windows XP Professional SP3
Microsoft Windows 7 Professional incl. SP1
Microsoft Windows 7 Ultimate incl. SP1
Microsoft Windows 7 Enterprise incl. SP1
(standard installation)
- 64-bit operating systems:
Microsoft Windows 7 Professional SP1
Microsoft Windows 7 Ultimate SP1
Microsoft Windows 7 Enterprise SP1 (standard installation)
Microsoft Windows Server 2008 R2 SP1
■ Integration
Data can be exchanged (depending on the version) via
PROFIBUS or PROFINET/Ethernet or via a serial interface.
For commissioning and service, a PG/PC can be connected to
the CU320-2 Control Unit via PROFIBUS. A PROFIBUS connection must be available with a connecting cable at the PG/PC.
Further, communication between a CU320-2 Control Unit and
PG/PC can also be established via Ethernet, either via an
(optional) CBE20 Communication Board or the Ethernet
interface -X127 on the CU320-2 Control Unit.
Note:
The terminal strip -X127 is suitable as a communication link to
the PG/PC only for the purposes of servicing and commissioning.
© Siemens AG 2015
Tools and configuration
STARTER commissioning tool
■ Selection and ordering data
■ More information
Description
Article No.
STARTER commissioning tool
for SINAMICS and MICROMASTER
6SL3072-0AA00-0AG0
The STARTER commissioning tool is also available on the
Internet at
www.siemens.com/starter
English, French, German, Italian, Spanish
Note:
In addition to the STARTER commissioning tool, SINAMICS Drive
Control Chart (SINAMICS DCC) can be installed. This allows the
device functionality in the SINAMICS drive system to be expanded with technology functions as required.
More information about SINAMICS DCC can be found in section
"SINAMICS Drive Control Chart (SINAMICS DCC)".
Accessories
Depending on the version of the Control Unit (CU), the Control
Unit of the drive unit can communicate with the programming
device (PG) or PC via PROFIBUS or PROFINET/Ethernet or via a
serial interface. The following accessories are available for the
particular drive system as listed in the following table.
Description
Recommended accessories
For communication between
the drive unit and the programming device or PC
Article No.
SINAMICS G130 and SINAMICS G150
• PROFIBUS
CP 5711 communication
module
6GK1571-1AA00
USB adapter for connecting a PG or notebook to
PROFIBUS or MPI
USB cable (2 m (6.56 ft))
included in scope of supply
5
SIMATIC DP plug-in cable 6ES7901-4BD00-0XA0
12 MBaud, for PG connection, pre-assembled with
2 × 9-pin SUB D connector,
3 m (9.84 ft)
• PROFINET/
Ethernet
Standard CAT5 Ethernet
cable or PROFINET cable
–
Siemens D 11 · 2015
5/7
© Siemens AG 2015
Tools and configuration
SINAMICS Drive Control Chart (SINAMICS DCC)
■ Overview
SINAMICS Drive Control Chart (SINAMICS DCC) expands the
scope of device functions by means of freely available closedloop control, arithmetic and logic blocks and offers a means by
which technological functions can be graphically configured in
the SINAMICS drive system. SINAMICS DCC is the first stage of
the Advanced Technology Function and is installed as an addon to the STARTER commissioning tool.
In addition to the standard library, the DCB Extension library is
also available with SINAMICS DCC, firmware version V4.6 and
higher. This contains an extended range of blocks that can be
used as an additional, independent library in the DCC Editor.
DCB Extension provides new motion control blocks as a GMC
library and blocks for supplementary mathematical and logical
functions as a Math Extended library.
Using these blocks, it is possible to implement the following
applications with SINAMICS DCC:
• Positioning
• 1:1 synchronous operation
• Gearing
• Gearing and positioning
• Camming
• Flying saws
• Cross cutters
• Calculation of trigonometric or logarithmic functions
These applications are available for downloading from the
Siemens Application Support pages at:
www.siemens.com/sinamics-applications
SINAMICS DCC provides users with greater scope to adapt
these systems to the specific functions of their machines.
SINAMICS DCC does not limit the number of functions that can
be used. The number of functions is limited only by the performance capability of the Control Unit.
5
SINAMICS DCC is available for the following SINAMICS drive
systems:
• SINAMICS G130
• SINAMICS G150
• SINAMICS S120
• SINAMICS S150
• SINAMICS DCM
• SINAMICS DCP
• SINAMICS GM150
• SINAMICS SM150
• SINAMICS GL150
• SINAMICS SL150
The user-friendly DCC editor enables easy graphics-based
configuration, allows control loop structures to be clearly represented and provides a high degree of reusability of diagrams
that have already been created.
The open-loop and closed-loop control functions are defined by
using multi-instance-capable blocks (Drive Control Blocks
(DCBs)) from a library (DCB library) that are selected and graphically linked with one another by dragging and dropping. Test
and diagnostic functions allow the program behavior to be verified and, in the case of a fault, the cause identified.
Two types of DCB library are available, i.e. DCB Standard and
DCB Extension. The DCB Standard library supplied with
SINAMICS DCC contains a large selection of closed-loop, arithmetic and logic blocks, as well as comprehensive open-loop
and closed-loop control functions.
For logically combining, evaluating and acquiring binary signals, all commonly used logic functions are available for selection (AND, XOR, on/off delay, RS flipflop, counter, etc.). A wide
range of arithmetic functions, such as absolute value generation,
dividers and minimum/maximum evaluation are available to
monitor and evaluate numerical quantities. In addition to the
closed-loop drive control, axial winder functions, PI controllers,
ramp-function generators or wobble generators are simple to
configure.
5/8
Siemens D 11 · 2015
With the blocks provided by DCB Extension, it is also possible to
commission the programming of user-specific blocks.
SINAMICS DCC provides a convenient basis for resolving drivelevel open-loop and closed-loop control tasks directly in the converter. This further extends the possibility of adapting SINAMICS
to the particular application. Local data processing in the drive
supports the implementation of modular machine concepts and
results in an increase in the overall machine performance.
Minimum hardware and software requirements
See STARTER commissioning tool.
■ Selection and ordering data
SINAMICS DCC comprises the graphical configuring tool
(DCC Editor) and the DCB standard library. SINAMICS DCC is
installed as an add-on to the STARTER commissioning tool.
The necessary engineering license for each PC (floating) for
SINAMICS DCC is acquired at the same time the order is placed.
No runtime license is required for the DCB standard library included in the scope of supply.
Existing licenses for SINAMICS DCC V2.1 and V2.2 SP1 and
V2.3 are also valid for SINAMICS DCC V2.3 SP1. An upgrade
variant including an engineering license for applications with
STARTER V4.4 SP1 is available for existing
SINAMICS DCC V2.0 SPx.
Description
Article No.
SINAMICS DCC V2.3 SP1
for STARTER V4.4 SP1
Graphic configuring with SINAMICS DCC
DCC Editor + DCB standard library
• Single-user engineering license,
with data carrier
• Upgrade engineering license,
with data carrier
6AU1810-1HA23-1XA0
6AU1810-1HA23-1XE0
The blocks of the DCB Extension library are also configured with
the graphical configuring tool (DCC Editor). Use of these blocks
requires a runtime license.
Description
Article No.
SINAMICS DCB Extension license
6SL3077-0AA00-0AB0
Runtime license for license upgrading with
firmware version V4.6 or later
(can also be ordered in conjunction with the
CompactFlash card, see CompactFlash
card for CU310-2 and CU320-2 Control
Units)
© Siemens AG 2015
Tools and configuration
Drive ES Engineering Software
■ Overview
SIMATIC Programs
Drive ES PCS 7
■ Design
Various software packages are available for selection:
• Drive ES Basic
• Drive ES PCS 7 (APL Style or Classic Style)
Configuration / Commissioning
Drive ES Basic
G_D211_EN_00275b
Drive ES Basic
Drive ES Basic is for first-time users of the world of Totally Integrated Automation and the basic software for setting the parameters of all drives online and offline in this environment. Drive ES
Basic enables both the automation system and the drives to be
handled using the SIMATIC Manager software. Drive ES Basic is
the starting point for common data archiving for complete projects and for extending the use of the SIMATIC teleservice to
drives. Drive ES Basic provides the configuration tools for the
new Motion Control functions – slave-to-slave communication,
equidistance and isochronous operation with PROFIBUS DP
and ensures that drives with PROFINET IO are simply integrated
into the SIMATIC environment.
Note:
Drive ES is the engineering system used to integrate the communication, configuration and data management functions of Siemens drive technology into the SIMATIC automation world easily,
efficiently and cost-effectively.
Various software packages are available for selection:
• Drive ES Basic
• Drive ES PCS 7
Drive ES (Drive Engineering Software) fully integrates drives
from Siemens into the world of Totally Integrated Automation.
For SINAMICS and MICROMASTER 4 drives, this TIA functionality is also provided with the STARTER commissioning tool (V4.3.2
and above).
Drive ES PCS 7 (APL Style or Classic Style)
Drive ES PCS 7 links the drives with a PROFIBUS DP interface
into the SIMATIC PCS 7 process control system, and it requires
that SIMATIC PCS 7, V6.1 or higher has first been installed.
Drive ES PCS 7 provides a function block library with function
blocks for the drives and the corresponding faceplates for the
operator station, which enables the drives to be operated from
the PCS 7 process control system. From version V6.1 and
higher, drives will also be able to be represented in the PCS 7
Maintenance Station.
In Drive ES PCS 7 version V8.0 and higher, two versions of the
library are available: The APL (Advanced Process Library) variant and the previous version in the so-called Classic Style.
Contents of the Drive ES PCS 7 package (APL Style or Classic
Style) in detail
• Function block library for SIMATIC PCS 7 Faceplates and
control blocks for SIMOVERT MASTERDRIVES VC and MC, as
well as MICROMASTER/MIDIMASTER of the third and fourth
generation as well as SIMOREG DC-MASTER and SINAMICS
• STEP 7 slave object manager for convenient configuration of
drives and non-cyclic PROFIBUS DP communication with the
drives
• STEP 7 device object manager for easy configuration of
drives with PROFINET-IO interfaces (V8.0 SP1 and higher)
• SETUP program for installing the software in the PCS 7
environment
Siemens D 11 · 2015
5/9
5
© Siemens AG 2015
Tools and configuration
Drive ES Engineering Software
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Description
Article No.
Drive ES Basic V5.5 SPx *)
Configuration software for the integration of
drives into TIA
(Totally Integrated Automation)
Function block library for PCS 7
for the integration of drives in Classic Style
(as predecessor)
Requirement: PCS 7 V8.1 and higher
Type of delivery: CD-ROM
Languages: Ger, Eng, Fr, It, Sp
with electronic documentation
Requirement: STEP 7 from V5.3, SP3 and
higher
• Single-user license incl. 1 runtime license 6SW1700-8JD00-1AA0
Type of delivery: DVD
Languages: Ger, Eng, Fr, It, Sp
with electronic documentation
• Runtime license
(without data storage medium)
6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0
• Update service for single-user license
6SW1700-0JD00-0AB2
• Floating license, 1 user
6SW1700-5JA00-5AA0
• Floating license, (copy license), 60 users
6SW1700-5JA00-5AA1
• Upgrade from V6.x/V7.x/V8.x to V8.1 SPx *) 6SW1700-8JD00-1AA4
• Upgrade from V5.x to V5.5 SPx *)
6SW1700-5JA00-5AA4
Drive ES PCS 7 APL V8.1 SPx *)
Drive ES PCS 7 V7.0 SPx *)
Function block library for PCS 7
for the integration of drives
Function block library for PCS 7
for the integration of drives in APL style
(Advanced Process Library)
Requirement: PCS 7 V7.0 and higher
Requirement: PCS 7 V8.1 and higher
Type of delivery: CD-ROM
Languages: Ger, Eng, Fr, It, Sp
with electronic documentation
Type of delivery: CD-ROM
Languages: Ger, Eng, Fr, It, Sp
with electronic documentation
• Single-user license incl. 1 runtime license 6SW1700-7JD00-0AA0
• Single-user license incl. 1 runtime license 6SW1700-8JD01-1AA0
• Runtime license
(without data storage medium)
6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0
• Runtime license
(without data storage medium)
6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0
• Update service for single-user license
6SW1700-0JD00-0AB2
• Update service for single-user license
6SW1700-0JD01-0AB2
Drive ES PCS 7 V7.1 SPx
• Upgrade of APL V8.x to V8.1 SPx *) or
6SW1700-8JD01-1AA4
Drive ES PCS 7 V6.x, V7.x, V8.x classic to
*)
Drive ES PCS 7 APL V8.1 SPx
*)
Function block library for PCS 7
for the integration of drives
Requirement: PCS 7 V7.1 and higher
■ Options
Type of delivery: CD-ROM
Languages: Ger, Eng, Fr, It, Sp
with electronic documentation
5
Article No.
Drive ES PCS 7 V8.1 SPx *)
Drive ES software update service
• Single-user license incl. 1 runtime license 6SW1700-7JD00-1AA0
• Runtime license
(without data storage medium)
6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0
• Update service for single-user license
6SW1700-0JD00-0AB2
• Upgrade from V6.x to V7.1 SPx *)
6SW1700-7JD00-1AA4
Drive ES PCS 7 V8.0 SPx *)
A software update service can also be purchased for the Drive
ES software. The user will automatically receive the latest software, service packs and full versions for one year after ordering.
The update service can only be ordered in addition to an existing
(i.e. previously ordered) full version.
• Period of update service: 1 year
Function block library for PCS 7
for the integration of drives in Classic Style
(as predecessor)
The update service is automatically extended by 1 further year
unless canceled up to 6 weeks prior to expiration.
Requirement: PCS 7 V8.0 and higher
Description
Article No.
Type of delivery: CD-ROM
Languages: Ger, Eng, Fr, It, Sp
with electronic documentation
Drive ES PCS 7
• Update service for single-user license
6SW1700-0JD00-0AB2
• Single-user license incl. 1 runtime license 6SW1700-8JD00-0AA0
Drive ES PCS 7 APL
• Update service for single-user license
6SW1700-0JD01-0AB2
• Runtime license
(without data storage medium)
6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0
• Update service for single-user license
6SW1700-0JD00-0AB2
• Upgrade from V6.x to V8.0 SPx *)
6SW1700-8JD00-0AA4
Drive ES PCS 7 APL V8.0 SPx *)
Function block library for PCS 7
for the integration of drives in APL style
(Advanced Process Library)
Requirement: PCS 7 V8.0 and higher
Type of delivery: CD-ROM
Languages: Ger, Eng, Fr, It, Sp
with electronic documentation
• Single-user license incl. 1 runtime license 6SW1700-8JD01-0AA0
• Runtime license
(without data storage medium)
6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0
• Update service for single-user license
6SW1700-0JD01-0AB2
• Upgrade of APL V8.0 to V8.0 SP1 or Drive 6SW1700-8JD01-0AA4
ES PCS7 V6.x, V7.x, V8.x classic to Drive
ES PCS7 APL V8.0 SPx *)
*)
Orders are automatically supplied with the latest Service Pack (SP).
5/10
Siemens D 11 · 2015
■ More information
Additional information is available on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/drive-es
© Siemens AG 2015
Tools and configuration
Configuration with EPLAN
■ Overview
Configuring with EPLAN
EPLAN is an engineering software for configuring electrical installations. The EPLAN platform combines expert systems for
various disciplines, such as electrical, fluid and EMC engineering, as well as control cabinet and plant engineering. It provides
the wiring information required to determine the optimal laying
routes, connection lengths, bundle diameters, and design of the
cable tree.
EPLAN Electric P8 – an EPLAN module – is CAE software specifically for configuring documentation and managing electrical
automation projects for machines and systems.
EPLAN Electric P8 offers the following functions:
• Creating circuit diagrams for control cabinets
• Managing article master data
• Automatic generation of bills of materials, terminal plans,
PLC diagrams and overviews
• Preparation of the documentation for the configured system
• Design of the mechanical control cabinet configuration
EPLAN macros for SINAMICS components
EPLAN Electric P8 macros are available as downloads without
charge, so that SINAMICS components can be easily and costeffectively integrated into an EPLAN project. Macros are available for the following components:
• SINAMICS G120P, PM330 Power Modules
• SINAMICS G130 built-in units
• SINAMICS S120 chassis units
• SINAMICS DCM DC converters
• Line and motor-side components
• DC link components
• Control Units
• Supplementary system components
Using EPLAN Electric P8 macros substantially shortens the configuration time. All the necessary information about a component
is supplied at the press of a button. This ensures that the data is
up-to-date and correct – and mistakes/errors can be avoided.
EPLAN user interface
The macros are provided in the file format EDZ (EPLAN Data
Archived Zipped). An EDZ file is an archive for article master
data, CAx data and macros. A macro in EDZ format contains the
following data:
• Internal circuit diagrams
• Wiring diagrams
• Product master data
• Product images
• Data sheets
EPLAN Electric P8 macros for SINAMICS components are available in the following tools:
• Drive Technology Configurator
(www.siemens.com/dt-configurator)
• CAx Onlinemanager
• Image database (download)
EPLAN projects fo SINAMICS converter cabinet units
EPLAN projects are available for SINAMICS converter cabinet
units, that simplify the configuration, and save time throughout
the entire engineering process. EPLAN projects are available for
the following converter cabinet units:
• SINAMICS G120P Cabinet
• SINAMICS G150
• SINANICS G180
• SINAMICS S120 Cabinet Modules
• SINAMICS S150
• SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
The complete EPLAN project is supplied on a separate
DVD-ROM together with the converter. The order is made by
stating an additional article no. or a cabinet option.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
5/11
5
© Siemens AG 2015
Tools and configuration
Configuration with EPLAN
■ Overview (continued)
EPLAN project: Control cabinet layout
The following data are available when you purchase the
DVD-ROM:
• EPLAN project as a ZW1 file
• Updated, customer-specific, project article master database
• List of the article nos. created in the project
• A PDF version of the project
The EPLAN project includes the following documentation
components:
• Title sheet
• Table of contents
• List of the structure identifiers used
• Single-line diagram
• General layout, external view
• General layout, internal view
• Circuit diagram
• Terminal diagram
• Connector diagram
• Parts list
• Order list/complete parts list
■ Selection and ordering data
Description
Article No.
EPLAN Electric P8
6SL3780-0AK00-0AA0
Project documentation on DVD-ROM for:
• SINAMICS S120 P Cabinet
• SINAMICS S120 Cabinet Modules
• SINAMICS S150
• SINAMICS G150
5
Description
Order code
(-Z and the order code must
be added to the article no. of
the corresponding converter)
EPLAN project: DRIVE-CLiQ topology
EPLAN Electric P8
Project documentation on DVD-ROM for:
EPLAN project: Circuit diagram
5/12
Siemens D 11 · 2015
• SINAMICS G180
X80
• SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
D03
© Siemens AG 2015
Tools and configuration
Engineering Manual
■ Overview
The Engineering Manual is divided into several sections with
different layouts.
The first chapter – Basics and system description – essentially
explains the physical basics of variable-speed electric AC
drives and provides a generally valid system description of the
SINAMICS series devices.
The second chapter – EMC design guideline – discusses the
topic of electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) and provides all
the information required to configure and install drives with the
specified SINAMICS devices in compliance with EMC guidelines.
The following chapters – Configuration of the SINAMICS G130,
G150, S120 built-in units, S120 Cabinet Modules and S150 devices – discuss device-specific topics, which go beyond the
contents of the generally valid system descriptions.
To correctly select and configure the devices listed in Catalog
D 11, we would like to refer to the SINAMICS Low Voltage
Engineering Manual. This supplements the Catalogs D 11 and
D 21.3, and is intended to simplify the handling of SINAMICS
series devices.
The information provided addresses technically qualified and
trained personnel. It is the responsibility of the configuration engineer to evaluate the completeness of the information provided
for the respective application. This person also has the final system responsibility for the entire drive or the plant.
This manual is only available in electronic form and only in
German and English. It is available as a PDF in the Information
and Download Center.
The Engineering Manual contains general information on the basics of variable-speed electric AC drives, as well as detailed
system descriptions and direct specifications for the following
SINAMICS series devices:
• SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units
(Catalog D 11)
• SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units
(Catalog D 11)
• Modular SINAMICS S120 built-in units
(Catalogs D 21.3 and PM 21 /
"SINAMICS S120 drive system")
• Modular SINAMICS S120 cabinet units
(Catalog D 21.3)
• SINAMICS S150 converter cabinet units
(Catalog D 21.3)
5
Siemens D 11 · 2015
5/13
© Siemens AG 2015
Tools and configuration
Notes
5
5/14
Siemens D 11 · 2015
6
© Siemens AG 2015
Services and documentation
6/2
Partner at Siemens
6/3
6/3
Online Services
Information and Ordering Options on
the Internet and DVD
Information and Download Center,
Social Media, Mobile Media
6/4
6/5
6/5
6/6
Industry Services
Your machines and plant can do more –
with Industry Services.
Industry Services for the entire life
cycle
6/10
6/11
Training
SINAMICS range of training courses
6/12
SPARESonWeb
6/13
My Documentation Manager
6/14
Documentation
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Services and documentation
Partner at Siemens
At Siemens we are resolutely pursuing the same goal: long-term
improvement of your competitive ability.
We are committed to this goal. Thanks to our commitment,
we continue to set new standards in automation and drive
technology. In all industries – worldwide.
At your service locally, around the globe for consulting, sales,
training, service, support, spare parts ... on the entire Industry
Automation and Drive Technologies range.
Your personal contact can be found in our Contacts Database at:
www.siemens.com/automation/partner
You start by selecting
• the required competence,
• products and branches,
• a country,
• a city
or by a
• location search or
• person search.
6
6/2
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Services and documentation
Online Services
Information and Ordering Options on the Internet and DVD
■ The Future of Manufacturing in the WWW
Detailed knowledge of the range of products and services
available is essential when planning and engineering automation systems. It goes without saying that this information must
always be as up-to-date as possible.
Industry is on the threshold of the fourth industrial revolution as
digitization now follows after the automation of production. The
goals are to increase productivity and efficiency, speed, and
quality. In this way, companies can remain competitive on the
path to the future of industry.
You will find everything you need to know about products,
systems and services on the internet at:
www.siemens.com/industry
■ Product Selection Using the Interactive CA 01 Automation and Drives Catalog
Detailed information together with user-friendly interactive
functions:
The CA 01 interactive catalog covers more than 100,000
products, thus providing a comprehensive overview of the
product range provided by Siemens.
You will find everything you need here for solving tasks in the
fields of automation, switching, installation and drives.
All information is provided over a user interface that is both
user-friendly and intuitive.
You can order the CA 01 product catalog from your Siemens
sales contact or in the Information and Download Center:
www.siemens.com/industry/infocenter
Information about the CA 01 interactive catalog can be found on
the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/automation/ca01
or on DVD.
6
■ Easy Shopping with the Industry Mall
The Industry Mall is the electronic ordering platform of Siemens
AG on the Internet. Here you have online access to a huge range
of products presented in an informative and attractive way.
Data transfer via EDIFACT allows the whole procedure, from
selection through ordering to tracking and tracing, to be carried
out online. Availability checks, customer-specific discounts and
bid creation are also possible.
Numerous additional functions are provided for your support.
For example, powerful search functions make it easy to select
the required products. Configurators enable you to configure
complex product and system components quickly and easily.
CAx data types are also provided here.
You can find the Industry Mall on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/industrymall
Siemens D 11 · 2015
6/3
© Siemens AG 2015
Services and documentation
Online Services
Information and Download Center, Social Media, Mobile Media
■ Downloading Catalogs
In addition to numerous other useful documents, you can also
find the catalogs listed on the back inside cover of this catalog
in the Information and Download Center. You can download
these catalogs in PDF format without having to register.
The filter dialog above the first catalog displayed makes it
possible to carry out targeted searches. If you enter "MD 3" for
example, you will find both the MD 30.1 and MD 31.1 catalogs.
If you enter "IC 10", both the IC 10 catalog and the associated
news or add-ons are displayed.
Visit us at:
www.siemens.com/industry/infocenter
■ Social and Mobile Media
Connect with Siemens through social media: visit our social
networking sites for a wealth of useful information, demos on
products and services, the opportunity to provide feedback, to
exchange information and ideas with customers and other
Siemens employees, and much, much more. Stay in the know
and follow us on the ever-expanding global network of social
media.
To find out more about Siemens' current social media activities,
visit us at:
www.siemens.com/socialmedia
Or via our product pages at:
www.siemens.com/automation or www.siemens.com/drives
6
Connect with Siemens Industry at our central access point to
read all the news on the future of manufacturing, watch current
videos and inform yourself about all the latest industry
developments:
www.siemens.com/future-of-manufacturing/news.html
Discover the world of Siemens.
We are also constantly expanding our offering of cross-platform
apps for smartphones and tablets. You will find the current
Siemens apps at the App Store (iOS) or at Google Play
(Android):
https://itunes.apple.com/en/app/siemens/id452698392?mt=8
https://play.google.com/store/search?q=siemens
The Siemens app, for example, tells you all about the history,
latest developments and future plans of the company – with
informative pictures, fascinating reports and the most recent
press releases.
6/4
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Services and documentation
Industry Services
Your machines and plant can do more – with Industry Services.
Whether it is production or process industry - in view of rising
cost pressure, growing energy costs, and increasingly stringent
environmental regulations, services for industry are a crucial
competitive factor in manufacturing as well as in process industries.
All over the world Siemens supports its customers with product,
system, and application-related services throughout the entire
life cycle of a plant. Right from the earliest stages of planning,
engineering, and building, all the way to operation and modernization. These services enable customers to benefit from the
Siemens experts’ unique technological and product knowledge
and industry expertise.
Thus downtimes are reduced and the utilization of resources is
optimized. The bottom line: increased plant productivity, flexibility, and efficiency, plus reduced overall costs.
Discover all advantages of our service portfolio:
www.siemens.com/industry-services
7HFKQLFDO&RQVXOWLQJ
(QJLQHHULQJ6XSSRUW
(QHUJ\
(QYLURQPHQWDO6HUYLFHV
7HFKQLFDO&RQVXOWLQJ
(QJLQHHULQJ6XSSRUW
(QHUJ\
(QYLURQPHQWDO6HUYLFHV
0RGHUQL]DWLRQ
2SWLPL]DWLRQ6HUYLFHV
Modernization
Modernization
Planning
Planning
Online Support
Technical Support
Spare Parts
Repair Services
Field Services
Training
Operation
Operation
7HFKQLFDO&RQVXOWLQJ
(QJLQHHULQJ6XSSRUW
Engineer
Engineer
&
& Build
Build
(QHUJ\
(QYLURQPHQWDO6HUYLFHV
3ODQW0DLQWHQDQFH
&RQGLWLRQ0RQLWRULQJ
6
6HUYLFH&RQWUDFWV
(QHUJ\(QYLURQPHQWDO6HUYLFHV
0RGHUQL]DWLRQ2SWLPL]DWLRQ6HUYLFHV
G_DA65_EN_00270
Siemens supports its clients with technology based Services across a plants entire life cycle.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
6/5
© Siemens AG 2015
Services and documentation
Industry Services
Industry Services for the entire life cycle
Online Support
Online support is a comprehensive information system for all
questions relating to products, systems, and solutions that
Siemens has developed for industry over time. With more than
300,000 documents, examples and tools, it offers users of automation and drive technology a way to quickly find up-to-date information. The 24-hour service enables direct, central access to
detailed product information as well as numerous solution examples for programming, configuration and application.
The content, in six languages, is increasingly multimediabased
– and now also available as a mobile app. Online support’s
“Technical Forum” offers users the opportunity to share information with each other. The “Support Request” option can be used
to contact Siemens’ technical support experts. The latest content, software updates, and news via newsletters and Twitter ensure that industry users are always up to date.
www.siemens.com/industry/onlinesupport
Online Support App
Using the Online Support app, you can access over 300,000
documents covering all Siemens industrial products - anywhere,
any time. Regardless of whether you need help implementing
your project, fault-finding, expanding your system or are planning a new machine.
You have access to FAQs, manuals, certificates, characteristics
curves, application examples, product notices (e.g. announcements of new products) and information on successor products
in the event that a product is discontinued.
Just scan the product code printed on the product directly using
the camera of your mobile device to immediately see all technical information available on this product at a glance. The graphical CAx information (3D model, circuit diagrams or EPLAN macros) is also displayed. You can forward this information to your
workplace using the e-mail function.
6
“mySupport”. You also receive selected news on new functions,
important articles or events in the News section.
Scan the QR code
for information on
our Online Support
app.
The app is available free of charge from the Apple App Store
(iOS) or from Google Play (Android).
www.siemens.com/industry/onlinesupportapp
The search function retrieves product information and articles
and supports you with a personalized suggestion list. You can
find your favorite pages – articles you need frequently – under
Technical Support
The ability to quickly analyze system and error messages and
take appropriate action are key factors in ensuring that plants
run safely and efficiently. Questions can arise at any time and in
any industry, whether it’s an individual product or a complete automation solution. Siemens technical support offers individual
technical assistance in matters related to functionality, how to
operate, applications, and fault clearance in industrial products
and systems – at any time and globally, over the phone, by email, or via remote access. Experienced experts from Siemens
answer incoming questions promptly. Depending on the requirements, they first consult specialists in the areas of development,
on-site services, and sales. Technical support is also available
for discontinued products that are no longer available. Using the
support request number, any inquiry can be clearly identified
and systematically tracked.
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/16605032
6/6
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Services and documentation
Industry Services
Industry Services for the entire life cycle
Spare Parts
Drive and automation systems must be available at all times.
Even a single missing spare part can bring the entire plant to a
standstill – and result in substantial financial losses for the operator. The spare parts services from Siemens protects against
such losses – with the aid of quickly available, original spare
parts that ensure smooth interaction with all other system components. Spare parts are kept on hand for up to ten years; defective parts can be returned. For many products and solutions,
individual spare parts packages ensure a preventive stock of
spare parts on-site. The spare parts services is available around
the world and around the clock. Optimum supply chain logistics
ensure that replacement components reach their destination as
quickly as possible. Siemens’ logistics experts take care of planning and management as well as procurement, transportation,
customs handling, warehousing, and complete order management for spare parts.
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/43502238
Repair Services
Reliable electrical and electronic equipment is crucial for operating continuous processes. That is why it is essential that motors and converters always undergo highly specialized repair
and maintenance. Siemens offers complete customer and repair
services – on site and in repair centers – as well as technical
emergency services worldwide. The repair services include all
measures necessary to quickly restore the functionality of defective units. In addition, services such as spare parts logistics,
spare parts storage and rapid manufacturing are available to
plant operators in all verticals. With a global network of certified
repair shops operated by Siemens as well as third parties, Siemens handles the maintenance and overhaul of motors, converters, and other devices as an authorized service partner.
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/16610214
6
Field Services
It’s a top priority in all industries: the availability of plants and
equipment. Siemens offers specialized maintenance services
such as inspection and upkeep as well as rapid fault clearance
in industrial plants – worldwide, continuously, and even with
emergency services as needed. The services include startup as
well as maintenance and fault clearance during operation. The
startup service includes checking the installation, function tests,
parameterization, integration tests for machines and plants, trial
operation, final acceptance, and employee training. All services,
including remote maintenance of drives, are also available as elements of customized service contracts.
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/66012486
Siemens D 11 · 2015
6/7
© Siemens AG 2015
Services and documentation
Industry Services
Industry Services for the entire life cycle
Training
Increasingly, up-to-date knowledge is becoming a determining
factor in success. One of the key resources of any company is
well-trained staff that can make the right decision at the right moment and take full advantage of the potential. With SITRAIN –
Training for Industry, Siemens offers comprehensive advanced
training programs. The technical training courses convey expertise and practical knowledge directly from the manufacturer.
SITRAIN covers Siemens’ entire product and system portfolio in
the field of automation and drives. Together with the customer,
Siemens determines the company’s individual training needs
and then develops an advanced training program tailored to the
desired requirements. Additional services guarantee that the
knowledge of all Siemens partners and their employees is always up-to-date.
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/43514324
Technical Consulting & Engineering Support
The efficiency of plants and processes leads to sustainable economic success. Individual services from Siemens help save substantial time and money while also guaranteeing maximum
safety. Technical consulting covers the selection of products and
systems for efficient industrial plants. The services include planning, consulting, and conceptual design as well as product
training, application support, and configuration verification – in
all phases of a plant’s lifecycle and in all questions related to
product safety. Engineering support offers competent assistance throughout the entire project, from developing a precise
structure for startup to product-specific preparation for implementation as well as support services in areas such as prototype
development, testing and acceptance.
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/16605680
6
Energy & Environmental Services
Efficient energy use and resource conservation – these top sustainability concerns pay off – both for the environment and for
companies. Siemens offers integrated solutions that unlock all
technical and organizational potential for successful environmental management. Customized consulting services are aimed
at sustainably lowering the cost of energy and environmental
protection and thus increasing plant efficiency and availability.
The experts provide support in the conceptual design and implementation of systematic solutions in energy and environmental management, enabling maximum energy efficiency and optimized water consumption throughout the entire company.
Improved data transparency makes it possible to identify savings potential, reduce emissions, optimize production processes, and thereby noticeably cut costs.
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/42350774
6/8
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Services and documentation
Industry Services
Industry Services for the entire life cycle
Modernization & Optimization Services
High machine availability, expanded functionality and selective
energy savings – in all industries, these are decisive factors for
increasing productivity and lowering costs. Whether a company
wants to modernize individual machines, optimize drive systems, or upgrade entire plants, Siemens’ experts support the
projects from planning to commissioning.
Expert consulting and project management with solution responsibility lead to security and make it possible to specifically identify savings potential in production. This secures investments
over the long term and increases economic efficiency in operation.
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/66005532
Plant Maintenance & Condition Monitoring
Modern industrial plants are complex and highly automated.
They must operate efficiently in order to ensure the company’s
competitive strength. In addition, the steadily increasing networking of machines and plants require consistent security concepts. Maintenance and status monitoring as well as the implementation of integrated security concepts by Siemens’ experts
support optimum plant use and avoid downtime. The services include maintenance management as well as consulting on maintenance concepts, including the complete handling and execution of the necessary measures. Complete solutions also cover
remote services, including analysis, remote diagnosis, and remote monitoring. These are based on the Siemens Remote Services platform with certified IT security.
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/59456862
6
Service Contracts
Making maintenance costs calculable, reducing interfaces,
speeding up response times, and unburdening the company’s
resources – the reduced downtimes that these measures
achieve increase the productivity of a plant. Service contracts
from Siemens make maintenance and repairs more cost-effective and efficient. The service packages include local and remote maintenance for a system or product group in automation
and drive technology. Whether you need extended service periods, defined response times, or special maintenance intervals,
the services are compiled individually and according to need.
They can be adjusted flexibly at any time and used independently of each other. The expertise of Siemens’ specialists and
the capabilities of remote maintenance thus ensure reliable and
fast maintenance processes throughout a plant’s entire lifecycle.
http://support.automation.siemens.com/WW/view/en/65961857
Siemens D 11 · 2015
6/9
© Siemens AG 2015
Services and documentation
Training
■ You benefit from practical training right from
the manufacturer
SITRAIN Training for Industry provides you with comprehensive
support in solving your tasks.
Training right from the manufacturer enables you to make
better choices with more confidence in your decision-making
processes.
SITRAIN Training means:
• Less time for commissioning, maintenance and servicing
• Optimized production operations
• Safe engineering and commissioning
• Shorter start-up times, reduced downtimes and faster fault
clearance
• Swift elimination of deficits in existing plants
• Avoidance of costly planning errors right from the start
• Flexible plant adaptation to market requirements
• Ensure quality standards in production
• Increased employee satisfaction and motivation
• Shorter orientation periods in case of technology or personnel
change
■ Important key data
Top trainers
Our trainers are skilled specialists with direct and extensive
practical experience. Course developers have close contact
with product development and directly pass on their knowledge
to the trainers, and with that at the end to you.
Practical experience
Practice makes perfect – that's why we attach greatest importance to hands-on learning. Practical exercises can comprise up
to half of the course time. You can therefore immediately implement your new knowledge in your day-to-day work.
300 courses in 62 countries
We offer a total of about 300 local attendance courses. You can
find us at more than 50 locations in Germany, and in 62 countries
worldwide. To find out which course is held at which location,
go to:
www.siemens.com/sitrain
Customized training
Would you prefer individual training instead? Our solution:
We will provide a program tailored exactly to your personal
requirements. Training can be carried out in our Training Centers
or onsite at your company.
We instruct you using state-of-the-art training equipment
which has been especially designed by our developers for
the SITRAIN courses. This training approach will give you all
the assurance you need.
The right mixture: Blended learning
Blended learning involves a combination of various training
media. For example, a face-to-face course in a training center
can be optimally supplemented by teach-yourself Web-based
training (WBT) courses as preparation or follow-up.
The add-on effect: Reduced traveling costs and periods
of absence.
■ Contact
Visit our website at:
6
www.siemens.com/sitrain
or let us advise you personally. You can request our latest
training catalog from:
SITRAIN – Training for Industry
Customer Support Germany:
Phone: +49 911 895-7575
Fax: +49 911 895-7576
E-mail: [email protected]
6/10
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Services and documentation
SINAMICS range of training courses
■ Overview
Training courses for SINAMICS G150/G130/S150
Here you will find an overview of the training courses available
for the SINAMICS G150/G130/S150.
The basic and follow-up courses are guaranteed to provide all of
the technical knowledge that service personnel will need for
commissioning and service.
The courses are modular in design and are intended for a variety
of target groups as well as individual customer requirements.
All courses contain as many practical exercises as possible in
order to enable intensive and direct training on the drive system
and with the tools in small groups.
The system overview will acquaint decision-makers and sales
personnel with the system very quickly.
You will find further information about course contents and dates
in Catalog ITC and on the Internet.
Title
Target group
(all courses are available in English
and German)
Sales personnel,
planners, decision
makers
Commissioning
engineers,
programmers
Service personnel,
maintenance
technicians
Duration
Course code
SINAMICS system overview

–
–
2 days
DR-SN-UEB
Integrated drive systems introduction and basic information

–
–
3 days
DR-IDS
SIMOTICS induction motors planning and configuration

–
–
3 days
DR-ASM-PL
SINAMICS G150/G130/S150 diagnostics and service
–


5 days
DR-G15-DG
SINAMICS on PROFINET and PROFIBUS diagnostics and service
–
–

3 days
DR-NET-DG
6
Siemens D 11 · 2015
6/11
© Siemens AG 2015
Services and documentation
Spares on Web
■ Overview
Spares on Web – Identification of spare parts on the Internet
Spares on Web is a web-based tool for identifying spare parts.
After you have entered the Article No. and serial number, the
spare parts available for the relevant unit are displayed.
www.siemens.com/sow
6
6/12
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Services and documentation
My Documentation Manager
■ Overview
■ Design
My Documentation Manager is the web-based system to generate personalized documentation based on standard documents.
It is part of the Service & Support Portal.
Search in the Service & Support portal
My Documentation Manager – Customizing information
My Documentation Manager offers all Motion Control customers
an innovation with extended usability: Machine manufacturers
and end customers are not only able to assemble their own customized technical documents for a specific product or system,
they can also generate complete libraries with individually configured contents. The content that matches your topic can be
found from the full range of documentation stored under Service
& Support using the operator interface and assembled using
drag & drop into application-based libraries, generated and
even combined with your own documentation. The self-generated collections can be saved in the commonly used RTF and
PDF formats or even in XML format.
You must register for configuring and generating/managing
(the existing login can be used, e.g. Industry Mall
www.siemens.com/industrymall
■ Benefits
• Display
View, print or download standard documents or personalized
documents
• Configure
Transfer standard documents or parts of them to personalized
documents
• Generate/Manage
Produce and manage personalized documents in the formats
PDF, RTF or XML
Document in My Documentation Manager
■ Function
6
Opening My Documentation Manager
My Documentation Manager opens in two ways
• Search in the Service & Support portal
www.siemens.com/automation/service&support
The appropriate manuals are designated by "configurable".
My Documentation Manager opens by clicking on "Display
and configure". The selected document is displayed as the
current document.
• Using the direct link from the Service & Support portal
www.automation.siemens.com/docconf/
After logon/registration, the online help is displayed as current
document.
■ More information
You can find more information on the Internet at
www.siemens.com/mdm
Siemens D 11 · 2015
6/13
© Siemens AG 2015
Services and documentation
Documentation
■ Overview
■ Application
SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units
Comprehensive documentation is available for the
SINAMICS G130 converter built-in units ranging from Operating
Instructions through List Manuals to the Engineering Manual.
Information is available in the following formats:
• PDF file
• Documents/documentation for the configuration and for
downloading at:
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/13226/man
SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet units
The documentation is provided as standard in the PDF format on
CD-ROM, and comprises the following parts:
• Description
• Installation instructions
• Commissioning guide
• Description of functions
• Maintenance information
• Engineering Manual
• Lists of spare parts
As well as device-specific documentation, such as circuit
diagrams, dimension drawings, layout diagrams and terminal
diagrams.
Documentation in English/German is supplied as standard with
the device.
The scope of delivery also includes a DVD-ROM with the
STARTER commissioning tool.
If one of the languages subsequently listed is required, when
ordering this should be specified using the corresponding option order code (see Description of options):
6
Language
Order code
English/French
D58
English/Spanish
D60
English/Italian
D80
English/Chinese
D91
English/Russian
D94
Configuring documents/documentation available
for downloading at:
https://support.industry.siemens.com/cs/ww/en/ps/13227/man
6/14
Siemens D 11 · 2015
Explanations for the manuals:
• Operating Instructions
contain all the information needed for the installation and for
the electrical connection of the components, information
about commissioning and a description of the converter
functions.
Phases of use: Control cabinet construction, commissioning,
operation, maintenance and servicing.
• Engineering Manual
contains all the information needed for the EMC-compliant
installation and for the configuration of control cabinets and
drive systems.
Phases of use: Control cabinet configuration/construction.
• List Manual
describes all parameters, function diagrams and faults/alarms
for the product/system as well as their meaning and setting
options. It contains parameter data and fault/alarm descriptions with functional correlations.
Phases of use: Commissioning of components that have
already been connected, configuration of system functions,
fault cause/diagnostics.
• Function Manual
contains all the relevant information about individual drive
functions.
Phases of use: Commissioning of components that have
already been connected, configuration of system functions.
7
© Siemens AG 2015
Appendix
7/2
Approvals
7/3
Software Licenses
7/5
Article number index
7/8
Subject index
7/11
Metal surcharges
7/14
Conditions of sale and delivery
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Appendix
Approvals
■ Overview
TUV: TUV Rheinland of North America Inc.
independent public testing institution in North America
National recognized testing laboratory (NRTL)
Test symbol:
• cTUVus tested by TUV in accordance with UL and CSA
standards
Test standards:
• SIMODRIVE: NRTL Listing according to standard UL 508C
G_NC01_XX_00423
Product category/file No.:
• SIMODRIVE: TUV.COM/4335304002
Many products in this catalog are in compliance with UL/CSA
and FM requirements and are labeled with the appropriate
certification markings.
All approvals, certificates, declarations of conformity, test
certificates, e.g. CE, UL, Safety Integrated etc. have been
performed with the associated system components as they
are described in the Catalogs and Engineering Manuals.
The certificates are only valid if the products are used with the
described system components, are installed according to the
Installation Guidelines and are used for their intended purpose.
In other cases, the vendor of these products is responsible for
arranging for new certificates to be issued.
UL: Underwriters Laboratories
independent public testing institution in North America
Test symbol:
• UL for end products, tested by UL in accordance with UL
standard
• cUL for end products, tested by UL in accordance with
CSA standard
• cULus for end products, tested by UL in accordance with
UL and CSA standards
• UR for mounting parts in end products, tested by UL in
accordance with UL standard
• cUR for mounting parts in end products, tested by UL in
accordance with CSA standard
• cURus for mounting parts in end products, tested by UL in
accordance with UL and CSA standards
7
Test standards:
• SINUMERIK: Standard UL 508
• SINAMICS: Standard UL 508C
• SIMODRIVE: Standard UL 508C
• Motors: Standard UL 547
Product category/file No.:
• SINUMERIK: E164110
• SINAMICS: E192450
• SIMODRIVE: NMMS2/E192450
• Motors: E93429
7/2
Siemens D 11 · 2015
CSA: Canadian Standards Association
independent public testing institution in Canada
Test symbol:
• CSA tested by CSA in accordance with CSA standard
Test standard:
• Standard CAN/CSA-C22.2 No. 0-M91/No. 14-05/
No. 142-M1987
File No.:
• SINUMERIK FM ... : LR 102527
FMRC: Factory Mutual Research Corporation
Independent public testing institution in North America
Test symbol:
• FM tested by FM in accordance with FM standard
Test standard:
• Standard FMRC 3600, FMRC 3611, FMRC 3810 Class I, Div.2,
Group A, B, C, D
File No.:
• SINUMERIK FM... : 4Y1A7.AX
5B0A2.AX
2D7A2.AX
3007320
© Siemens AG 2015
Appendix
Software Licenses
■ Overview
Software types
Software requiring a license is categorized into types.
The following software types have been defined:
• Engineering software
• Runtime software
Engineering software
This includes all software products for creating (engineering)
user software, e.g. for configuring, programming, parameterizing, testing, commissioning or servicing.
Data generated with engineering software and executable
programs can be duplicated for your own use or for use by thirdparties free-of-charge.
Runtime software
This includes all software products required for plant/machine
operation, e.g. operating system, basic system, system expansions, drivers, etc.
The duplication of the runtime software and executable programs created with the runtime software for your own use or for
use by third-parties is subject to a charge.
You can find information about license fees according to use in
the ordering data (e.g. in the catalog). Examples of categories of
use include per CPU, per installation, per channel, per instance,
per axis, per control loop, per variable, etc.
Information about extended rights of use for parameterization/configuration tools supplied as integral components of the
scope of delivery can be found in the readme file supplied with
the relevant product(s).
License types
Siemens Industry Automation & Drive Technologies offers various types of software license:
• Floating license
• Single license
• Rental license
• Rental floating license
• Trial license
• Demo license
• Demo floating license
Floating license
The software may be installed for internal use on any number of
devices by the licensee. Only the concurrent user is licensed.
The concurrent user is the person using the program. Use
begins when the software is started.
A license is required for each concurrent user.
Single license
Unlike the floating license, a single license permits only one
installation of the software per license.
The type of use licensed is specified in the ordering data and
in the Certificate of License (CoL). Types of use include for
example per instance, per axis, per channel, etc.
One single license is required for each type of use defined.
Rental license
A rental license supports the "sporadic use" of engineering
software. Once the license key has been installed, the software
can be used for a specific period of time (the operating hours do
not have to be consecutive).
One license is required for each installation of the software.
Rental floating license
The rental floating license corresponds to the rental license,
except that a license is not required for each installation of the
software. Rather, one license is required per object (for example,
user or device).
Trial license
A trial license supports "short-term use" of the software in a nonproductive context, e.g. for testing and evaluation purposes.
It can be transferred to another license.
Demo license
The demo license support the "sporadic use" of engineering software in a non-productive context, for example, use for testing
and evaluation purposes. It can be transferred to another
license. After the installation of the license key, the software can
be operated for a specific period of time, whereby usage can be
interrupted as often as required.
One license is required per installation of the software.
Demo floating license
The demo floating license corresponds to the demo license,
except that a license is not required for each installation of the
software. Rather, one license is required per object (for example,
user or device).
Certificate of license (CoL)
The CoL is the licensee's proof that the use of the software has
been licensed by Siemens. A CoL is required for every type of
use and must be kept in a safe place.
Downgrading
The licensee is permitted to use the software or an earlier version/release of the software, provided that the licensee owns
such a version/release and its use is technically feasible.
Delivery versions
Software is constantly being updated.
The following delivery versions
• PowerPack
• Upgrade
can be used to access updates.
Existing bug fixes are supplied with the ServicePack version.
PowerPack
PowerPacks can be used to upgrade to more powerful software.
The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL
(Certificate of License) with the PowerPack. This CoL, together
with the CoL for the original product, proves that the new software is licensed.
A separate PowerPack must be purchased for each original
license of the software to be replaced.
Upgrade
An upgrade permits the use of a new version of the software on
the condition that a license for a previous version of the product
is already held.
The licensee receives a new license agreement and CoL with
the upgrade. This CoL, together with the CoL for the previous
product, proves that the new version is licensed.
A separate upgrade must be purchased for each original license
of the software to be upgraded.
Siemens D 11 · 2015
7/3
7
© Siemens AG 2015
Appendix
Software Licenses
■ Overview
ServicePack
ServicePacks are used to debug existing products.
ServicePacks may be duplicated for use as prescribed according to the number of existing original licenses.
License key
Siemens Industry Automation & Drive Technologies supplies
software products with and without license keys.
The license key serves as an electronic license stamp and
is also the "switch" for activating the software (floating license,
rental license, etc.).
The complete installation of software products requiring license
keys includes the program to be licensed (the software) and the
license key (which represents the license).
7
7/4
Siemens D 11 · 2015
Software Update Service (SUS)
As part of the SUS contract, all software updates for the respective product are made available to you free of charge for a period
of one year from the invoice date. The contract will automatically
be extended for one year if it is not canceled three months
before it expires.
The possession of the current version of the respective software
is a basic condition for entering into an SUS contract.
You can download explanations concerning license conditions from
www.siemens.com/automation/salesmaterial-as/catalog/en/
terms_of_trade_en.pdf
© Siemens AG 2015
Appendix
Article number index
Article No.
Page
3KL
3KL5230-…..
3KL5530-…..
3KL5730-…..
3KL6130-…..
3KL6230-…..
Article No.
Page
6FX
.............................................................................................3/30
.............................................................................................3/30
.............................................................................................3/30
.............................................................................................3/30
.............................................................................................3/30
3NA
3NA3132-6........................................................................................3/31, 4/44
3NA3136-6........................................................................................3/31, 4/44
3NA3144 ...........................................................................................3/31, 4/44
3NA3240-6........................................................................................3/31, 4/44
3NA3244-6........................................................................................3/31, 4/44
3NA3250 ...........................................................................................3/31, 4/44
3NA3252-6........................................................................................3/31, 4/44
3NA3254 ...........................................................................................3/31, 4/44
3NA3260 ...........................................................................................3/31, 4/44
3NA3352-6........................................................................................4/44, 4/45
3NA3354-6...............................................................................3/31, 4/44, 4/45
3NA3362-6.................................................................................................4/45
3NA3365 ..................................................................................3/31, 4/44, 4/45
3NA3365-6...............................................................................3/31, 4/44, 4/45
3NA3372 ..................................................................................3/31, 4/44, 4/45
3NA3472 ...........................................................................................3/31, 4/44
3NA3475 ..................................................................................3/31, 4/44, 4/45
3NE
3NE1022-2 ........................................................................................3/31, 4/44
3NE1224-2 ........................................................................................3/31, 4/44
3NE1225-2 ........................................................................................3/31, 4/44
3NE1227-2 ........................................................................................3/31, 4/44
3NE1230-2 ........................................................................................3/31, 4/44
3NE1331-2 ........................................................................................3/31, 4/44
3NE1334-2 ...............................................................................3/31, 4/44, 4/45
3NE1343-2 .................................................................................................4/44
3NE1435-2 ...............................................................................3/31, 4/44, 4/45
3NE1436-2 ...............................................................................3/31, 4/44, 4/45
3NE1436-3 .................................................................................................4/45
3NE1437-2 ........................................................................................3/31, 4/44
3NE1438-2 ...............................................................................3/31, 4/44, 4/45
3NE1447-2 ...............................................................................3/31, 4/44, 4/45
3NE1448-2 ...............................................................................3/31, 4/44, 4/45
3RT
3RT1446-….. .............................................................................................3/30
3RT1456-….. .............................................................................................3/30
3RT1466-….. .............................................................................................3/30
3RT1476-…. ..............................................................................................3/30
3WL
3WL1110-… ..............................................................................................3/30
3WL1112-… ..............................................................................................3/30
3WL1210-… ..............................................................................................3/30
6AU
6AU1810-1HA23-1XA0 ................................................................................5/8
6AU1810-1HA23-1XE0 ................................................................................5/8
6ES
6ES7901-4BD00-0XA0.................................................................................5/7
6ES7972-0BA42-0XA0...............................................................................3/52
6ES7972-0BB42-0XA0...............................................................................3/52
6FC
6FC9341-2AE.............................................................................................3/59
6FC9341-2AF.............................................................................................3/59
6FX8002-1AA01-1AB0 .............................................................................. 3/58
6FX8002-1AA01-1AC0 .............................................................................. 3/58
6FX8002-1AA01-1AD0 .............................................................................. 3/58
6FX8002-1AA01-1AE0............................................................................... 3/58
6FX8002-1AA01-1AF0 ............................................................................... 3/58
6FX8002-1AA01-1AG0 .............................................................................. 3/58
6FX8002-1AA01-1AH0 .............................................................................. 3/58
6FX8002-1AA01-1AJ0 ............................................................................... 3/58
6FX8002-1AA01-1AK0 .............................................................................. 3/58
6FX8002-1AA01-1BA0 .............................................................................. 3/58
6GK
6GK1571-1AA00 ......................................................................................... 5/7
6GK1901-1BB30-0AA0 .................................................................... 3/52, 3/60
6GK1901-1BB30-0AB0 .................................................................... 3/52, 3/60
6GK1901-1GA00 .............................................................................. 3/52, 3/60
6SL
6SL3000-0BE32-5AA0............................................................................... 3/21
6SL3000-0BE34-4AA0............................................................................... 3/21
6SL3000-0BE36-0AA0............................................................................... 3/21
6SL3000-0BE41-2AA0............................................................................... 3/21
6SL3000-0BG32-5AA0 .............................................................................. 3/21
6SL3000-0BG34-4AA0 .............................................................................. 3/21
6SL3000-0BG36-0AA0 .............................................................................. 3/21
6SL3000-0BG41-2AA0 .............................................................................. 3/21
6SL3000-0CE32-3AA0 .............................................................................. 3/27
6SL3000-0CE32-8AA0 .............................................................................. 3/27
6SL3000-0CE33-3AA0 .............................................................................. 3/27
6SL3000-0CE35-1AA0 .............................................................................. 3/27
6SL3000-0CE36-3AA0 .............................................................................. 3/27
6SL3000-0CE37-7AA0 .............................................................................. 3/27
6SL3000-0CE38-7AA0 .............................................................................. 3/27
6SL3000-0CE41-0AA0 .............................................................................. 3/27
6SL3000-0CH31-1AA0 .............................................................................. 3/27
6SL3000-0CH31-6AA0 .............................................................................. 3/27
6SL3000-0CH32-2AA0 .............................................................................. 3/27
6SL3000-0CH32-7AA0 .............................................................................. 3/27
6SL3000-0CH33-4AA0 .............................................................................. 3/27
6SL3000-0CH34-8AA0 .............................................................................. 3/27
6SL3000-0CH36-0AA0 .............................................................................. 3/27
6SL3000-0CH38-4AA0 .............................................................................. 3/27
6SL3000-0JE36-1AA0 ............................................................................... 3/24
6SL3000-0JE38-4AA0 ............................................................................... 3/24
6SL3000-0JE41-0AA0 ............................................................................... 3/24
6SL3000-0JH33-3AA0 ............................................................................... 3/24
6SL3000-0JH34-7AA0 ............................................................................... 3/24
6SL3000-0JH35-8AA0 ............................................................................... 3/24
6SL3000-0JH38-1AA0 ............................................................................... 3/24
6SL3000-1BE31-3AA0............................................................................... 3/35
6SL3000-1BE32-5AA0............................................................................... 3/35
6SL3000-1BF32-5AA0 ............................................................................... 3/35
6SL3000-1BH31-3AA0 .............................................................................. 3/35
6SL3000-1BH32-5AA0 .............................................................................. 3/35
6SL3000-2AE36-1AA0............................................................................... 3/37
6SL3000-2AE38-4AA0............................................................................... 3/37
6SL3000-2AE41-0AA0............................................................................... 3/37
6SL3000-2AH31-0AA0 .............................................................................. 3/37
6SL3000-2AH31-5AA0 .............................................................................. 3/37
6SL3000-2AH31-8AA0 .............................................................................. 3/37
6SL3000-2AH32-4AA0 .............................................................................. 3/37
6SL3000-2AH32-6AA0 .............................................................................. 3/37
Siemens D 11 · 2015
7/5
7
© Siemens AG 2015
Appendix
Article number index
Article No.
7
Page
Article No.
Page
6SL
6SL
6SL3000-2AH33-6AA0...............................................................................3/37
6SL3000-2AH34-5AA0...............................................................................3/37
6SL3000-2AH34-7AA0...............................................................................3/37
6SL3000-2AH35-8AA0...............................................................................3/37
6SL3000-2AH38-1AA0...............................................................................3/37
6SL3000-2BE32-1AA0 ...............................................................................3/37
6SL3000-2BE32-6AA0 ...............................................................................3/37
6SL3000-2BE33-2AA0 ...............................................................................3/37
6SL3000-2BE33-8AA0 ...............................................................................3/37
6SL3000-2BE35-0AA0 ...............................................................................3/37
6SL3000-2CE32-3AA0...............................................................................3/50
6SL3000-2CE32-8AA0...............................................................................3/50
6SL3000-2CE33-3AA0...............................................................................3/50
6SL3000-2CE34-1AA0...............................................................................3/50
6SL3000-2CF31-7AA0 ...............................................................................3/50
6SL3000-2DE32-6AA0...............................................................................3/41
6SL3000-2DE32-6EA0 ...............................................................................3/46
6SL3000-2DE35-0AA0...............................................................................3/41
6SL3000-2DE35-0EA0 ...............................................................................3/46
6SL3000-2DE38-4AA0...............................................................................3/41
6SL3000-2DE38-4EA0 ...............................................................................3/46
6SL3000-2DE41-4AA0...............................................................................3/41
6SL3000-2DE41-4EA0 ...............................................................................3/46
6SL3000-2DG31-0EA0 ..............................................................................3/46
6SL3000-2DG31-5EA0 ..............................................................................3/46
6SL3000-2DG32-2EA0 ..............................................................................3/46
6SL3000-2DG33-3EA0 ..............................................................................3/46
6SL3000-2DG34-1EA0 ..............................................................................3/46
6SL3000-2DG35-8EA0 ..............................................................................3/46
6SL3000-2DG38-1EA0 ..............................................................................3/46
6SL3000-2DH31-0AA0 ..............................................................................3/41
6SL3000-2DH31-5AA0 ..............................................................................3/41
6SL3000-2DH32-2AA0 ..............................................................................3/41
6SL3000-2DH33-3AA0 ..............................................................................3/41
6SL3000-2DH34-1AA0 ..............................................................................3/41
6SL3000-2DH35-8AA0 ..............................................................................3/41
6SL3000-2DH38-1AA0 ..............................................................................3/41
6SL3040-1GA00-1AA0 ..............................................................................3/52
6SL3040-1GA01-1AA0 ..............................................................................3/52
6SL3040-1MA00-0AA0 ..............................................................................3/52
6SL3040-1MA01-0AA0 ..............................................................................3/52
6SL3053-0AA00-3AA1...............................................................................3/71
6SL3054-3ED00-1BA0...............................................................................3/55
6SL3054-3EE00-1BA0 ...............................................................................3/55
6SL3054-3EF00-1BA0 ...............................................................................3/55
6SL3054-3EG00-1BA0...............................................................................3/55
6SL3054-3EH00-1BA0...............................................................................3/55
6SL3054-3EJ00-1BA0................................................................................3/55
6SL3054-3EK00-1BA0 ...............................................................................3/55
6SL3055-0AA00-2CA0...............................................................................3/59
6SL3055-0AA00-2EB0 ...............................................................................3/60
6SL3055-0AA00-2TA0................................................................................3/61
6SL3055-0AA00-3AA1...............................................................................3/63
6SL3055-0AA00-3BA0...............................................................................3/66
6SL3055-0AA00-3LA0 ...............................................................................3/69
6SL3055-0AA00-4BA0...............................................................................3/56
6SL3055-0AA00-4CA5...............................................................................3/58
6SL3055-0AA00-5CA2...............................................................................3/75
6SL3060-4AA10-0AA0...............................................................................3/76
6SL3060-4AA50-0AA0...............................................................................3/76
6SL3060-4AB00-0AA0...............................................................................3/76
6SL3060-4AD00-0AA0...............................................................................3/76
6SL3060-4AF00-0AA0 ...............................................................................3/76
6SL3060-4AF10-0AA0 ...............................................................................3/76
6SL3060-4AH00-0AA0 .............................................................................. 3/76
6SL3060-4AJ20-0AA0 ............................................................................... 3/76
6SL3060-4AM00-0AA0 .............................................................................. 3/76
6SL3060-4AU00-0AA0 .............................................................................. 3/76
6SL3060-4AW00-0AA0.............................................................................. 3/76
6SL3060-4DX04-0AA0 .............................................................................. 3/73
6SL3066-4CA00-0AA0 ................................................... 3/52, 3/63, 3/66, 3/69
6SL3070-0AA00-0AG0 ................................................................................ 5/4
6SL3072-0AA00-0AG0 ....................................................................... 3/52, 5/7
6SL3074-0AA10-0AA0 .............................................................................. 3/55
6SL3077-0AA00-0AB0 ....................................................................... 3/55, 5/8
6SL3300-1AE31-3AA0............................................................................... 3/32
6SL3300-1AE32-5AA0............................................................................... 3/32
6SL3300-1AF32-5AA0 ............................................................................... 3/32
6SL3300-1AH31-3AA0 .............................................................................. 3/32
6SL3300-1AH32-5BA0 .............................................................................. 3/32
6SL3310-1GE32-1AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13
6SL3310-1GE32-6AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13
6SL3310-1GE33-1AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13
6SL3310-1GE33-8AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13
6SL3310-1GE35-0AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13
6SL3310-1GE36-1AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13
6SL3310-1GE37-5AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13
6SL3310-1GE38-4AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13
6SL3310-1GE41-0AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13
6SL3310-1GF31-8AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13
6SL3310-1GF32-2AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13
6SL3310-1GF32-6AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13
6SL3310-1GF33-3AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13
6SL3310-1GF34-1AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13
6SL3310-1GF34-7AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13
6SL3310-1GF35-8AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13
6SL3310-1GF37-4AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13
6SL3310-1GF38-1AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13
6SL3310-1GH28-5AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13
6SL3310-1GH31-0AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13
6SL3310-1GH31-2AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13
6SL3310-1GH31-5AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13
6SL3310-1GH31-8AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13
6SL3310-1GH32-2AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13
6SL3310-1GH32-6AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13
6SL3310-1GH33-3AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13
6SL3310-1GH34-1AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13
6SL3310-1GH34-7AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13
6SL3310-1GH35-8AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13
6SL3310-1GH37-4AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13
6SL3310-1GH38-1AA3 .............................................................................. 3/13
6SL3355-2DX00-1AA0 .............................................................................. 3/73
6SL3710-1GE32-1AA3 ................................................................................ 4/9
6SL3710-1GE32-1CA3 ................................................................................ 4/9
6SL3710-1GE32-6AA3 ................................................................................ 4/9
6SL3710-1GE32-6CA3 ................................................................................ 4/9
6SL3710-1GE33-1AA3 ................................................................................ 4/9
6SL3710-1GE33-1CA3 ................................................................................ 4/9
6SL3710-1GE33-8AA3 ................................................................................ 4/9
6SL3710-1GE33-8CA3 ................................................................................ 4/9
6SL3710-1GE35-0AA3 ................................................................................ 4/9
6SL3710-1GE35-0CA3 ................................................................................ 4/9
6SL3710-1GE36-1AA3 ................................................................................ 4/9
6SL3710-1GE36-1CA3 ................................................................................ 4/9
6SL3710-1GE37-5AA3 ................................................................................ 4/9
6SL3710-1GE37-5CA3 ................................................................................ 4/9
6SL3710-1GE38-4AA3 ................................................................................ 4/9
6SL3710-1GE38-4CA3 ................................................................................ 4/9
7/6
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Appendix
Article number index
Article No.
Page
Article No.
Page
6SL
6SW
6SL3710-1GE41-0AA3.................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GE41-0CA3 ................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GF31-8AA3.................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GF31-8CA3.................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GF32-2AA3.................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GF32-2CA3.................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GF32-6AA3.................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GF32-6CA3.................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GF33-3AA3.................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GF33-3CA3.................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GF34-1AA3.................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GF34-1CA3.................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GF34-7AA3.................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GF34-7CA3.................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GF35-8AA3.................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GF35-8CA3.................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GF37-4AA3.................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GF37-4CA3.................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GF38-1AA3.................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GF38-1CA3.................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GH28-5AA3 ................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GH28-5CA3 ................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GH31-0AA3 ................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GH31-0CA3 ................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GH31-2AA3 ................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GH31-2CA3 ................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GH31-5AA3 ................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GH31-5CA3 ................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GH31-8AA3 ................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GH31-8CA3 ................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GH32-2AA3 ................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GH32-2CA3 ................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GH32-6AA3 ................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GH32-6CA3 ................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GH33-3AA3 ................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GH33-3CA3 ................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GH34-1AA3 ................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GH34-1CA3 ................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GH34-7AA3 ................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GH34-7CA3 ................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GH35-8AA3 ................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GH35-8CA3 ................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GH37-4AA3 ................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GH37-4CA3 ................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GH38-1AA3 ................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-1GH38-1CA3 ................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-2GE41-1AA3.................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-2GE41-4AA3.................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-2GE41-6AA3.................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-2GF38-6AA3.................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-2GF41-1AA3.................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-2GF41-4AA3.................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-2GH41-1AA3 ................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-2GH41-4AA3 ................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-2GH41-5AA3 ................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-2GH41-8EA3 ................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-2GH42-0EA3 ................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-2GH42-2EA3 ................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-2GH42-4EA3 ................................................................................4/9
6SL3710-2GH42-7EA3 ................................................................................4/9
6SL3780-0AK00-0AA0...............................................................................5/12
6SW1700-0JD00-0AB2.............................................................................. 5/10
6SW1700-0JD01-0AB2.............................................................................. 5/10
6SW1700-5JA00-5AA0 .............................................................................. 5/10
6SW1700-5JA00-5AA1 .............................................................................. 5/10
6SW1700-5JA00-5AA4 .............................................................................. 5/10
6SW1700-5JD00-1AC0 ............................................................................. 5/10
6SW1700-7JD00-0AA0.............................................................................. 5/10
6SW1700-7JD00-1AA0.............................................................................. 5/10
6SW1700-7JD00-1AA4.............................................................................. 5/10
6SW1700-8JD00-0AA0.............................................................................. 5/10
6SW1700-8JD00-0AA4.............................................................................. 5/10
6SW1700-8JD00-1AA0.............................................................................. 5/10
6SW1700-8JD00-1AA4.............................................................................. 5/10
6SW1700-8JD01-0AA0.............................................................................. 5/10
6SW1700-8JD01-0AA4.............................................................................. 5/10
6SW1700-8JD01-1AA0.............................................................................. 5/10
6SW1700-8JD01-1AA4.............................................................................. 5/10
6XV
6XV1840-2AH10 ............................................................................... 3/52, 3/60
6XV1840-3AH10 ............................................................................... 3/52, 3/60
6XV1840-4AH10 ............................................................................... 3/52, 3/60
6XV1870-2B...................................................................................... 3/52, 3/60
6XV1870-2D ..................................................................................... 3/52, 3/60
7
Siemens D 11 · 2015
7/7
© Siemens AG 2015
Appendix
Subject index
Page
Page
A
D
AOP30 Advanced Operator Panel...............................................3/57, 4/6, 5/6
Applications .................................................................................................1/6
Approvals..............................................................................................3/8, 7/2
DC link components .................................................................................. 3/32
DCC (Drive Control Chart)........................................................................... 5/8
Degree of protection increase (options).................................................... 4/10
Derating data
• SINAMICS G130 ................................................................................... 3/10
• SINAMICS G150 ................................................................................... 4/37
Description of the options ......................................................................... 4/15
Design of a SINAMICS G150 converter cabinet unit .................................. 4/4
Determination of the energy efficiency classes ........................................ 2/15
DIN EN ISO 9001......................................................................................... 1/4
Documentation ................................................................................. 3/12, 6/14
Documentation (options) ........................................................................... 4/11
Download Center......................................................................................... 6/4
Drive Control Chart (SINAMICS DCC)......................................................... 5/8
Drive ES ....................................................................................................... 5/9
Drive ES Engineering Software.................................................................... 5/9
Drive selection ............................................................................................. 1/6
Drive Technology Configurator .................................................................... 5/3
DRIVE-CLiQ signal cables ........................................................................ 3/76
DT Configurator ........................................................................................... 5/3
dv/dt filters compact plus VPL .................................................................. 3/46
dv/dt filters plus VPL.................................................................................. 3/41
B
Basic design of a converter cabinet unit
SINAMICS G150 ..........................................................................................4/4
Basic Functions ..........................................................................................2/9
BOP20........................................................................................................3/56
BOP20 Basic Operator Panel ....................................................................3/56
Braking Modules........................................................................................3/32
Braking resistors ........................................................................................3/35
C
CA 01 ...........................................................................................................5/3
Cable cross-sections and connections .....................................................4/41
Cable cross-sections for line and motor connection .................................4/43
Cable protection fuse ................................................................................3/31
CANopen ...................................................................................................2/24
Catalog CA 01 .............................................................................................5/3
CBC10 .......................................................................................................3/59
CBC10 Communication Board ..................................................................3/59
CBE20........................................................................................................3/60
CBE20 Communication Board ...................................................................3/60
Circuit breakers..........................................................................................3/30
Closed-loop control functions ...............................................................3/6, 4/7
Coated modules ...................................................................................3/6, 4/5
Communication..........................................................................................2/17
Communication with higher-level controller and
customer terminal block .......................................................................3/6, 4/7
CompactFlash card for CU320-2...............................................................3/55
Condition monitoring....................................................................................6/9
Configuration example.................................................................................1/9
Configuring with EPLAN ............................................................................5/11
Connection diagram for Braking Module...................................................3/33
Connection example
• Control Unit CU320-2 ............................................................................3/53
• Power Module........................................................................................3/14
• Safe Brake Adapter SBA .......................................................................3/74
• TB30 Terminal Board .............................................................................3/62
• TM150 Terminal Module ........................................................................3/70
• TM31 Terminal Module ..........................................................................3/65
• TM54F Terminal Module .......................................................................3/68
• VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module ...........................................................3/72
Control Unit and Control Unit Kit CU320-2 ................................................3/52
Converter acceptance (options)................................................................4/12
E
EN 50598 ................................................................................................... 2/14
Energy efficiency ......................................................................................... 1/3
Energy efficiency classes in accordance with EN 50598 ......................... 2/14
Energy & Environmental Services ............................................................... 6/8
Engineering Manual .................................................................................. 5/13
Engineering Support ................................................................................... 6/8
Environmental Services ............................................................................... 6/8
EPLAN ....................................................................................................... 5/11
EtherNet/IP ................................................................................................ 2/24
European directives............................................................................ 3/8, 4/29
European standards ........................................................................... 3/8, 4/29
Extended Functions..................................................................................... 2/9
F
Field Services .............................................................................................. 6/7
Firmware license ....................................................................................... 3/55
Fixed-mounted circuit breakers................................................................. 3/30
Fuses ......................................................................................................... 4/44
G
General technical specifications
• SINAMICS G130 ..................................................................................... 3/8
• SINAMICS G150 ................................................................................... 4/30
Grounding and protective conductor cross-section ................................. 4/43
H
7
Horizontal integration ..................................................................................... 8
7/8
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Appendix
Subject index
Page
Page
I
O
IDS ..................................................................................................................8
Information and Download Center, Social Media, Mobile Media ................6/4
Information and ordering options on the Internet and on DVD....................6/3
Industrial Ethernet......................................................................................2/19
Industrial Ethernet FC ................................................................................3/60
Industry Services .........................................................................................6/5
Input-side options ......................................................................................4/10
Integrated Drive Systems ...............................................................................8
Integration in automation .........................................................................1/2, 8
Interactive Catalog CA 01............................................................................5/3
Online Services ........................................................................................... 6/3
Online Support ............................................................................................ 6/6
Open-loop and closed-loop control functions...................................... 3/6, 4/7
Optimization Services.................................................................................. 6/9
Option selection matrix.............................................................................. 4/13
Options specific to the chemical and shipbuilding industry ..................... 4/12
Ordering examples.................................................................................... 4/14
Ordering options on the Internet and on DVD............................................. 6/3
Output-side options ................................................................................... 4/10
Overload capability ..........................................................................................
• SINAMICS G130 ................................................................................... 3/12
• SINAMICS G150 ................................................................................... 4/40
L
Lifecycle integration........................................................................................8
Line filters...................................................................................................3/21
Line Harmonics Filter .................................................................................3/24
Line reactors ..............................................................................................3/26
Line-side power components ....................................................................3/21
• SINAMICS G130....................................................................................3/21
• SINAMICS G150....................................................................................4/44
Load diagram for Braking Modules and braking resistors ........................3/33
Load-side power components...................................................................3/37
Low voltage motors......................................................................................1/7
M
Main contactor ...........................................................................................3/30
Mechanical options....................................................................................4/10
Minimum motor cable lengths for operation with
power units connected in parallel..............................................................4/42
Mobile Media ...............................................................................................6/4
Modernization & Optimization Services.......................................................6/9
Motor cable lengths for operation with power units
connected in parallel .................................................................................4/42
Motor protection and safety functions (options) ........................................4/10
Motor reactors............................................................................................3/37
My Documentation Manager .....................................................................6/13
N
P
Parallel connection, SINAMICS G150 ................................................ 4/9, 4/35
Partner at Siemens ...................................................................................... 6/2
Plant Maintenance & Condition Monitoring ................................................. 6/9
Platform concept ......................................................................................... 1/4
Position sensing with encoder................................................................... 2/10
Power Modules .......................................................................................... 3/13
Power unit protection............................................................................ 3/7, 4/8
PROFIBUS ................................................................................................. 2/18
PROFIdrive ................................................................................................ 2/23
PROFINET ................................................................................................. 2/20
Protective conductor cross-section and grounding .................................. 4/43
Protective functions .............................................................................. 3/7, 4/7
Q
Quality management according to DIN EN ISO 9001 ................................. 1/4
R
Rating plate languages (options) .............................................................. 4/12
Recommended fuses ................................................................................ 4/44
Recommended line-side system components .......................................... 3/30
Repair Services ........................................................................................... 6/7
RS232 plug-in cable .................................................................................. 3/58
Nickel-plated busbars ..........................................................................3/6, 4/5
North American standards...........................................................................3/8
7
Siemens D 11 · 2015
7/9
© Siemens AG 2015
Appendix
Subject index
Page
Page
S
S
Safe Brake Adapter SBA ...........................................................................3/73
Safe Brake Control .......................................................................................2/5
Safe Brake Control (SBC) ............................................................................2/5
Safe Brake Test ............................................................................................2/6
Safe Brake Test (SBT) ..................................................................................2/6
Safe Direction ..............................................................................................2/7
Safe Direction (SDI) .....................................................................................2/7
Safe Operating Stop ....................................................................................2/5
Safe Operating Stop (SOS)..........................................................................2/5
Safe Position ................................................................................................2/8
Safe Position (SP) ........................................................................................2/8
Safe Speed Monitor .....................................................................................2/7
Safe Speed Monitor (SSM) ..........................................................................2/7
Safe speed/position sensing with encoder................................................2/10
Safe Stop 1 ..................................................................................................2/4
Safe Stop 1 (SS1).........................................................................................2/4
Safe Stop 2 ..................................................................................................2/4
Safe Stop 2 (SS2).........................................................................................2/4
Safe Torque Off ............................................................................................2/3
Safe Torque Off (STO)..................................................................................2/3
Safety functions integral to the drive ...........................................................2/3
Safety functions of SINAMICS drives...........................................................2/3
Safety functions (options) ..........................................................................4/10
Safety Integrated .........................................................................................2/2
Safety Integrated for SINAMICS G130 and SINAMICS G150 ...................2/11
Safety Integrated (options) ........................................................................4/11
Safely-Limited Position.................................................................................2/8
Safely-Limited Position (SLP).......................................................................2/8
Safely-Limited Speed...................................................................................2/6
Safely-Limited Speed (SLS).........................................................................2/6
Security information .....................................................................................5/1
Selection guide – typical applications .........................................................1/6
Sensor Module Cabinet-Mounted SMC30 .................................................3/75
Serial plug-in cable for connecting the AOP30 to the CU320-2................3/76
Service contracts .........................................................................................6/9
Signal cables .............................................................................................3/76
SIMOTICS motors ........................................................................................1/7
SINAMICS Drive Control Chart (SINAMICS DCC) .......................................5/8
SINAMICS drive family.................................................................................1/2
SINAMICS G130 / SINAMICS G150, system overview................................1/8
SINAMICS Link ..........................................................................................3/60
SINAMICS selection guide – typical applications .......................................1/6
SinaSave...................................................................................................... 5/2
SinaSave energy efficiency tool .................................................................. 5/2
Sine-wave filters ........................................................................................ 3/50
Single connection, SINAMICS G150 .................................................. 4/9, 4/31
SITRAIN ..................................................................................................... 6/10
SIZER for Siemens Drives ........................................................................... 5/4
SIZER for Siemens Drives engineering tool ................................................ 5/4
SIZER WEB ENGINEERING ........................................................................ 5/5
SIZER WEB ENGINEERING engineering tool ............................................. 5/5
Social Media ................................................................................................ 6/4
Software and protective functions ........................................................ 3/7, 4/7
Software licenses......................................................................................... 7/3
Spare parts .................................................................................................. 6/7
Spares on Web .......................................................................................... 6/12
Speed/position sensing with encoder ....................................................... 2/10
STARTER ..................................................................................................... 5/6
STARTER commissioning tool ..................................................................... 5/6
SUB-D connector ...................................................................................... 3/59
Supplementary system components......................................................... 3/56
Switch disconnectors ................................................................................ 3/30
7
7/10
Siemens D 11 · 2015
T
TB30 .......................................................................................................... 3/61
Technical Consulting & Engineering Support.............................................. 6/8
Technical Support........................................................................................ 6/6
Terminal Board TB30 ................................................................................. 3/61
Terminal Module TM150 ............................................................................ 3/69
Terminal Module TM31 .............................................................................. 3/63
Terminal Module TM54F ............................................................................ 3/66
The SINAMICS drive family ......................................................................... 1/2
Totally Integrated Automation ......................................................................... 4
Totally Integrated Power ................................................................................. 6
Training ............................................................................................... 6/8, 6/10
Training courses for SINAMICS G150/G130/S150 .................................... 6/11
Types of protection for cabinet units ........................................................... 4/5
Typical applications..................................................................................... 1/6
V
VSM10 Voltage Sensing Module ............................................................... 3/71
© Siemens AG 2015
Appendix
Metal surcharges
■ Explanation of the raw material/metal surcharges1 2 3 4
Surcharge calculation
To compensate for variations in the price of the raw materials
silver, copper, aluminum, lead, gold, dysprosium2) and/or
neodym2), surcharges are calculated on a daily basis using the
so-called metal factor for products containing these raw
materials. A surcharge for the respective raw material is calculated as a supplement to the price of a product if the basic
official price of the raw material in question is exceeded.
The surcharges are calculated in accordance with the following
criteria:
• Basic official price of the raw material
Basic official price from the day prior to receipt of the order or
prior to release order (daily price) for3)
- Silver (sales price, processed)
- Gold (sales price, processed)
Percentage method
Use of the percentage method is indicated by the letters A-Z at
the respective digit of the metal factor.
The surcharge is increased - dependent on the deviation of the
daily price compared with the basic official price - using the percentage method in "steps" and consequently offers surcharges
that remain constant within the framework of this "step range". A
higher percentage rate is charged for each new step. The respective percentage level can be found in the table below.
Metal factor examples
LEA–––––
Basis for % surcharge: List price
Silver Basis 150 €, Step 50 €, 0.5 %
and for4)
- Copper (lower DEL notation + 1 %)
- Aluminum (aluminum in cables)
- Lead (lead in cables)
• Metal factor of the products
Certain products are displayed with a metal factor. The metal
factor determines the official price (for those raw materials
concerned) as of which the metal surcharges are applied and
the calculation method used (weight or percentage method).
An exact explanation is given below.
Copper Basis 150 €, Step 50 €, 0.1 %
No surcharge for aluminum
No surcharge for lead
No surcharge for gold
No surcharge for dysprosium
No surcharge for neodym
N –A6 ––––
Structure of the metal factor
Basis for % surcharge: Customer net price
The metal factor consists of several digits; the first digit indicates
whether the percentage method of calculation refers to the list
price or a possible discounted price (customer net price) (L = list
price / N = customer net price).
No surcharge for silver
Copper Basis 150 €, Step 50 €, 0.1 %
Aluminum acc. to weight, basic offic. price 225 €
The remaining digits indicate the method of calculation used for
the respective raw material. If no surcharge is added for a raw
material, a "-" is used.
No surcharge for lead
No surcharge for gold
No surcharge for dysprosium
1st digit
List or customer net price using the percentage method
2nd digit
for silver (AG)
3rd digit
for copper (CU)
4th digit
for aluminum (AL)
No basis necessary
5th digit
for lead (PB)
No surcharge for silver
6th digit
for gold (AU)
Copper acc. to weight, basic official price 150 €
7th digit
for dysprosium (Dy)2)
No surcharge for aluminum
8th digit
for neodym (Nd)2)
No surcharge for lead
No surcharge for neodym
– –3 – – – – –
No surcharge for gold
Weight method
The weight method uses the basic official price, the daily price
and the raw material weight. In order to calculate the surcharge,
the basic official price must be subtracted from the daily price.
The difference is then multiplied by the raw material weight.
No surcharge for dysprosium
No surcharge for neodym
7
The basic official price can be found in the table below using the
number (1 to 9) of the respective digit of the metal factor. The raw
material weight can be found in the respective product descriptions.
1)
2)
3)
4)
Refer to the separate explanation on the next page regarding the raw materials dysprosium and neodym (= rare earths).
For a different method of calculation, refer to the separate explanation for these raw materials on the next page.
Source: Umicore, Hanau (www.metalsmanagement.umicore.com).
Source: Schutzvereinigung DEL-Notiz e.V. (www.del-notiz.org).
Siemens D 11 · 2015
7/11
© Siemens AG 2015
Appendix
Metal surcharges
■ Explanation of the raw material/metal surcharges for dysprosium and neodym (rare earths)1 2
Surcharge calculation
To compensate for variations in the price of the raw materials
silver1), copper1), aluminum1), lead1), gold1), dysprosium and/or
neodym, surcharges are calculated on a daily basis using the
so-called metal factor for products containing these raw
materials. The surcharge for dysprosium and neodym is calculated as a supplement to the price of a product if the basic
official price of the raw material in question is exceeded.
The surcharge is calculated in accordance with the following
criteria:
• Basic official price of the raw material2)
Three-month basic average price (see below) in the period
before the quarter in which the order was received or the release order took place (= average official price) for
- dysprosium (Dy metal, 99 % min. FOB China; USD/kg)
- neodym (Nd metal, 99 % min. FOB China; USD/kg)
• Metal factor of the products
Certain products are displayed with a metal factor. The metal
factor indicates (for those raw materials concerned) the basic
official price as of which the surcharges for dysprosium and
neodym are calculated using the weight method. An exact explanation of the metal factor is given below.
Three-month average price
The prices of rare earths vary according to the foreign currency,
and there is no freely accessible stock exchange listing. This
makes it more difficult for all parties involved to monitor changes
in price. In order to avoid continuous adjustment of the surcharges, but to still ensure fair, transparent pricing, an average
price is calculated over a three-month period using the average
monthly foreign exchange rate from USD to EUR (source: European Central Bank). Since not all facts are immediately available
at the start of each month, a one-month buffer is allowed before
the new average price applies.
Examples of calculation of the average official price:
Period for calculation of
the average price:
Period during which the order/release order is
effected and the average price applies:
Sep 2012 - Nov 2012
Q1 in 2013 (Jan - Mar)
Dec 2012 - Feb 2013
Q2 in 2013 (Apr - Jun)
Mar 2013 - May 2013
Q3 in 2013 (Jul - Sep)
Jun 2013 - Aug 2013
Q4 in 2013 (Oct - Dec)
Structure of the metal factor
The metal factor consists of several digits; the first digit is not relevant to the calculation of dysprosium and neodym.
The remaining digits indicate the method of calculation used for
the respective raw material. If no surcharge is added for a raw
material, a "-" is used.
1st digit
List or customer net price using the percentage method
2nd digit
for silver (AG)1)
3rd digit
for copper (CU)1)
4th digit
for aluminum (AL)1)
5th digit
for lead (PB)1)
6th digit
for gold (AU)1)
7th digit
for dysprosium (Dy)
8th digit
for neodym (Nd)
Weight method
The weight method uses the basic official price, the average
price and the raw material weight. In order to calculate the surcharge, the basic official price must be subtracted from the average price. The difference is then multiplied by the raw material
weight.
The basic official price can be found in the table below using the
number (1 to 9) of the respective digit of the metal factor. Your
Sales contact can inform you of the raw material weight.
Metal factor examples
––––––71
No basis necessary
No surcharge for silver
No surcharge for copper
No surcharge for aluminum
No surcharge for lead
No surcharge for gold
Dysprosium acc. to weight, basic official price
300 €
Neodym acc. to weight, basic official price 50 €
7
1)
2)
For a different method of calculation, refer to the separate explanation for these raw materials on the previous page.
Source: Asian Metal Ltd (www.asianmetal.com)
7/12
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Appendix
Metal surcharges
■ Values of the metal factor
Percentage
method
Basic official Step range
price
in €
in €
% surcharge
1st step
% surcharge
2nd step
% surcharge
3rd step
% surcharge
4th step
Price in €
Price in €
Price in €
Price in €
150.01 - 200.00
200.01 - 250.00
250.01 - 300.00
300.01 - 350.00
% surcharge
per additional step
A
150
50
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.1
B
150
50
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
0.2
C
150
50
0.3
0.6
0.9
1.2
0.3
D
150
50
0.4
0.8
1.2
1.6
0.4
E
150
50
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
0.5
F
150
50
0.6
1.2
1.8
2.4
0.6
G
150
50
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
1.0
H
150
50
1.2
2.4
3.6
4.8
1.2
I
150
50
1.6
3.2
4.8
6.4
1.6
J
150
50
1.8
3.6
5.4
7.2
1.8
175.01 - 225.00
225.01 - 275.00
275.01 - 325.00
325.01 - 375.00
O
175
50
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
0.1
P
175
50
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
0.2
R
175
50
0.5
0.5
1.0
1.5
2.0
225.01 - 275.00
275.01 - 325.00
325.01 - 375.00
375.01 - 425.00
S
225
50
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
0.2
U
225
50
1.0
2.0
3.0
4.0
1.0
V
225
50
1.0
1.5
2.0
3.0
1.0
W
225
50
1.2
2.5
3.5
4.5
1.0
150.01 - 175.00
175.01 - 200.00
200.01 - 225.00
225.01 - 250.00
Y
150
25
0.3
0.6
0.9
1.2
400.01 - 425.00
425.01 - 450.00
450.01 - 475.00
475.01 - 500.00
0.1
0.2
0.3
0.4
Z
400
25
0.3
0.1
Price basis (1st digit)
L
Calculation based on the list price
N
Weight
method
Calculation based on the customer net price (discounted list price)
Basic official price in €
1
50
2
100
3
150
4
175
5
200
6
225
7
300
8
400
9
555
Calculation based on raw material weight
7
Miscellaneous
-
No metal surcharge
Siemens D 11 · 2015
7/13
© Siemens AG 2015
Appendix
Notes
7
7/14
Siemens D 11 · 2015
© Siemens AG 2015
Appendix
Notes
7
Siemens D 11 · 2015
7/15
© Siemens AG 2015
Appendix
Conditions of sale and delivery
■ 1. General Provisions
By using this catalog you can acquire hardware and software
products described therein from Siemens AG subject to the
following Terms and Conditions of Sale and Delivery (hereinafter
referred to as "T&C"). Please note that the scope, the quality and
the conditions for supplies and services, including software
products, by any Siemens entity having a registered office
outside Germany, shall be subject exclusively to the General
Terms and Conditions of the respective Siemens entity. The
following T&C apply exclusively for orders placed with Siemens
Aktiengesellschaft, Germany.
1.1 For customers with a seat or registered office in
Germany
For customers with a seat or registered office in Germany, the
following applies subordinate to the T&C:
• the "General Terms of Payment"1) and,
• for software products, the "General License Conditions for
Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers
with a Seat or Registered Office in Germany"1) and,
• for other supplies and services, the "General Conditions for
the Supply of Products and Services of the Electrical and
Electronics Industry"1).
1.2 For customers with a seat or registered office outside
Germany
For customers with a seat or registered office outside Germany,
the following applies subordinate to the T&C:
• the "General Terms of Payment"1) and,
• for software products, the "General License Conditions for
Software Products for Automation and Drives for Customers
with a Seat or Registered Office outside of Germany"1) and
• for other supplies and/or services, the "General Conditions for
Supplies of Siemens Industry for Customers with a Seat or
Registered Office outside of Germany"1).
■ 2. Prices
7
The prices are in € (Euro) ex point of delivery, exclusive of
packaging.
The sales tax (value added tax) is not included in the prices. It
shall be charged separately at the respective rate according to
the applicable statutory legal regulations.
Prices are subject to change without prior notice. We will charge
the prices valid at the time of delivery.
To compensate for variations in the price of raw materials (e.g.
silver, copper, aluminum, lead, gold, dysprosium and neodym),
surcharges are calculated on a daily basis using the so-called
metal factor for products containing these raw materials. A
surcharge for the respective raw material is calculated as a
supplement to the price of a product if the basic official price of
the raw material in question is exceeded.
The metal factor of a product indicates the basic official price
(for those raw materials concerned) as of which the surcharges
on the price of the product are applied, and with what method of
calculation.
You will find a detailed explanation of the metal factor on the
page headed "Metal surcharges".
To calculate the surcharge (except in the cases of dysprosium
and neodym), the official price from the day prior to that on which
the order was received or the release order was effected is used.
To calculate the surcharge applicable to dysprosium and
neodym ("rare earths"), the corresponding three-month basic
average price in the quarter prior to that in which the order was
received or the release order was effected is used with a onemonth buffer (details on the calculation can be found in the
explanation of the metal factor).
7/16
Siemens D 11 · 2015
■ 3. Additional Terms and Conditions
The dimensions are in mm. In Germany, according to the
German law on units in measuring technology, data in inches
apply only to devices for export.
Illustrations are not binding.
Insofar as there are no remarks on the individual pages of this
catalog - especially with regard to data, dimensions and weights
given - these are subject to change without prior notice.
■ 4. Export regulations
We shall not be obligated to fulfill any agreement if such
fulfillment is prevented by any impediments arising out of
national or international foreign trade or customs requirements
or any embargoes and/or other sanctions.
Export of goods listed in this catalog may be subject to licensing
requirements. We will indicate in the delivery details whether
licenses are required under German, European and US export
lists. Goods labeled with "AL" not equal to "N" are subject to
European or German export authorization when being exported
out of the EU. Goods labeled with "ECCN" not equal to "N" are
subject to US re-export authorization.
The export indications can be viewed in advance in the
description of the respective goods on the Industry Mall, our
online catalog system. Only the export labels "AL" and "ECCN"
indicated on order confirmations, delivery notes and invoices
are authoritative.
Even without a label, or with label "AL:N" or "ECCN:N", authorization may be required i.a. due to the final disposition and
intended use of goods.
If you transfer goods (hardware and/or software and/or
technology as well as corresponding documentation, regardless
of the mode of provision) delivered by us or works and services
(including all kinds of technical support) performed by us to a
third party worldwide, you must comply with all applicable
national and international (re-)export control regulations.
If required for the purpose of conducting export control checks,
you (upon request by us) shall promptly provide us with all information pertaining to the particular end customer, final disposition and intended use of goods delivered by us respectively
works and services provided by us, as well as to any export
control restrictions existing in this relation.
The products listed in this catalog may be subject to
European/German and/or US export regulations. Any export
requiring approval is therefore subject to authorization by the
relevant authorities.
Errors excepted and subject to change without prior notice.
1) The text of the Terms and Conditions of Siemens AGcan be
downloaded at
www.siemens.com/automation/salesmaterial-as/catalog/en/
terms_of_trade_en.pdf
© Siemens AG 2015
Catalogs
Digital Factory, Process Industries and Drives and Low-Voltage Power Distribution
Further information can be obtained from our branch offices listed at www.siemens.com/automation/partner
Interactive Catalog on DVD
Products for Automation and Drives
Building Control
GAMMA Building Control
Drive Systems
SINAMICS G130 Drive Converter Chassis Units
SINAMICS G150 Drive Converter Cabinet Units
SINAMICS GM150, SINAMICS SM150
Medium-Voltage Converters
SINAMICS PERFECT HARMONY GH180
Medium-Voltage Air-Cooled Drives
Germany Edition
SINAMICS G180
Converters – Compact Units, Cabinet Systems,
Cabinet Units Air-Cooled and Liquid-Cooled
SINAMICS S120 Chassis Format Units and
Cabinet Modules
SINAMICS S150 Converter Cabinet Units
SINAMICS DCM DC Converter, Control Module
SINAMICS DCM Cabinet
SINAMICS Inverters for Single-Axis Drives and
SIMOTICS Motors
SINAMICS G120P and SINAMICS G120P Cabinet
pump, fan, compressor converters
Three-Phase Induction Motors SIMOTICS HV,
SIMOTICS TN
• Series H-compact
• Series H-compact PLUS
Three-Phase Induction Motors SIMOTICS HV,
Series H-compact
Synchronous Motors with Permanent-Magnet
Technology, HT-direct
DC Motors
SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RA70 Digital Chassis
Converters
SIMOREG K 6RA22 Analog Chassis Converters
Digital: SIMOREG DC MASTER 6RM70 Digital
Converter Cabinet Units
SIMOVERT PM Modular Converter Systems
SIEMOSYN Motors
MICROMASTER 420/430/440 Inverters
MICROMASTER 411/COMBIMASTER 411
SIMODRIVE 611 universal and POSMO
Catalog
CA 01
ET G1
D 11
D 12
D 15.1
D 18.1
D 21.3
D 23.1
D 23.2
D 31
D 35
D 84.1
D 86.1
SENTRON · SIVACON · ALPHA
Protection, Switching, Measuring and Monitoring
Devices, Switchboards and Distribution Systems
Standards-Compliant Components for
Photovoltaic Plants
Electrical Components for the Railway Industry
Digital: TÜV-certified Power Monitoring System
Components for Industrial Control Panels according
to UL Standards
3WT Air Circuit Breakers up to 4000 A
3VT Molded Case Circuit Breakers up to 1600 A
Digital: SIVACON System Cubicles, System Lighting
and System Air-Conditioning
Digital: ALPHA Distribution Systems
ALPHA FIX Terminal Blocks
SIVACON S4 Power Distribution Boards
SIVACON 8PS Busbar Trunking Systems
Digital: DELTA Switches and Socket Outlets
LV 10
Motion Control
SINUMERIK 840D sl Type 1B
Equipment for Machine Tools
SINUMERIK 808
Equipment for Machine Tools
SINUMERIK 828
Equipment for Machine Tools
SIMOTION, SINAMICS S120 & SIMOTICS
Equipment for Production Machines
Drive and Control Components for Cranes
LV 11
LV 12
LV 14
LV 16
LV 35
LV 36
LV 50
LV 51
LV 52
LV 56
LV 70
ET D1
NC 62
NC 81.1
NC 82
PM 21
CR 1
Power Supply
SITOP Power supply
KT 10.1
DA 21.2
DA 22
Safety Integrated
Safety Technology for Factory Automation
SI 10
DA 45
DA 48
DA 51.2
DA 51.3
DA 65.4
SIMATIC HMI / PC-based Automation
Human Machine Interface Systems/
PC-based Automation
ST 80/
ST PC
SIMATIC Ident
Industrial Identification Systems
ID 10
DA 12
DA 21.1
Low-Voltage Three-Phase-Motors
SIMOTICS Low-Voltage Motors
SIMOTICS FD Flexible Duty Motors
LOHER Low-Voltage Motors
MOTOX Geared Motors
SIMOGEAR Geared Motors
SIMOGEAR Gearboxes with adapter
D 81.1
D 81.8
D 83.1
D 87.1
MD 50.1
MD 50.11
Mechanical Driving Machines
FLENDER Standard Couplings
FLENDER High Performance Couplings
FLENDER Backlash-free Couplings
FLENDER SIG Standard industrial gear units
FLENDER SIP Standard industrial planetary gear units
MD 10.1
MD 10.2
MD 10.3
MD 30.1
MD 31.1
Digital: These catalogs are only available as a PDF.
Catalog
D 86.2
Note: Additional catalogs on the SINAMICS drive
system and SIMOTICS motors with SINUMERIK and
SIMOTION can be found under Motion Control
Process Instrumentation and Analytics
Digital: Field Instruments for Process Automation
Digital: SIPART Controllers and Software
Products for Weighing Technology
Digital: Process Analytical Instruments
Digital: Process Analytics,
Components for the System Integration
Low-Voltage Power Distribution and
Electrical Installation Technology
FI 01
MP 31
WT 10
AP 01
PA 11
SIMATIC Industrial Automation Systems
Products for Totally Integrated Automation
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System
System components
SIMATIC PCS 7 Process Control System
Technology components
Add-ons for the SIMATIC PCS 7
Process Control System
ST 70
ST PCS 7
ST PCS 7 T
ST PCS 7 AO
SIMATIC NET
Industrial Communication
IK PI
SIRIUS Industrial Controls
SIRIUS Industrial Controls
IC 10
Information and Download Center
Digital versions of the catalogs are available on the Internet at:
www.siemens.com/industry/infocenter
There you’ll find additional catalogs in other languages.
Please note the section “Downloading catalogs” on page
“Online services” in the appendix of this catalog.
© Siemens AG 2015
Security information
Get more information
SINAMICS G130
Drive Converter Chassis Units
www.siemens.com/sinamics-g130
SINAMICS G150
Drive Converter Cabinet Units
www.siemens.com/sinamics-g150
SINAMICS drive family:
www.siemens.com/sinamics
Integrated Drive Systems:
www.siemens.com/ids
Contacts worldwide:
www.siemens.com/automation/partner
Siemens AG
Process Industries and Drives
Large Drives
Postfach 47 43
90025 NUERNBERG
GERMANY
www.siemens.com/automation
Subject to change without prior notice
Article No. E86060-K5511-A101-A6-7600
E.9115.49.LDT / Dispo 18402
KG 0915 10.0 AUM 208 En
Printed in Germany
© Siemens AG 2015
Siemens provides products and solutions with
industrial security functions that support the
secure operation of plants, solutions, machines,
equipment and/or networks. They are important
components in a holistic industrial security
concept. With this in mind, Siemens’ products
and solutions undergo continuous development.
Siemens recommends strongly that you regularly
check for product updates.
For the secure operation of Siemens products
and solutions, it is necessary to take suitable
preventive action (e.g. cell protection concept)
and integrate each component into a holistic,
state-of-the-art industrial security concept. Thirdparty products that may be in use should also be
considered. For more information about industrial
security, visit
www.siemens.com/industrialsecurity.
To stay informed about product updates as they
occur, sign up for a product-specific newsletter.
For more information, visit
http://support.automation.siemens.com.
The information provided in this catalog contains merely general
descriptions or characteristics of performance which in case of actual
use do not always apply as described or which may change as a result
of further development of the products. An obligation to provide the
respective characteristics shall only exist if expressly agreed in the
terms of contract. Availability and technical specifications are subject
to change without notice.
All product designations may be trademarks or product names
of Siemens AG or supplier companies whose use by third parties
for their own purposes could violate the rights of the owners.
Token fee: 5.00 €
Similar pages